A SPECIALIZED MAGAZINE FOR MEDICAL ENTRANCE & 10+2 EXAMS.

Production of Magnesium from Sea Water

Competition Science Vision is an

excellent magazine. The theory, multiple choice
questions, G.K. & best fifteen questions are
useful & remarkable features of the magazine. It

gives relevant information in concise & brief

manner. Every medical aspirant should read
CSV regularly.
Ms. KRATI CHAUHAN
Topper of Raj. PMT &
8th Position holder in AIIMS-'99
 LADIES RANGE
New Millennium
KIDS
TN-01 Series 9018
3 X 7 Rs. 699 /- 11 X 1 450
3 Rs. I-
1 X 3 Rs. 499 I-

I-

Components of Campus range of Shoes

are made as per tfie International
Standards and are supplied by the
companies of international repute. 9064
6X10 Rs. 749

3et charged
up!

9092 With Campus

6X10 Rs 990 /-
The lightweight
technology.

The aerodynamic
design.
e contoured grip.
The comfort cushioning.
lish uf

the

SNEAKERS' BOOTS' SHOES SANDALS AND SLIPPERS

nquiries from Distributors and chains of Retail shops all over India are solicited.
Contact : 01 1-5472500, 5472556 Fax 01 1-5473701

K-imiil : cumpusC" ciinipusshoes.coni

 March 2000 In This Issue
Year-3 Issue 25

Editorial

Science News 8
Latest General Knowledge 10
Milestones of Science 16
Memorable Points 17
Competition Opportunities 18
Science Tips 19
Our Young TalentsTopper of Rajasthan PMT and
Editor
8th Position Holder in AIIMS-1 999 Miss Krati Chauhan 22
MAHENDRA JAIN

Physics
Chromatic Aberration 24
Measuring Instruments 32
Typical Model Paper 40
Best Fifteen Questions 45
Numericals in Physics 47

Chemistry
Alkaline Earth Metals : Group IIA 50
Alcohols 58
Typical Model Paper 71
Best Fifteen Questions

Zoology
Annelida : Pheretima Posthuma (Earthworm) 80
Snakes 90
Advertisement Typical Model Paper 95
ATUL KAPOOR Typical Model- Paper 97
(Business Manager)
4840-41 Govind Lane, Ansari Road, Best Fifteen Questions 100
24. Daryaganj, New Delhi- 110 002
Phone 3251844. 3251866
:

Botany
The Boundary Around the Plant Cell 101
Soil Erosion and Conservation 105
Physical Basis of Life : Protoplasm 109
Typical Model Paper 112
Typical Model Paper 115
Editor/Publisher is not responsible for views,
data, figures etc expressed in the articles Best Fifteen Questions 118
by the authors.
Editor Other Features
No part of this publication can be reproduced Reasoning in Physics 119
or transmitted in any form without the prior Reasoning in Chemistry 120
written permission from the publishers.
True or False 122
Fill in the Blanks 125
Edited and published by Mahendra Jain for
Assertion and Reason Type Questions 127
M/s. Pratiyogita Darpan, 2/11 A, Swadeshi
Bima Nagar. AGRA-2 Phone 351238, :
Do You Know ? 131
351002. 322930; Fax:(0562)351251; General Knowledge 133
e-mail upkar@nde.vsnl.net. in
:

and Printed by him at Printing Unit

CSV Crossword-19 135
of
Pratiyogita Darpan. Bye pass, Agra. CSV Quiz Contest No. 22 136

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/

 Readers
To Our
magazine
favourite

issues r fesue answe

making our jp (h)S b(ernS ,

tena
ma 9 P
underlying
Tree reading
Understand
necessary
with
the
hints
base ^nt explan
exa rn.na
r,
^ ^ ardous tasK
^ m0 ^us a ,
^^
(
(he

nl) are a^re, P^^M^^^are enormousj^ 9 jssion

me
can recede
expert,
y ^ reC e.ve re)y Q0 (heir e xp

test in
and
the
experienced
pe s. Rely on us
as

yo*
^read
uptoj
it
^
t0

y0U
opportune
for cSv and <

aU e

eve desired
sue
kof(i fe.
In every
success
all su MahendraJam
u a
Wishing yo "
(Editor)

FORTHCOMING COMPETITIVE EXAMS.

2000
'NIFT' in Diploma and Main Exam.
l.l.T. (May 7)
P.G. Diploma Exam. (Feb. 12, 13) AFMC M.B.B.S. Entrance Test (May 7)
S.B.I. P.O. Exam. (Feb. 13) National DefenceAcademy Exam. (May 7)
Navodaya Vidyalaya Joint Entrance Test (Feb. 13) Roorkee Engineering (Main) Exam (May 11 & 12)
Association of Indian Management C.B.S.E. Medical Entrance Test (May 14)
Schools (AIMS) Test for ATMA (Feb. 20) B.S.R.B. (Calcutta) Clerical Exam. (May 14)
B.S.R.B. Bangalore (Canara, Corporation S.S.C. Combined Preliminary
& Vijaya Bank) P.O. Exam. (Feb. 20) (Metric Level) Exam. (May 21)
S.S.C. Combined Preliminary U.P Combined State/Subordinate
(Graduate Level) Exam. (Feb. 27) Services (P) Exam. 2000 (May 28)
Madhya Pradesh B.Ed. Entrance U.P. Polytechnic Entrance Test
2000
Test, (March 12) (For 2000-2001) (May 28, 30)
Combined Defence Service Exam. (April 9) Civil Service (Preliminary) Exam. 2000 (June 4)
Joint Entrance Test in Hotel Management
I (3 years Diploma Course) (April 16)
B.H.U. Medical Entrance Test
B.S.R.B. (Chennai) P.O. Exam.
(June 4)
(Oct. 30)
M.P. P.S.C. Exam. 2000 (April 30)

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 4

Copyrighted material
 Editorial

God will help you if you help yourself

We all agree that the picture of

/ asked God for all things that
"with a little luck and plenty of pluck,

India is dim and its future is bleak. I might enjoy life. God said 'No',
a bad mouse sold may bring in gold.
There is poverty in plenty. The I will give you life so that has become customary to say
It

danger of India's future lies in the

you may enjoy all things that to be successful at the examina-
lack of public spirit, lies in the lack of tions, one must adopt underhand
and enlightened and Iasked God to help me love
true patriotism, methods and seek recommendations.
so on. But the question is why ? The
others,as much as He loves me But people do not try to know the
answer is we have forsaken the God said... Ah, finally you
percentage of candidates who have
rules of life to think for ourselves
have the idea
succeeded through the back door
and depend upon our ownselves. So, we must realise the message entry. Let you be sure, our young
This is because we have accustomed of truth in the old proverb
Rely only friends, that the road to success is
ourselves to foreign help specially the on yourself. God helps those who not so simple, as some people try to
American dollars and the sacks of help themselves. When God has make it out. It is hedged with thorns.
American wheat which the people bestowed all blessings on ourselves, One, who is eager to reach the top,
sitting in the White House do not then why do we not move our limbs has to clean the thorny and rough
think fit for human consumption the the blessed ones. It is our everyday road, and that too, with his own
people of America. If people of India experience that no one can climb the hands. Plato, the Greek philosopher
have lost sight of their capabilities, mountain peaks or the stairs of suc- and father of the western philosophy
and forgotten the lessons in self help, cess with his hands in his pocket. made it clear in one of his dialogues
it is quite natural, because no link can that, "the man who makes everything
we depend on some body for
If
stand without its bottom. Out of that leads happiness depends
to
help, it means we should act accor-
human compassion help of the World ding to his biddings or make our- upon and
not upon other
himself,
Bank and Save the free world and of selves his slaves, meaning thereby men, has adopted the very best plan
America have made the Indian for living happily. This is the man of
losing our freedom to act as per our
leaders lose trust in themselves, and character and wisdom."
free which our soul has achieved
will,
this distrust is the cause of all failures
after so many incarnations. After the proverbial massacre,
and miseries. Boult has rightly said
Self-help is the capacity to stand Nadirshah rode on an elephant to go
that They are the weakest, however
on one's legs, without anybody's round the streets of Delhi to see how
strong, who have no faith in them-
help. It means the capacity to be at much blood he had shed. He asked
selves or their powers.
peace with oneself, to preserve one's the elephant driver to hand over to
Most of the people believe that self-respect, when outside help is not him the driving instrument. But the
they believe in God, and say that if coming or it is refused. elephant man pleaded inability saying
not someone else, we must depend that it was he alone who could
The man, with confidence in him-
on God for help and success. But manage the elephant. At once
self, howsoever small in the eyes of
have they cared or tried to know, Nadirshah jumped from the ele-
the worldly people, is always bubb-
what God has to tell them. A poet phant's back, saying "I do not want
ling with enthusiasm to comeforward
heard His voice and he wrote. that my movements be in the hands
and face the dark forces. The world-
of someone else." We may abhor
I asked God to grant me poet Rabindranath Tagore, in his
Nadirshah for all that he did, but he
patience, God said 'No', poetic style goads us to take inspira-

Patience is a byproduct of tion from the little earthen lamp did set an unique example
reliance.
in self-

tribulations; it isn't granted, Who will take my work

Asks the setting sun A man who is pledged to self-
it is learned.
None has an answer in the
reliancemust be a man with self-
I asked God to give me whole silent world
and a man of self-confi-
confidence,
happiness, God said 'No' I
The earthen lamp says, humbly dence must complete whatever he
give you blessings, happiness takes into his hand.
from a corner.
is up to you. "I will, my lord, as best as can." I Our young friends will do well to

I asked God to spare me So, young men and women, remember these words of the great
pain, God said 'No', Suffering remember that self-reliance is the philosopher mathematician Phytha-
draws you apart from worldly basis ofall great and chivalrous acts

gorus that "Above, all things, reve-
cares and brings you (Emerson). The man was right, who, rence yourself."
closer to Me. with a squint in his eye, said, that-
This One
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/

ESUK-
 C Subscription ^
thoughts FOR THE MONTH Rates

> You can not step into same water in a river twice.

* There is not much time to lose. Soon it might be too late. One Copy Rs. 35/-

* All glory comes from those who dare. One Year Rs. 335/-
Facts do not change with the passage of time.
Two Years Rs. 630/-
* All happy families seem alike but every unhappy family is sad in its

own way. G Please send your Member-

y To err is human, to admit one's fault is super-human. ship fee by M.O. or Bank
create the impression of being the majority.
Draft. Cheques will not be
} A vocal minority can
accepted.
I-Those who have sharp tongue must not have sensitive skin.
Boots may be different but lickers are the same. CJ Please inform your
Correct Address together
% Fortune favours the brave and success sides the valient.
with the period, the month
f- Liquor on culmination utters the truth.
from which you are
Money earned without sweat creates its own problem. becoming a member.
* Be neither saint, nor sophist-led, but a man.
M.O. or Bank Draft will
Money is what money does. be accepted only in the
> A highbrow is a person educated beyond his intelligence. name of M/s Pratiyogita
In absence of necessary evidence it would be wiser to suspend Darpan, Agra.
judgement than to jump to conclusions.
Appeasement never pays; it only whets the appetite of the ORDER FORM
appeased.
I want to be a regular
* Faith never fails. Have faith and never give up.
subscriber for Competition
Science Vision. Kindly send
my copy on the following
address

Plemory Retention CoitteSl Name

Address...:
Opportunity to Win Attractive Prizes]

If you are appearing at any examination for admission to

MBBS course of AFMC, AIIMS, CPMT, CBSE (Medical) and
any other Medical College/Institute you have a chance to win r n
Pin ' [~^_
an attractive prize.
I am sending the M.O. /Bank
All that you are to do is to send us the list of multiple Draft for Rs
choice objective questions which were asked in that examination Dated
on the basis of your memory. The questions should be complete Signature
with all the alternatives for answering them. We shall include
all the entries in the contest. Participants with maximum number

of correct questions will be awarded. COMPETITION

SCIENCE VISION
PRIZES M/s Pratiyogita Darpan
2/1 1 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar,
(i) First three participants sending maximum number of correct Agra-282 002
questions will receive Rs. 200, 1 00 and 60 as prize. Phone : 351238, 322930. 351002

(ii) No prize is admissible for less than 75% questions. ^ Fax:(0562)351251

J
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/

Cop
 Now, only limited copies are left. Rush your order today
j.Muaium.-i gtanrrrare ^/tsrmn
i C HIGHLIGHTS OF PREVIOUS ISSUES X
March '99 July '99 November '99
or Radiation Moment of Inertia or Stationary Waves or Vacuum Valve Systems
or IUPAC System of Nomenclature of m de-Broglie Waves or Thermal Conduction

Organic Compounds or Coordination Compounds o" The Solid State

or Mutations
Variation of Cellular Respiration
* Unsaturated Hydrocarbon
of Amoeba (Protozoa)
" A Tiny Group of Tall Plants :
or Gametogenesis
or or Drug Abuse and Addiction
Gymnosperms Cell-Differentiation and Plant
* The Enzymes
or Nitrogen Cycle Tissues
o- Plant Breedirg
or Many Typical Model Papers Of Many Typical Model Papers o* Many Typical Model Papers
and other Regular Features and other Regular Features
and other Regular Features
Price : Rs. 35/- Price : Rs. 35/-
Solved Paper Solved Paper Solved Papers
Price : Rs. 35/-
t CPMT '98 EAMCET '98
i
I M.P.PMT'99 BCECE (Bihar) '99
April '99 August '99 WBJEE '99

or Interference of Light
or Fluids in Motion Nuclear Energy December '99
or Alternating Current Coordination Compounds o* Polarisation of Light
or Chemical Families and Making or Fuel Cell
o- Refraction Through Spherical Surfaces
New Elements of RanaTigrina Fertilization, Develop-
:

and Lenses
or Circulatory System ment and Metamorphosis
or Structures of Ionic Solids and
Angiosperms : Classification and o* Cranial and Spinal Nerves of Frog
or Histology of Root, Stem and Leaf Imperfection in Crystals
Important Families
o* Alkynes or Acetylenes
or Many Typical Model Papers or Many Typical Model Papers
or Blood Clotting Mechanism
and other Regular Features and other Regular Features f Plasmodium (Malarial Parasite)
Price : Rs. 35/- c Rs or Beverages
Solved Paper Solved Papers
1

o- Reproduction and Development in

ICAR '98
WBJEE'99 WBJEE '98 Angiosperms
May '99 a -
Many Typical Model Papers
September '99 and other Regular Features
w Digital Electronics * Thermometry or Photometry Price Rs. 35/- :

or Interference of Sound and Beats " Rutherford Atom Model and Spectra January 2000
or Elements of Zero Group :
- Criteria of Purity and Purification of
o- Diffraction of Light
Noble Gases Organic Compounds or Entamoeba
or Physiology of Excretion or Thermionic Valves
Histolytica
Leucosolenia (Porifera) " Chemistry of Hydrogen
or Mineral Requirements of Plant
or Special Mode of Nutrition in Plants Small Biomolecules " Synthetic Polymers
or Protein Structure and Classification
: o- Cancer
or Many Typical Model Papers or Transpiration * Biomagnification or Ascaris (Aschelminthes)
and other Regular Features or Many Typical Model Papers or Reproduction and Development in
Price : Rs. 35/- and other Regular Features Angiosperms II
Solved Papers
Price : Rs. 35/- or Fertilizers and Biofertilizers
JEE (West Bengal '98) EAMCET '98 Solved Papers of Many Typical Model Papers
ICAR '98 BCECE'99 MP PET '99 and other Regular Features

October '99 Price Rs. 35/-

June '99 Solved Paper
:

or Isothermal and Adiabatic Processes

Wave Motion : Sound WBJEE '99
o* Digital Circuits and Logic Gates
of Photoelectric Effect
or Catalyst and Catalysis February 2000
of Transition Elements :
or Aliphatic Hydrocarbons Alkanes : or Optical Instruments
The (7-Block Elements or Hydra Coelenterata
: " Cathode Rays and Positive Rays
or Respiration or Endocrinology or Eugenics, Euphenics and Genetic o- Alkali Metals Group IA
or Plants and Human Welfare :

Engineering o- Alkyl Halides

or Many Typical Model Papers of Secondary Growth in Thickness o" General Principles of Taxonomy
and other Regular Features of Photosynthesis w Pollution
or Many Typical Model Papers f Edaphic Factors
1
Price : Rs " 35/"
Solved Papers and other Regular Features o* Bioenergy
Price : Rs. 35/- o- Many Typical Model Papers
JIPMER Pondicherry '98 Solved Paper and other Regular Features
EAMCET '98 MP PMT '99
Price : Rs. 35/-

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 7 /2

CopyrK
 saving of foreign exchange. And by camera also provides the operator
exporting these isotopes, India will in with the view of different targets.
fact be able to earn foreign currency. Controlling the ATV is made simpler
The cyclotron is touted as a prime as the video feedback is through a

SCIENCE example of nuclear physics. It is

being developed by SINP and West
Bengal Radio pharmaceuticals Ltd.
radio modem as radio waves can
penetrate solid obstacles
and structures. This enables control
like walls

MNEWS Insat-3B will launch Sat

phones
of the

a
system by an operator who
away with the help of
physically miles
and the on-board camera.
joystick
The video and joystick signals are
is

transmitted by an antenna. Further

own satellite-based mobile
India's
New Hepatitis-B Vaccine telephony services may become ope-
research is aimed at adding more
intelligent facilities to make the ATV
rational with the launching of lnsat-3B
Hyderabad-based Biological E. smart and autonomous in a. limited
satellite early this year, secretary of
Limited announced the launch of way under the control of the operator.
Department of Science and Techno-
Bevac, a new generation recombi- logy (DST) VS Ramamurthy said. The
nant Hepatitis-B vaccine. Marketed satellite, first in the lnsat-3 series, is Supercomputer to probe
under the brand name BEVAC, the scheduled for launch in February this genetic secrets
vaccine, unlike the other conventional year from Kourou in French Guyana
brands in the market which use the using a launch vehicle of French International Business Machines
toxiccaesium chloride in the purifi- Company Ariane-space. A satellite- Corp plans to build a supercomputer
Bevac uses caesium-
cation process, based communication network for to study how proteins are formed and
free technology making it safe for rural development, administration and their role in human diseases. The
use. poverty alleviation programmes had plan envisions a new RS/6000 com-
Bevac is the product of an award also been proposed. puter, named 'Blue Gene', capable of
winning technology in R & D excel- more than 1 quadrillion operations a
lence developed by Hyderabad- Remote-Controlled second, or 100 times more powerful
based Bharat Biotech International than 'Deep Blue', the machine that
Vehicle
Limited. It was noted that Hepatitis-B beat world chess champion Garry
is a dreaded disease which destroys Kasparov in 1997.
The Centre for Artificial Intelli-
liver and could lead death due to
to
gence and Robotics (CAIR) is deve- The Blue Gene supercomputer
liver cirrhosis or cancer. India has the
loping a remote-controlled tracked will be used to create three-dimensio-
largest pool of Hepatitis-B carriers.
vehicle to help boost anti-terrorist, nal models of how proteins fold,
The company is planning to include
border reconnaissance, law and order giving scientists and doctors better
the vaccine in the government's
operations for Indian defence and insight into diseases and ways to
immunisation programme. The com-
police forces. The remote-controlled combat them. Projected to be 500
pany is also working on a project to
vehicle called the Articulated Tracked times faster than the most powerful
develop an Indian version of the vac-
Vehicle (ATV), is aimed at functioning supercomputers, Blue Gene would
cine for dengue.
in hazardous environments like help pharmaceutical companies
reconnaissance in hostile regions in design prescription drugs customised
First medical cyclotron in
border areas, bomb defusion and riot to the needs of individuals. It would
South Asia to function by control to avoid endangering lives of allow doctors to respond rapidly to
2001 security personnel. Though the changes in bacteria that lead to drug-
currently developed prototype ATV is resistant viruses, induding HIV. IBM's
South Asia's first medical cyclo- only mounted with a camera, the aim breakthrough technology under taking
tron being developed by the Calcutta- of the project is to develop an ATV would build on the roadmap being
based Saha Institute of Nuclear guns to provide fire-
with on-board created by the Human Genome Pro-
Physics (SINP) will be ready for power when used in border areas ject, an initiative that has set a goal of

commercial application by mid 2001 against infiltrators. Similarly, an adap- deciphering the entire human genetic
This was declared by Atomic Energy tation of the ATV for law and order code by 2005.
Commission (AEC) Chairman Dr. R. forces in the country would be
Chidambaram, participating in the attached with a long arm for safe Bacteria found in deep
SINP golden jubilee celebrations. The removal and defusion of bombs Antarctic ice
cyclotron, which will develop radio- placed by terrorists and water cannon
active isotopes for medical purposes, for riot control. The ATV can be have been surprised
Biologists
willenable sophisticated treatment of remotely controlled from bunkers, finding evidence of bacteria deep in
cancer and heart diseases, within the miles away and the operator can Antarctic ice above a freshwater lake
reach of common man. Since isotopes control it with the help of a mounted that lies beneath the thick frozen
have to be imported at great cost, the camera which facilitates guiding the surface. Two teams of scientists
cyclotron will result in substantial vehicle through oough terrain. The found evidence of bacteria living in

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/

Cop
ice above Lake Vostok, a subglacial together into a ball. In the process of India and is being made available for
body of water, the size of Lake creating this ball, the lasers slow sale. A supercomputer that
is capable

Ontario that is one of the deepest down the movement of the atoms and computing at
of handling large scale
bodies of water on Earth and is cool them to near absolute zero. The breakneck speeds has a wide range
located more than two miles under two vertical lasers are used to gently of applications in many areas, inclu-
the East Antarctic ice cap. From a toss ball upward (the 'fountain' action) ding defence, space, medicine,
biologist's perspective, this is the and then all of the lasers are turned meteorology and the Internet. Linux is
'Holy Grail of Lake biology', said John off. This little push is just enough to a 32-bit multi-tasking, multi-user ope-
Priscu of Montana University, who led loft the ball aboOt a metre high rating system that runs on most
one of the two groups. The bacteria through a microwave-filled cavity. computers and interoperates well with
are similar to those known as proteo- Under the influence of gravity, the ball other systems like Apple, Microsoft.
bacteria and actinomycetes, which then falls back down through the To develop and market the super-
are usually found in soil. The exis- cavity. The entire round trip for the computers, Jaya-chandra has incor-
tence of such 'extremophiles' in Lake ball of atoms takes about a second. porated Peacock Solutions Private
Vostok and elsewhere has given At the finish point, another laser is Limited as the wholly Indian subsidiary
scientists hope that life could exist in directed at the cesium atoms. Only of theNew York-based NRI group's
similarly forbidding conditions on those whose atomic states are alte- Peacock systems.
other planets. For example, one of red by the microwave cavity are
Jupiter's moons, Europa may have induced to emit light, known as Male Infertility
frozen oceans. fluorescence. The photons emitted in
fluorescence are measured by a Nearly 3% of men are sterile.
New Sweeteners detector. This procedure is repeated This can be caused by environment
many times while the microwave or genetic factors. The environmental
Thirteen new sources of natural causes are relatively well understood,
energy in cavity is tuned to different
sweeteners from various plants found but much less is known about the
frequencies. Eventually, a microwave
mostly in the Himalayas have been genetic ones. Men and males of other
frequency achieved that alters the
is
identified by the scientists at the mammalian species have both X, and
states of most of the cesium atoms
Indian Institute of Sugarcane and maximizes their fluorescence. Y chromosomes, unlike females, who
Research, Lucknow. Newly discove- have two X chromosomes. The major
This frequency is the natural reso-
red non-saccharide sweeteners 100 function of the Y chromosome is to
nance frequency for cesium atom-the
to 10000 times more sweeter than determine maleness. One of the
characteristic that defines the second
sucrose. The herbal, sweeteners do hallmarks of being male is the pro-
and, in turn makes ultraprecise time
not have any adverse impact on duction of sperm, and the Y chromo-
keeping possible.
health which is common problem of some contains a number
genes for of
synthetic sweeteners like saccharin, India's First Linux the constituents of sperm. If any of
aspartance and cyclamate. These are Supercomputer these critical genes are disrupted,
used as alternatives to sugar. sterlity can resulteither from defec-
Five types of herbal non-saccha-
A NRI from Bangalore has deve- tive sperm, or the complete lack of
loped India's first commerical super- them although males with such
ride sweeteners good for health,
computer based on the Linux opera- mutations might be otherwise healthy.
terpenoids, steroidal, saponin, dihy-
ting system, that costs just a fraction One of these conditions is 'Azoosper-
drochalcocene and dihydroisocouma-
of what a conventional 'Cray' does. mia', in which a male makes no
rires are produced in plants during
Mahesh Jayachandra (37), who has sperm. Mutations the remove large
food generation process as bypro-
built two models of a super-computer. pieces of DNA within the Y chromo-
ducts and these are used by plants to
The two models 'Peacock and someknown as 'deletious' have
fight pathogens.
Maya'will cost between 5 lakhs and been associated with Azoospermia,
Rs. 10 lakhs each while a Cray costs
New Atomic Clock but precisely which gene or genes
nearly 10 million dollars (about 50 within a particular region cause the
crore). He explains, 'Standard bench- defect was unknown. A group of
Termed NIST F-1, the new
cesium atomic clock at NIST's marks have demonstrated that Pea- geneticists Sun, Skaletsky, Birren,
Boulder, Colo, has the distinction of cock and Maya achieve performa- Devon, Tang, Silber, Oates have now
nces comparable to super-compu- located the first 'Azoospermia gene'
being the most accurate clock in the
ters costing millions of dollars. on the Y chromosome. They have
World. NIST's F-1 is referred to as a
fountain clock because ituses a Jayachandra, a neurophysiolo- described the identification of the
fountain-like movement of atoms to gist,currently associated with the gene as 'USP9Y', within one of the
obtain its improved reckoning of time. physiology department of St. John's large regions of the Y chromosome.
First,a gas of cesium atoms is intro- Medical College at Bangalore. Linux While screening a large population of
duced into the clock's vacuum cham-* based supercomputers have been infertile men, the researchers noticed

ber. Six infrared laser beams then are developed and are being used widely that one of the men had a mutation in
directed at right angles to each other by universities and other agencies in USP9Y that stopped the gene from
at the centre of the chamber. The U.S. But it is for the first time that a functioning and caused Azoospermia.
lasers gently push the cesium atoms similar system has been developed in

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/

Copyrighted material
 Mrs. Maneka was chosen for her abi-
ABBREVIATIONS ding concern for human and animal
welfare and her valuable work for the
IASM Indian Association of Sports Medicine country.

Sports medicine specialist, Dr. P. S. M. Chandran has been elected the Stree Shakti PuraskarThe
president of IASM. Sanjeev Sahni of Sports Authority of India was elected Government has announced the insti-
secretary of the association. awards for
tution of five national

SITAStudies in Information Technoiogy Applications women who excel in various fields.

The awards Stree Shakti Puraskar

The World Bank-aided programme SITA aims to train socially disabled
each carrying Rs. One lakh in cash,
women in computer skills to help them earn a livelihood. The idea behind the
have been named after Devi Ahilya
project is 'Educating a man is educating an individual; Educating a woman is
Bai Holkar, Kanngi, Mata Jijabai, Rani
educating a family.'
Gaidenlou Zeliang, and Rani Lakshmi
Lata Mangeshkar AwardWell- Bai, eminent personalities in the
AWARDS known playback singer S. P. Bala- Indian history known for displaying

subramanyam has been chosen for personal courage and integrity. The
Roosevelt MedalThe agricul- Lata Mangeshkar Award 1999 for his. awards will be presented on the occa-
tural scientist, Dr. M. S. Swami- invaluable contribution to the field of sion of the International Women's
nathan, has been nominated for the music. The coveted annual award Day on March 8.
Franklin D. Roosevelt Four Freedoms was instituted by the Madhya Pradesh The idea to institute awards, was
Medal in 2000. Government for exceptional contribu- to counter the glorification of Sati by
The and
FranklinEleanov tion to the field of light music. some elements and project the posi-

Roosevelt communica-
Institute, in its Literary Award Noted Assa- tive side of the contributions and
tion to Dr. Swaminathan, said his mese writer Ajit Barua will receive the achievements by women.
extraordinary work as an agricultural prestigious Assam Valley Literary Indira Gandhi Rajbhasha
scientist leading the Green Revolu- Award Barua had earlier
for 1999. AwardThe Tehri Hydro Develop-
tion and bringing hope to the people received the Sahitya Akademi award ment Corporation Ltd. (THDC) has
of the developing nations. for his poems in 1991. received the Indira Gandhi Rajbhasha
Financial Express AwardThe Safety AwardWagodhia plant Award for 1998-99. Mr. M. L. Gupta,
Punjab Governor, Lt. Gen. (Rtd.) J. F. of Gas Authority of India Ltd. (GAIL) Chairman and managing director of
R. Jacob presented the 'Financial has received the Safety award fronv THDC received the Rajbhasha Shield
Express Award for Economics 1999' Gujarat Safety Council and Gujarat in the category of PSUs for outstan-

to the former member of Planning factory inspectorate in category II, ding work performance of official work
Commission and renowned econo- group C for the year 1997 for their in Hindi.

mist Prof. B. S. Minhas. performance in industrial safety. GAIL NTR Award Lata Mangeshkar,
Union Home Minister's Award had earlier bagged this award in 1996 the melody queen of Indian cinema
The prestigious Union Home Minis- also. has been selected for the N. T. Rama
ter's Award for Forensic Science for Millennium Award Dr. A. N. Rao National Film Award for 1999 for

1998 has gone to Mr. T. R. Nehra, a Rai, Director of Extension, Ministry of her outstanding contribution to the
distinguished forensic scientist as Agriculture, has been conferred the growth and development of Indian
Principal Scientific Officer in the India 2000 Millennium Award for his cinema.
Central Forensic Science Laboratory contributions to the artand science of National Mineral Awards 1998
of the Central Bureau of Investigation' communication in the areas of agricu- National Mineral Awards 1 998 have

(CBI). Mr. Nehra has been honoured lture, education and environment. It been given to nine eminent geoscien-
with the award for his contribution in has been jointly given by the Inter- tists.

the field of forensic documents exa- national Association of Educators for The award winners include Mr.
mination which won him international World Peace and the World Institute Rabindra Nath Patra, Senior Geolo-
recognition. Building Programme. gist with the Geological Survey of
Jakanachari Award Mr. K. Diwaliben AwardThe Minister India (GSI) for making a significant
Shamaraya Acharya of Karkala has and Empo-
of State for Social Justice contribution towards system explora-
been chosen for the Jakanachari werment, Mrs. Maneka Gandhi, is to tion of Platinum gi oup of elements in
Award for 1999, which is given to per- be honoured with the 1999 Diwaliben Baula-Naushi pocket of Orissa. Mr. C.
sons in recognition of their outstan- Award for her outstanding contribu- P. Sisodia, Director (Geology) of the
ding contribution to sculpture. tions to the cause of vegetarianism. GSI received the award in association

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 10

Copyrighted material
with Mr. A. K. Chattopadhya, also a 'Poppaya* at the 31st International of Malaysia and S.N. Gourisaria of
Director at the GSI, for making a Film Festival of lndia-2000. U.K.
significant contribution in identifying The Chinese entry for the com- Ashok ChakraAshok Chakra
the second largest lead-zinc deposit petition, 'Postmen in the Mountains' has been awarded posthumously to
in Kayar in Ajmer district of Rajas- was picked up for the Special Jury Maj. Sudhir Kumar of 9 Para (special
than. Dr. D. C. Panigrahi, Professor Award which also carries a Silver force) for his gallantry in counter-
Indian School of Mines has been Peacock and Rs. 2-5 lakhs. This film insurgency operations in Jammu and
awarded for his work in underground was directed by Huo Jianqi. Kashmir, while Mahavir Chakra, the
mines ventilation engineering and nation's second highest war-time
Golden Peacock Innovative
design of work place environment in
underground mines, including
Management Award Indian Oil's
gallantry award,has been awarded to
the
Mathura refinery has been awarded sepoy Imliakum A.O.of the second
heat and humidity problem. battalion of Naga Regiment for his
the prestigious Golden Peacock Inno-
role in Kargil operation.
Another recipient is Dr. C. vative Management award for 1999. It

Srikantappa, Professor, University of was the second time the refinery was Param Vlr Chakra Param Vir
Mysore, for making a significant con- bestowed with a prestigious award, Chakra was presented to the parents
ribution in identification of high pre- Earlier, it had received the United of captains, Vikram, Batra and Manoj
ssure Nilgiri granulites. Another awar- States Malcolm Baldrige national Kumar Pandey, both of whom got the
dee is Mr. Mohamad J. Ahmed, quality award and Doming prize of country's highest gallantry award
Senior Geologist with GSI for his con- Japan. posthumously, as also to Rifleman
tribution in the Narmada Sagar Mega Screen-Videocon Awards Sanjay Kumar and Grenadier
Project. Mr. C. V. R. Sarma, Scientific 'Nayi Disha', a non-film music album Yogendra Singh Yadav for their
Officer in Atomic Mineral Division has gallantry during Kargil conflict..
penned by Prime Minister Atal Behari
received the award in association Vajpayee, has been nominated in
with Mr. R. Sreehari, also Scientific categories the coveted
four of EXHIBITIONS/
Officer in the same division, for Screen-Videocon Awards this year.
contributing designing a compact
CONFERENCES/
in
The album, based on Vajpayee's SEMINARS/
high-sensitivity Note Book Personal
collection of poems, has been nomi-
computer based Air-borne Gamma FESTIVALS
nated for the best non-film album,
Ray Spectrometric survey system. best lyricist (Atal Behari Vajpayee),
Yet another recipient is Mr. Amit best singer (Jagjit Singh) and best World Conference on Ethni-
Bhusan Dutt, Deputy Director Gene- composer (Lataji Premji and Jagjit cityThe Punjabi University hosted
ral of GSI for his contribution in deve- Singh) Released by HMV, Nayi Disha an international conference on ethni-
loping exploration models for coal became the third highest selling city in the First World, the Third World
and lignite deposits which were suc- album for the year in the non-film and ex-communist countries on Janu-
cessfully tested in the southern part category. ary 6 to 8. The conference was orga-
of Godavari valley and Thanjavur. nised in collaboration with the Inter-
Republic Day Awards
national Political Science Associa-
Gandhi Peace Prize The Pre- Following are the eminent reci- tion's Research Committee on Poli-
sident, Mr. K. R. Narayanan presen- pients of the awards on the 51st tics and Ethnicity.
ted Gandhi Peace Prize 1999 to Baba Republic Day.
International Physics Confe-
Amte. The award carries a cash prize
of Rs. 1 crore and a citation. The Pre-
Padma Vibhushan Eminent renceTo mark the 75th anniversary
writer R.K. Narayan, Chief Election ofquantum mechanics, a science that
sident said Baba Amte's life and
Commissioner Dr. M.S. Gill, ISRO changed human perception about
activities have been animated by the
chairman Dr. K. Kasturirangan, For- nature in the 20th century, a three-
constructive programme devised by
mer Union Minister Mr. Sikander day International Physics Conference
Mahatma Gandhi for attainment of Bakht, noted economist Prof. Jagdish was organised from December 28. It
independence for India.
Bhagwati, Prof. K.N. Raj, Swami was attended by several distingui-
Polar Music Awards Singer- Ranganathananda of the Ramkrishna shed scientists from all over world.
song writerBob Dylan and violinist Mission, Mr. M. Narsimham. HumanUnity ConferenceThe
Isaac have won Sweden's
Stern Padma Bhushan Film star five-day 19th International Human
Polar Music Award, dubbed the nobel Rajnikant, Eminent industrialist Mr. Unity Conference concluded at New
prize for musicians. The international Ratan Tata, the former information Delhi on January 2, 2000. Sant
prize awarded by the Royal Swedish advisor to Indira Gandhi Mr. H.Y. Rajinder Singh Maharaj said the body
Academy of Music, has been given to Sharada Prasad, noted Islamic scho- isa temple of God and living in the
musicians since 1992. lar Maulana Wahiduddin Khan. body is the soul, we should live like
International Film Festival of Padma Sri Music director A.R. we are in a place of worship, in a
lndia-2000 AwardsThe Malyalam Rahman, film director Shekhar temple of God, full of love that the
film-maker Jayraj, whose film Kapoor, film actress Hema Malini, film whole world is enlightened.
'Karunam' shared the Golden Pea- producer and director Ramanand Seminar on 'Indian No-Dig
cock Award for the best film by an Sagar and Prof. G. L. Bondarevsky 2000'The second national seminar
Asian director with the Japanese film of Russia, Ms. Janaky Athinahappan and exhibition 'Indian No-Dig 2000'

C.S.V./March/2000/ll

Copyrighted material
on trenchless (no-dig) technology
January 26 International Cus- M. A. Chidambaram A doyen
was held from January 20 to 22 at the toms Day and Republic Day of India. of South Indian industry, M. A.
Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi. January 30 Martyr's Day. Chidambaram died at Chennai. He
The seminar was organised by the was a multi-faceted personality,
Indian Society for Trenchless Tech- whose activities encompassed fields
nology (INDSTT)
BOOKS
in collaboration with such as the arts, Tamil language,
ministry of urban technology, National education, health and philanthrophy.
Construction Corporation
Speed PostWritten by Shobha
Buildings
(NBCC), Ministry of Science and De. Robert Wilson American
Inside Diplomacy Written by Atomic physicist Robert Wilson, who
Technology, International Society for
Kishan S. Rana. had a leading role in developing the
Trenchless Technology U. K. and
atomic bomb during World War II,
Construction Industry Development Pakistan under Musharraf-
died on January 16, from complica-
Council (CIDC). The technology, Written by Sulakshan Mohan.
tion due to a stroke. Wilson, an expert
commonly known as no-dig method Cricket World Cup 1999 on particle accelerators, or cyclo-
of. construction, isenvironment frie- Written by Pradeep Mandhani.
trons, worked with Enrico Fermi on
ndly and cost-effective. It is unique
Issues and Themes of Indian the secret Manhattan project that built
technique for laying, replacing and PoliticsWritten by S. N. Balasun- the World's first atomic bomb.
renovating of underground utilities daram.
such as power and telecommunica-
My Search My Evolution-
tion cables, sewage, water supply
Written by Laxman Pai. PERSONS IN THE NEWS
and gas pipelines etc. without digging
the ground. The Government has
Kalidasa's Image of Nature-
Written by M. Fahimuddin. Mr. Boris Yeltsin Russia's Pre-
appointed NBCC as a nodal agency
Kal Khand Written by P. C. sident Mr. Boris Yeltsin resigned on
for promotion of trenchless techno-
Katoch. December 31, 1999, six months
logy in the country.
Third World in the Age of Glo-
ahead of his constitutional term,
Seminar on EarthquakesThe
appointing Prime Minister. Mr. Vladi-
earthquakes seminar was inaugura- balisationWritten by Ash Narain
mir Putin as acting President and
ted on January 6, 2000 in the Insti- Roy.
urging Russians to vote for him in
tution of Engineers (India), Roorkee Kargil : A soldiers Diary-
early presidential elections. Mr. Putin
Local Centre Auditorium by Mr. V Written by Harinder Baweja.
also assumed as Commander-in-
Suresh, Chairman-Cum-Managing Harvesting Our SoulsWritten
Chief of the armed forces and
Director, HUDCO, New Delhi. Several by Arun Shourie.
received the so-called 'nuclear brief-
internationally-famous scientistswere
case' with codes controlling the coun-
present. The seminar is sponsored by
DEATH try's nuclear arsenal.
University of Roorkee, Oil and Natural
Gas Commission, New Delhi, DCBR, Mr. T. S. Krishna Murthy Mr.
Curtis Mayfield Rhythm and Murthy, Secretary, Department of
Roorkee, CSIR, New Delhi.
Blues legend Curtis Mayfield, whose Company Affairs, is the new Election
International desert kite festi-
music helped define the Chicago Commissioner in place of Mr. G. V. G.
valThe fourth international desert
sound in the 1960s, died on Dece- Krishnamurthy, who retired on Sep-
kite-festival held on January 14,
mber 26. He was 57. A member of tember 30 last. Mr. Krishna Murthy is
2000. Participants from USA, UK,
the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. a 1 963 batch Indian Revenue Service
France, Japan etc. attended. The
Maylield's hits included the sound (IRS) officer and will have a tenure of
international desert kite festival was
track from 'Superfly', the seminal more than five years in the E. C.
organised by the Department of
singles 'People Get Ready and Keep
Tourism. Goh Chok Tong Goh Chok
on Pushing.'
Cardiovascular conference Tong visited India in the third week of
AN Mian Islamic -scholar and January.
About 400 Indian and Asian Cardiolo- In his earlier visits to India,
Muslim Personal Law Board
All-India
gists were able to see a live operation the Singapore Prime Minister had
(AIMPLB) chairman, Maulana Syed
taking place in hospital in Italy. During underlined the imperatives of establi-
Abul Hasan Ali Nadvi, popularly
the procedure, they were also be able shing closer political and economic
known as Ali Mian died on December
to ask questions to the Italian experts. links between the two countries. The
31.
All this was possible sitting in the Indian leaders, in turn, has recog-
New Delhi. G. B. Pant Hospital held a
T. N. Kaul Mr. T. N. Kaul, for- nised the importance of Singapore,
three day Conference on trans-cathe-
mer foreign secretary, who also not only in bilateral terms but also as
served as India's ambassador to the a 'window' to the other countries of
ter cardiovascular interventions from
January 26 to 28.
US as well as erstwhile USSR, died South-East Asia.
on January 16 after a fall in his home
at Rajgarh in Himachal Pradesh. He
DAYS was also vice-chairman of Indian PLACES IN THE NEWS
Council for Cultural Relations (ICCR).
January 12National Youth Day Kaul was the author of several books KandharThe city in Afghani-
January 15Army Day on foreign policy. He was 82. stan which was in the news when the

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 12

Copyrighted material
hijacked Indian Airline plane
base of Mullah

Katchal
U mar.
The island in
was taken there.

Andman and Nicobar was

It is the
|GHT:
declared by the Greenwich observatory as the first place
on earth to witness the millennium sunrise.

MISCELLANEOUS Describe the role of Herbo- limitations for height-growth, but none
Height-Therapy for further and is perfect. As observed, Height-Growth
future Height-Growth facing its fluctuates under plus and minus status
Gandhi runner-up to Einstein in Time poll practical challenges. of the body and its environment. Age
Herbo-Height-Therapy has is one of the (actor, not total criteria.
Mahatma Gandhi has been named runner-up to noted opened a new vista in the history of C Height refuses to increase further
as the person medical science against the existing after 'Periods' in girls, after 'Beard' in
physicist, Albert Einstein, of the century by
negative norms of modem science for boys. One brother is tall, other is short,
Time magazine. Gandhi was selected as the runner-up further and future height-growth one sister is tall, other is short, Parents
anytime upto the are tall, children are short and its vice-
alongwith U. S. President Franklin Delano Roosevelt, by age of 35 years, versa also. Some bom normal, some
the renowned magazine in its 'People of the Century after marriage, bom abnormal.
after child-birth,
Project'. Hence, none is certain about his
faster than the
height-growth even to the normal
normal growth extent, required or to the desired
Decks cleared for Rajasthan power project ratio under extent. But under our experience, if
ayurvedic system of
Decks have been cleared for establishment of the second cares are taken under pollution and
medicine.
stress tree environment with hanging
wind-based power project in Rajasthan with the assis- HHT is now and stretching exercises, nutritious and
tance of the Union Ministry for Non-Conventional Energy running in fourth balanced diet before the age ol 9 years,
decade with height can be attained to the better-
Sources, promising to improve the power situation in the several thousand extent. HHT has also proved helpful lor

State to a considerable extent. The 2-25 power plant MW beneficiaries to

Abroad. A landmark record
its credit in India
in
and
the
better growth H it is consumed at the
age 7-8-9.
will be set up in Deogarh village in Chittaurgarh district, for history of future height-growth.
What are the other plus and
This claim has not proved false in
which the State Government has given formal sanction minut roles of HHT under your
Judicial examination and other experience ?
and allotted 16-70 hectares land free of cost to the Practical Demonstration Tests also
It has many plus except its one
upto the age of 35 years.
Rajasthan State Power Corporation Limited. limitation that it can't do promise for
'Go by reading :get by reading' maximum height beyond the existing
The first wind-based power project of the State was positive result on the scale of capacity of the body. Even then it is
satisfaction.
not minus, but it is also a normal-plus.
set up in Amarsagar in Jaisalmer district, and started "Height is known as natural
Under additional plus, it helps to
functioning, before schedule, in August this year. phenomena : it has no remedy". tone up the functional system ol the
Justify your claim in this light ?
body removing its deficiency and
World's youngest Microsoft certified system engi- There is no ultimate end ol any disorders. Also remove the pimples,

neer Ruchir Jain has become the youngest Microsoft
Research in this World, it is
subject to improvement. Therefore,
always improve the complexion, soften the
skin, sharpen the features, improve the
certified system engineer of the world. Ruchir Jain, just negative approach ol modem science memory. Feminine breastlines &
is one-sided, incomplete and now it is disorders turns normal. Bulky & lean
13, a student of class 8 of M. G. Public School, Muzaffar- out-dated also. Science has reversed person also become normal.
nagar (U.P.) has received this honour after passing one of it own decisions. In the past, it has
Explain the concept under which
declared Small Pox is incureable, T.6.
the toughest Microsoft Certification System Examination is also not cureable. Breast feeding is
it works upto the age of 35 years.

(MCSE). Ruchir got his certificate of excellence, which hamful all negatives. Later, it Ayurveda recognises the peroid ol
observed all positive. youth upto 40 year. Till youth is there,
has been signed by Mr. Bill Gates himself, the most Ayurveda, Allopathy, Homoeopathy plus action is there, certain change in

are different in principles, in theory, in the body is possible. This is associated

famous personality in the field ofcomputer. Ruchir
practice and alsoin merits and with systems ol 'Sarvdhatu-Pushty-
received this honour only in 88 days and has made India demerits, one system fails to cure
If Parikirya' which converts our food into
and cover any problem, other does Ras, Rakta. Mans, Maidh, Asthi, Majha
proud. miracle In case of further and future
! and Shukra. Asthi and Majha are our
India is largest producer of milk India is all set to
height growth, if allopathy lails
provide any solution, other systems are
, i bony system and bony-system is our
height. Under this concept this therapy
retain its position as the World's largest milk producer in also there HHT is the positive answer
:
works upto 35 years and this has
ol this solution. proved practically on several thousand
1999-2000 with the output expected to touch the 781 lakh Discuss the strategy of Height- its beneficiaries.
tonnes mark, up from 747 lakh tonnes last year. Growth at different stages Do you need any test report for
comparing with contribution of HHT.
joining the course ? Required
The large increase in milk production was the result Height at birth is around 50 cms information be given with Its
semen techno- and it grows almost double in two
of strengthening the extension of frozen expenditure to follow the procedure.
years. These 100 cms are the basic-
Alter mutual enquiry, under our
logy, progeny testing and national bull production pro- growth of the body. Deduct these 100
I cms from the existing height, remaining procedure, height ol the candidate is
gramme resulting in genetic upgradation of cows and centimetres are the normal growth of confirmed under mutual satisfactions,

buffaloes. India is also fifth largest producer of eggs, sixth N the body. Divide it with years of age,
its ratio would be around 3-2-1 in a mm
file is prepared, required doses are
given with prospectus and necessary
largest producer of fish and second in inland fisheries, an month and with HHT ratio you gain by directions, Regn. number is also alloted

official release said.

T 10-9-8-7-6-5-4-3 mm
under plus and for future verification ol the result after
every shod course ol 3 month and after
minus status of the body. Faster than
Honorary Fellowship The All-India Institute of E the normal growth ratio.
This time-tested therapy helps to
I month trail doses, if desired. Doses

are in the shape ol capsules & drops.

Medical Sciences (AIIMS) has decided to confer an mm Free Irom exercises, reactions,

honorary fellowship on Dr. Gro Harlem Brundtland,

R increase height by 20 to 40 (2-4
cms) in short course ol 3 month, 50 to restrictionsand bitter taste, to be used
100 mm in lull course ol 1 year, 5 to at home. No frequent visits.
Director-General of the World Health Organisation (WHO), V 10 mm in 1 month
mutual confirmation
trial doses under
ol Height before &
Normal charges for 3 months short
course are Rs. 6,000/- and lor 1 month
Geneva, and the author of every environmentalists hand- alter the course. trial doses Rs. 2,000/-+ Rs. 100/-Regn7
I
book, 'Our Common 43 years,
Future'. During the last Sometimes, Growth turns Post (In India) through MO/DD in the
Slow-Sluggish-Stop, does not name el Dr. 0. P.'Bagga, Bazar Lai
since its inspection, this is the fourth time that the AIIMS E grow further, during the growth Kuan (Opposite Koocha Pandit)
has decided to confer such a fellowship on an interna- period. Why it Is so ? Any helpful

tionally renowned expert. W suggestions ?

There are various norms ol age
Demi - 1 10006. Phone : 3262426 daily
I I to 6 except Sunday Send self-add-

stamped enveloped lor more details.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 13

 Earlier, this fellowship was con- serve all the Democratic members of Film festival The first interna-
ferred upon the Nobel laureate Har- the Committee, and reports directly to tional film festival of the new mille-
gobind Khurana, the former Irish Pre- Sam Gejdenson, the ranking minority nnium, 31st International Film Festi-
sident, Dr. Patrick John Hillery and member of the panel. She covers val of India opened on January 10,
former Prime Minister of Mauritius, South Asia issues as well as budget 2000 at New Delhi. India enjoys the
Dr. Sir Seewoosagar Ramgoolam. and oversight of the State Depart- honour of hosting the millennium's
ment, the US Agency for International first cinema festival. The Film Festival
New President for Marshall
Development (USAID) and the United opened with Cuba's film 'Life is to
Islands The Marshall Islands elec-
Nations. She also works for refugee Whistle'.
ted a new President when Members
of the Nitijela (Parliament) unani-
assistance and humanitarian relief. Chamera project Work on the
mously voted in three-term Speaker World's biggest hydel plant
prestigious 300 mW Chamera hydro-
electric project (Stage-ll) in the
Kessai Note to replace Imata Kabua. The World's biggest hydroelectric
Chamba district has been undertaken
Note, who as Speaker successfully power plant capable of lighting up the
on a war footing so as to complete
battled the former President and his entire east will be set up at Dihang
within scheduled five years. So far
ruling party for two years, became the and Subansiri in Arunachal Pradesh. (

600 metres of excavation job in the

third President of the Marshall Islands The Power Minister, Mr. P. R.
underground cower" house tunnel, tail
since this north Pacific nation began Kumaramangalam told newspersons
race tunnel, Adit-I and tunnel has II
constitutional government in 1979. at Guwahati, that the project is expec-
been completed within four months.
Novelist of the century The ted to generate 21000 MW, and will
The Rs. 1682 crore project is being
have three units each.
author of the timeless classics, executed on the Ravi river. The
'Charitraheen' and 'Grihadaha', Sarat Sonia Gandhi to be replaced efforts were on the speed up the
Chandra Chatterjee, has been as IGNCA ChiefThe Government construction work of the project to
chosen novelist of the century in an recast the board of trustees of the complete it within its five-year sche-
online poll conducted by a literary Indira Gandhi National Centre for Arts dule.
magazine. He is followed by Bhag- (IGNCA) and appointed a new India's first medical portal Dr.
wan S. Gidwani, R. K. Narayan and Member Secretary, who will conduct Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. and HQ
Munshi Premchand. fresh elections for the president's investments have launched India's
Nepal orders expulsion of post shortly. Mrs. Gandhi's term as first medical community portal, media-

Pakistan diplomat The Nepalese president is deemed to have lapsed times, Com, which is designed to

Government has ordered expulsion of in 1997 as the amendment introduced serve the country's medical doctors.
a junior diplomat of the Pakistani to the IGNCA'S Trust. Deed making Mediatimes Com provides doctors
Embassy in Kathmandu for his her president for life has been found with round the clock online access to
alleged involvement in counterfeit ultra vires. According to legal advice the latest medical information, regular
Indian currency dealing. Wassim obtained by the government, the updates, links to powerful medical
Saboor was allegedly caught with amendments introduced to the knowledge resources and reputed
fake Indian Bank notes worth Rs. IGNCA deed in 1995
trust's original journals. In addition, it allows doctors
50000, while trying to sell them to a were ultra vires and thus were liable nefworks to facilitates exchange of
Nepalese Government agent. to be ignored. The Delhi High Court ideas, experiences and information.
had in September asked the govern- R-Day Chief guestNigeria's
Jaipur boy becomes Microsoft ment to take appropriate action after President Olusegun Obasanjo was
database administrator
A teena- hearing its petition, challenging the the chief guest at the Republic Day
ger has accomplished a rare feat by
legality of the amendments. The new celebrations this year. The President,
becoming youngest Microsoft Certi- member-secretary, Dr. N. R. Shetty, a former army general who handed
fied Database Administrator (MCDBA) is a former V. C. of Bangalore Univer- over power to a civilian government,
and Microsoft Certified Solution
sity. Of the 19 trustees, 12 had reti- was a political prisoner during
Developer (MCSD). Govind Jajoo
red, two had died and one had Abacha's military rule. He is passio-
cleared both the exams. Govind, who resigned. Of the earlier trustees, only nate about democracy and played a
is at present a second year gradua- four have been retained. They are decisive role in getting Pakistan out of
tion student of the University of
Mrs. Sonia Gandhi, Mr. P. V. the Committees of the Common-
Rajasthan. He is already the youn-
Narasimha Rao, Yashpal and
Prof. wealth Durban. Obasanjo led the
in
gest Microsoft Certified Professional
Dr. Abid Hussain. The new-look list campaign by African and Pacific
(MCP), with Internet specification and
figures vocalist Pandit Bhimsen Joshi, island states not to allow some
Microsoft Certified System Engineer. journalist M. V. Kamath, Indologist Western countries adopt a 'softer"
Gujarat-born on US Congre- Vidya Niwas Mishra, educationist H. approach.

ssional panel A Gujarat-bom Nisha Narasimahiah, film director Aparna
Desai has joined the Democratic Sen, painter Anjolie Ela Menon,
professional staff of the powerful US singers Bhupen Hazarika and K. J. SPORTS
House of Representatives Internatio- Yesudas, dancers V. S. Sharma and
nal Relations Committee, becoming Sonal Mansingh, former ambassador IOA honours Dhyan Chand, P.
the first Indian American to serve on L. M. Singhvi and agricultural scientist T.
Usha Hockey Wizard Dhyan
the panel. Nisha Desai is required to M. S. Swaminathan. (Continued on Page 18 )

CAV./ March/ 2000/ 14

Copyrighted material
 UPKAR Presenting a Successful Range of
PRACTICE
WORK-BOOKS
GOLDEN FUTURE
IN

WITH

UPKAR PRAKASHAN
Swadeshi Beema Nagar, Agra-282 002.
2/1 1A, Ph.: 351238,351002. Fax: (0562) 351251
E-mail upkar @ nde.vsnl.net.
: in

Branch Office
4840-4 l.Govind Lane, Ansari Road, 24,Daryaganj,New Delhi-1 10 002. Ph.: 3251844,3251866

CS.V./ March/ 2000/ 15

 MILESTONES of science
Bovine pregnancy introduced through the leg vein under Water purification using dia-
X-ray guidance and deployed at the mond electrodes
Scientists at G.B. Pant
the
site of the hole, to be followed by
University of Agriculture and Techno- The Fraunhofer Institute for Thin
corrections if needed. The advantage

logy have developed a special chemi- Films and Surface Engineering in

cal, which can detect pregnancy
through milk within 20 days after
insemination.
welcomed by the
This would be
livestock farmer who had to wait for
months to know if his animal was
pregnant. The kit is a reagent.
Coated strip which changes colour, in
case of pregnancy. It will be soon
available for field use.
Lifetime immunity
Chickenpox may not be
if parents want to take no chance of
their child contacting the disease,
there is a vaccine that guaranties
time immunity against the disease.
The Varicella vaccine is
withone shot costing Rs. 1400. Just
one shot is enough to make a child
immune to chickenpox for his entire
The success rate of the vaccine
life.
is 98 per cent. Chickenpox
said to be
is a mild disease and is not fatal
except very rare cases. In United
in
States, it was included in the national
immunisation programme since 1997.
Varicell vaccine is absolutely safe
vaccine which can save child from
complications due to chicken pox in
cases where it occurs after the age of
15. If a child contacts chickenpox
before one year or after 15 years of
age, it can lead to several complica-
tions.
Ramplatzer device
of this unique technique is that there
is no need of blood transfusion and it
will not leave any scar on the chest
The whole process can be done
wall.
under local anaesthesia and the
patients are required to stay in the
hospital only for three days.
resume normal activity soon after the
discharge from the hospital.
Trenchless technique
The National Building Construc-
tion Corporation (NBCC) has introdu-
fatal, but
ced the 'trenchless technology' in the
country, which facilitates laying of
underground pipelines, sewers and
life-
cables without digging up the surface
of earth. Urban Development Minister
expensive,
inspected the use of this technique at
a site in Cannaught Place in the
capital, where NBCC is carrying out
the task of laying underground pipe-
lines for the Mahanagar Telephone
Nigam (MTNL). The trenchless tech-
nique has the advantage of being
environment friendly and cost
effective. It is a unique method of
laying, replacement and renovation of
underground utilities, such as sewer
lines, electric cables, water and gas
pipes. It ensures that there is no
traffic obstruction, accidents or extra
costs in providing diversions.
has already executed numerous jobs
with it for the DVB, MTNL,
and PWD.
De-addiction :
Germany is producing diamond elec-
trodes that hold immense potential
for water purification. At the labo-
ratory, substrate of graphite, metal or
ceramics are coated with a fine but
extremely stable diamond layer,
They can
which is doped by adding boron and
as a result becomes electrically
conductive. The coated parts make
an excellent material for electrodes
as they are more resistant to corro-
sion and wear than conventional
electrodes and can withstand much
higher current densities. Due to their
extremely high stability and the fact
that they do not easily electrolyse
water. Diamond electrodes are espe-
cially well suited to the conversion of
organic molecules, according to
scientists at the institute.
Disinfection and the breaking
down of organic toxic materials are
the key issues in the purification of
drinking and waste water. Polychlo-
rinated hydrocarbons, for example,
are very stable and often resistant
microbiological decomposition.
to
Diamond-coated electrodes enable
such compounds to be destroyed in
electrochemical processes without
harming the environment in any way.
Germs are also eliminated during
NBCC electrolysis. Under high voltages the
water molecules break up and
NDMC oxygen radicals are formed. These in
turn combine to form ozone, which
destroys microorganisms.

Doctors of Shri Jayadeva Insti- Robot nurses for sick, elderly :

tute of Cardiology, Bangalore, have A British company is leading the

successfully treated heart hole, a clinical trials of a new vaccine to cure Robot nurses may soon be
congenital defect, without any addicts of two of the most addictive helping the sick and elderly by telling
surgery by using a new technique drugs cocaine and nicotine. The them when to take the medicine pills
called Ramplatzer device. The defect new treatment works with a course of and recording their temperature and
occurs due to faulty development of three injections spaced a month pulse. Engineers from the University
the wall which separates the and left apart. Previous treatments for both of Pittsburghand Carnegie Mellon
sides of the heart. Till recently, the cocaine and nicotine injections have University (CMU) in Pennsylvania
only remedy was open heart surgery, relied on the use of substitutes used have designed a new generation of
involving the opening of the chest as aids to reduce the level of robots to make life easier for the
wall and blood transfusion, leaving a dependency. None of these treat- elderly and housebound and to
scar on the chest wall. Doctors of ments have proved totally effective inform their doctors of any medical
Institute said the device would be and the replace rate is high. (Continued on Page ]8 )

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 16

 MEMORABLE POINTS
Astronomical unit is the mean distance of the earth from the sun. It is equal to 1-4960 x 10 11 m
The number of moles of a solute per litre of a solution is called Molarity (M)
If a substance dissolves with absorption of heat, the solubility increases with rise in Temperature <*

Par sec is the distance at which one astronomical unit subtends An angle of 1 sec of arc

The property of a chemical substance which does not depend on the size of the sample is known as
Intensive property
A binary solution is composed of two components Known as Solute and solvent

The approximate limits of visible spectra are From 4000 A to 8000 A

The measure of the force of attraction of the earth acting on an object is termed as Weight
What deals with the effect of environment on genetic set up of organisms Ecological genetics
The ratio of e.m.u. of charge to e.s.u. of charge is * 3x 10 the magnitude of speed of light in free space
10
,

On the Kelvin Scale, the temperature at which the volume of a gas becomes zero, is known as
- Absolute zero (OK)
When individuals are crossed with homozygous dominant parent, the type of cross is said to be * Out cross
Heat can be directly converted to electrical energy with the help of Thermocouple
A metal which melts at 30 C is Gallium
The gill-slits, in the developing human embryo, illustrates the approval or evidence of Recapitulation theory
When a ray of light enters into a glass slab from air its wavelength * Decreases
An organic compound that contains the divalent group ^ C=NH, is known as * Ketimine
In mammals the nucleus pulposus is found within * Intervetebral disk
The ratio of the velocity of a body to the velocity of sound is called * Mach number
The property of a system which depends only on the state of a system, not on the path used to get that state, is
known as * State-function
A compound having the simplest formula which gives minimum information about that compound is known as
* Empirical formula
Energy stored in a stretched wire per unit volume is *
^ x stress x strain

When a set of orbitals has same energy, the orbitals are known as < Degenerate orbitals
Availability of two kinds of leaves on the same plant is called * Heterophylly
Pascal and weber are the units of Pressure of Magnetic flux respectively
The relative ability of an atom to draw electrons in a bond towards itself is called Electronegativity (EN)
The spirally coiled membranous tube, the Cochlea, in the inner ear is concerned with Sound reception
Diode is mostly used as a Rectifier
When a molecule can be written by more than one satisfactory Lewis structure, the molecule is said to be
* Resonance hybrid of these structures
The percentage of carbohydrates and protein in potato is 23% and 1-6% respectively
When a ray of light enters a glass slab from air its frequency Remains same
Boiling point of a liquid can be changed by * Changing the pressure
Musical sounds are characterised by * Loudness, pitch and quality
N-type germanium is obtained by doping intrinsic germanium with elements like Arsenic
When liquid flows through a horizontal pipe of variable cross-section, the pressure is large where cross-sectional
area is Large
Melting point of ice is decreased with the Increase of pressure
V2
When some amount of gas expands isothermally, the amount of work done is u.RT log yT [u. => Mole number]

When the entire double slit arrangement for production of interference is dipped in water, fringe width will be
* Narrow
Heat energy produced in the sun is due to * Thermonuclear reaction (nuclear fusion)
1 GeV is equal to 1-6 x 10"10 joule

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 17

Copyrighted material
Competition Opportunities

Examinations for Admission to Various Medical

Institutes/Colleges

INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES BANARAS HINDU UNIVERSITY VAR AN ASI 221005

Admission Notice for MBBS/BAMS/BDS/B. Pharma Course-2000

The Banaras Hindu University AgeFor MBBS/BAMS/BDS :

Institute of Medical Sciences, BHU'
will hold an All India Combined Completed 17 years but not exceed payable at Varanasi. The request
Competitive written test (PMT/PAT) 25 years on 31st December 2000 application must include the name
(Candidates born on or after 1st and address of the candidate and full
for- admission to MBBS/BAMS/BD'S
January 1 984 need not apply). particulars of the enclosed demand
and Pharma course on Sunday the
B.
draft. It should also be accompanied
4th June, 2000 at Delhi, Varanasi, How to obtain application
by two white paper self addressed
Calcutta, Chennai and Nagpur form
Prescribed application form
slips of10 cm x 6 cm size. The
centres. along with the Information Booklet
envelope containing requisition for
EligibilityQualifications Pas- can be obtained By Cash On pay- :
and demand
application form draft
ment of Rs. 500/- (including bank
sed Intermediate Science/Pre- should be superscribed 'Request for
charges, postal charges and exami-
Medical Course/12 years of 10 + 2 or Application form by post' Last date
nation fees) from the branches of the
equivalent examination with minimum for requisition for PMT/PAT form by
Banaras State Bank Ltd.
of 50% marks (40% in case ofSC/ST post is 22nd February, 2000.

candidates) in English, Physics,

By postal channel From the
Last date for submission of
Office of the Director, Institute of
Chemistry and Biology taken toge- completed application formAppli-
Medical Sciences, Banaras Hindu
ther. Uttar Madhyama students of cation forms duly completed must be
University, Varanasi-221005 by
Sampurnanand Sanskrit Vishwa- sending a written request through
sent through Registered Post, so as
vidyalaya, Varanasi are eligible only Registered Post along with crossed to reach The Controller of Examina-
for BAMS course. Candidates at the Demand Draft/Bankers Cheque of tion (PMT/PAT cell), Banaras Hindu
aforementioned qualifying examina- Rs. 500/- of a Nationalized Bank, University, Varanasi-221005. Latest
tion may also apply. drawn in favour of 'The Director, by 15th March, 2000.

RAJASTHAN PRE-MEDICAL AND PRE-VETERINARY TEST

The combined entrance test for 2000, at Jodhpur situated office of She won the Arjuna Award in 1983
admission to MBBS/BDS/BV & ASC Examination Controller. and Padmashree in 1985.
for the session 2000-2001 will be For detail description, see 'Raja-
held on May 24, 25, 26 and 27, 2000. sthan Patrika' dated 18th January,
(Continued from Page
How to obtain application 2000. 16 )

form Prescribed application form

problems. 'Flo' the robot nurse, will
along with information booklet can be (Continued from Page 14 )
remind people when to take their
obtained by sending stipulated fees Chand and sprint queen P. T. Usha medicines and regularly check their
from were named the Indian -Sports per-
Manager, sons of the Century by the Indian
vital signs e-mailing the data to a
doctor. At present Flo is an early
Ingkol Cooperative Stores Olympic Association (IOA).
prototype for a personal service robot
M.B.M. Engineering College Dhyan Chand was gold medallist which developers are design to help
Jodhpur (Rajasthan) in the 1928, 1932 and 1936 Olym- people. Flo is unique in the range of
Pin Code-34201 pics. He led the side in the 1936 tools being developed to assist the
Berlin Games and had the distinction elderly, according to Sebastian Thrun,
Application forms can also be
of scoring 1 1 of the 38 goals scored an assistant professor of CMU's
obtained from the Medical Colleges
by the Indians there. He was awarded centre for Automated Learning and
and Veterinary College of the state
the Padma Bhushan in 1956. Discovery. It is a personal assistant
after paying cash price.
Usha has won the highest as opposed to an intelligent wheel-
Last date for submission of medals
number of for India in track chair or smart walking aid. The
completed application form field events, especially in Jakarta engineers are also working on ways
Application forms duly completed Asian Track and Field meet in 1985 to enable the robots to open jars and
will be accepted upto 18th March, and the Seoul Asian Games in 1986. bottles for arthritis patients.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 18

Copyrighted material
 T
Ao
Physics 13. Name this logic gate -o
|| B o-

1 . What is the resultant of a displacement 4 km North AND gate

and the other 10 km East ?
14. Which law of conservation is followed in nuclear
* 10-78 km at 68-2 E of N reactions, electrification by friction and electrification

2. When is the motion of a body said to be three

by induction ?
dimensional ? Law of conservation of charge
When the motion of a body 15. Name the majority carriers in semiconductors.
occurs in space
* Holes in p-type and electrons in n-type
3. What is the inertia of motion ?
* 16. 100 litre of air contain 15 g water vapour at room
It is the property of a body to continue in its
temperature. For complete saturation, the same
uniform motion along a straight line in
volume of air requires 3-75 g water vapour. What is
absence of any external force.
the relative humidity ?
4. A flywheel starts from rest and speeds up uniformly, * 40%
to 1200 rpm in 20 sec. What is the angular acce-
leration ?
17. What is the value of the gas constant ?

* 27i rad/s 2
Gas constant R = 8 31 Joule
per mole per C
5. When is a body said to be in equilibrium ?
" When a body acted on simultaneously by
18. What is conserved in a perfectly elastic collision ?
Both the momentum and
several forces remains at rest or in motion
the kinetic energy
it is said to be in equilibrium.
1 9. What is meant by diffusity ?
6. What is 1 foot pound equal to in M.K.S. system ?
, Thermal co nductivity
1-356 joule
~ Diffusivity
,
=
Ther(na|capacitype ;
unit volume
7. What is the C.G.S. unit of gravitation constant ?
20. What is critical damping ?
cm 3 gm~ 1
sec -2
It is a particular value of damping for which
8. A metallic cube of side 10 cm is subjected to a
the simple harmonic motion just becomes
shearing force of 900 kg wt. What is the shearing non-oscillatory.
stress ?

8-82 x 10 6 dyne/cm 2
Chemistry
9. How many gm of glycerine oil (density 1 -26 x gm/cc)
can be poured into a bottle which holds 247-2 gm of
1/273- 1 5 of the temperature interval between absolute
21 .
milk (density 1 03 gm/cc) ?
zero and the triple point of water is known as
302-4 gm A
!

kelvin
10. What are the dimensions of coefficient of viscosity ?
22. The amount substance that contains as many
of the
ML"1 T 1

entities as there are atoms in exactly 0-012 kg of

1 1 . What is the thermometric substance and approximate carbon- 12, is known as
range of a thermocouple ? * A mole
* Closed circuit of two dissimilar metals,
23. The amount of heat required to raise the temperature
200Cto1600C
of one gm of water from 14-5C to 15-5C is known
12. When do the thermal stresses come into play inside a as
metallic rod ? A thermochemical calorie
" When the ends of a rod are rigidly fixed so
that with change
temperature, the
in 24. When monosaccharides condense to for disaccha-

expansion or contraction of the rides, the linkage formed is known as

rod is shoved off. Glycoside linkage

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 19

Co
25. A polymer formed from a dialcohol and an aromatic 35. The compound which is responsible for characteristic
diacid is called odour of almonds is known as
Polyester, Dacron CHO
26. The natural rubber (Hevea rubber) is a polymer of
2-Methyl-1, 3-butadiene
Benzaldehyde
(isoprene)

27. The synthetic rubber obtained by polymerization of

2-chloro-1, 3-butadiene is known as 36. The beewax is an ester of myricyl alcohol, the
chemical composition of the same is
-* Neoprene rubber
- [C 15 H 31 COOC3oH 61 ]
28. A thermoplastic prepared by mixing 1, 1-dichloro-
37. The candy bars contain fat based on saturated acid
ethene and chloroethene is used as thin films to wrap
known as
food,it goes by trade name
Myristic acid [CH 3 (CH 2 ) 12 COOH]

38. The same ion which can act both as a Bronsted acid
29. A common form of starch which has a branched and base is termed as
chain arrangement of glucose units is known as Amphiprotic
Amylopectin
39. Aluminium sulphate crystallizes from aqueous solu-
30. Conversion of alkanes into aromatic compounds by tion as AI 2 (S04 ) 3 -18H 2 0, is known as
passing alkane vapour over a bed of Al 20 3 containing Paper maker's alum
Pt and Pd is known as
* 40. The number of donor atoms bended to the central
Catalytic Reforming
ion, is known as

31. The HCI salt of Procaine is used as most common * Co-ordination number
local anaesthetic, the trade name of this anaesthetic
is "1
Novocain Zoology
41. The regulation of RBC production is accomplished by
the harmone secreted by the kidneys
COCH 2 CH 2 N(CH2CH3)2 * Erythropoietin

42. A hormone released by the cortex of the adrenal

32. The 'smell of death' of decaying fish is due to two gland that stimulates the kidneys to reabsorb sodium
appropriately named amines as and excrete potassium
Cadaverine
[NH2 CHjCH2CH CH2CH NH 2 2 2] 43. A nerve cell process that carries impulses toward the
cell body
Dendrite
Putrescinc
[NH 2 CH CH CH CH NHJ
2 2 2 2
44. Nerve tissue that contains unmyelinated nerve cells
located in the brain and spinal cord.
33. A ketone which is odoriferous component of musks is Gray matter
known as 45. The serous membranes that lines the thoracic cavity
and covers the lungs
Pleura

=0 46. A bond of connective tissue that attaches muscle to

bone
Tendon
47. Large fragment produced by initial process of protein

34. Chemical compound which is responsible for the

hydrolysis

characteristic odour of citral fruits is known as Peptone

"+ Citral 48. The cells that are embedded in the matrix of cartilage
Chondroblasts
0=CH CH ;

yCH
'CH 3
49. Bone developing
cularly
within tendon of vertebrae
where tendon operates over ridge
parti-
of under-

[
<_ CH 3 J
lying bone.
* Sesamoid bone

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 20

Copyrighted material
50. Tube connecting middle ear to pharynx in tetrapod 66. When does Venus-flytrap obtain some nitrogen and
vertebrates which allows the equalization of~au minerals ?
pressure on either side of eardrum. When its leaves capture and digest insects
Eustachian tube
67. What causes 'Stem gall of Coriandrurrt ?
51 . Principal fibrous protein of the yellow fibres of animal
* Protomyces macrospordus (a fungus)
connective tissue
Elastln 68. What are mycophages ?
52. A possible hominoid ancestor, a forest dwelling
* Viruses attacking fungi
primate with some characteristics of living apes
69. What is photolysis of water ?
Proconsul
* Breakdown of water molecules under the
53. The process by which ATP production is tied to an influence of light
electron transport system that uses oxygen as the
final receptor. 70. What brings about the termination of polypeptide
Oxidative phosphorylation chain ?
<* One of the three terminating codons,
54. A connective tissue in which the cell lies within
namely UAA, UAG and UGA
lacunae embedded in a flexible proteinaceous matrix.
"* Cartilage 71 . Which plant yields latex similar to para rubber plant ?
' Parthenium argentatum
55. A part of a neuron that conducts impulses form the
cell body to the synapse 72. What is Chargaffs rule regarding ONA bases ?
Axon * In each species the amount of A T and the
56. The process of expulsion of foetus from uterus in a amount of G = C
mammal is called
73. What is the primary acceptor of C0 2 in C4 cycle ?
Parturition
<* Phosphoenol pyruvic acid (PEP)
57. One of the many rod-like elements of compound eyes
74. What does IPM stand for ?
of arthropoda forming an image
- Ommatidium Integrated Pest Management

58. Hormone secreted by pass nervosa of the pituitary 75. How many phosphate group is contained in cyclic

gland. Causes strong contraction of uterine muscles

AMP?
and secretion of milk in mammals. Only one phosphate
Oxytocin 76. Which type of RNA carries specific amino acid during
protein synthesis ?
59. Peg like process of axis vertebra which projects into
the ring of Atlas * /-RNA
Odontoid process 77. What contains the bark of tree ?
60. Channels in bones around which cells and lamellae Cork, Cork cambium and phloem
are arranged in concentric rings.
78. Who introduced hierarchy in taxonomy ?
* Haversian canal Prantl

79. What is regulator gene ?

Botany !

* Gene responsible for the synthesis of a

repressor

61 . What are two similar halotypes called ? 80. How many haploid pollen grains are formed from
Isotype spore mother cell within the anther pollen sac ?
* Four (due to meiotic cell division)
62. Which plant of pteridophyte is called 'resurrection
plant" ?
HINTS
* Selaginella
1.

63. What is southern blotting technique ?

10 km
Recent technique used for separating
DNA fragments. W <
64. What is the latest trend in plant disease control ?
Biological control

65. From where does bacterium in root nodules get

supply of carbohydrate ? Resultant R = V42 + 102
* By the host plant = 10-78 km
(Continued on Pane 31 )
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 21

Copyrighted material
 subjects because to clear the
Our Young Talents competition one must be having
control over all the four subjects. I

gave more weightage to Physics so

Topper of Rajasthan PMT and 8th position holder in AIIMS
that I could increase my speed while
1999 solving numericals.

CSV Did you make complete

Miss Krati Chauhan study of all topics or of some selec-
tive topics ?
Krati
made complete study of
I

allthe topics because one can never

Competition Science Vision has held an extensive interview with
be sure as to questions concerning to
Miss Krati Chauhan who has been an exceptionally brilliant
which topic will be more frequently
student. Her views are published here in original.
asked in the exams.

CSV Congratulations for your

brilliant success. Competition Science Vision is an
Thank you very much.
Krati excellent magazine. The theory,

CSV Before knowing your multiple choice questions, G.K. and

result
best fifteen questions are useful and
what did you think about those who
remarkable feature of the magazine. It
achieve top positions ?
gives relevant information in concise
Krati thought that all these
I
and brief manner. Every medical
students must have done immense aspirant should read CSV regularly.
hard work to achieve top position. Krati Chauhan
CSV Achieving top position has mm ,. .... A
come as surprise to you or were you
confident of achieving it ?
CSV What planning did you
Krati I did all my papers well. make for preparation ? Please tell Bio-Data

NameMiss Krati Chauhan

So I was really confident that I would something in detail.

achieve rank among top ten position

in Medical Entrance examination.
Krati First of all I planned to get Father's NameDr. J. P. S
through with the theory of Biology, Chauhan
CSVWhat do you think is the Chemistry and Physics. started from I
Mother's NameSmt. Shashi
secret of your success ? the basics and then went on to tough Chauhan

Krati Channelised hard work topics so that could catch with the
I Educational Qualifications
over a period of time, perseverance minute details of the subject. used I
H.S./Std.X88% Sophia High
to prepare a topic and then solve the School, Bikaner (Raj.)1997.
and will to succeed are the reasons
multiple choice questions related with XII 85% Maharani
behind my success. Beside this had I
Inter/ Std.
practised numericals in Physics to School, Bikaner (Raj.), 1999.
faith in God which gave me confi-
it. I

increase my speed as time is an

dence to achieve my goal.
important factor that one has to keep
CSV In how many attempts did in mind. CSV How did you give final
you get this success ?
CSV How much time did you
touches to your preparation ?
Krati I got my success in first
devote daily and regularly for Physics, Krati At the beginning, when I

attempt. Chemistry, Botany and Zoology. started with my preparation at that

CSV From where did you get
Krati
used to study Physics,
I
time used to underline
only I

the inspiration of choosing a medical important points and used to mark

Chemistry daily and either Botany or
career ?
Zoology along with the two. use to I
important questions. When I was
Krati I got inspiration of be- devote about 8-10 hrs for studies doing revision
through all
in the end
these
I used
underlined
to go
coming a doctor from my father I daily and as the exams, drew nearer I

wanted to get into a profession in increased the study hours to 14-15 sentences and marked questions.
which I could offer my services to h's daily. devoted the time among
I
CSV Did you prepare notes ?
help others. I used to read about how the subjects according to the topics
doctors save life and wanted to do concerned with the subject. Krati
prepared notes of the
I

something similar. topics that found difficult in all the

I

CSV Out of the above four four subjects. used to select a book
CSV From when
I

did you start subjects, to which subject did you

in which the topic was presented in
the preparation for it ? give more weightage and why ? the simplest manner and then note it

Krati From class IX I started Krati More or less I gave down. There notes helped me a lot

preparing for the Entrance Exams. equal weightage to all the four during exam time.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 22

Copyrighted material
 CSVWhat was your attitude for the topics.The multiple choice ques- CSV What books/ magazines/
solving numerical questions. What tions given in the magazines are newspaper did you read for G.K.
weightage did you give them ? examination oriented and very useful preparations ?
Krati While solving numericals from examination point of view.,
Krati
For G.K preparation I

the thing used to keep in mind was

I CSV What is your opinion about depended mainly on daily news, on
time limit. used to practice all sorts
I our Competition Science Vision? television and reading Times of India.
of numericals simple as well as tough How much helpful and useful did you Iconsulted CSV and India Today
like one which might be given to find it ? among the magazines.
make the paper tough.
Krati Competition Science CSV Whom would you like to
CSV How much time is suffi- Vision is an excellent Magazine. The give credit for your success ?
cient for preparing for this exami-
nation ?
theory, Multiple Choice Questions,
G.K., Best Fifteen Questions are all
Krati I give credit of my
success parents and my
to my
Krati started my preparations
I usefuland remarkable features of the
sisters. Without their support and
from class IX One needs at least one magazine. Every medical aspirant
encouragement would not have I

year of devoted study to get through should read CSV regularly. It is really
achieved this target. My teachers
the exams. One must be very careful very useful.
helped me a lot by making me
about dividing time according to the CSV Please suggest in what understood the topics. Above all it
syllabus otherwise it creates problem way CSV can be made more useful was the blessings of God and all
at the end. medical aspirants.
for elders which helped me to get
CSV From what level of edu-
Krati CSV is already very use- through the exams.
cation should an aspirant begin pre-
ful Magazine. By including Assertion-
paring for it ? CSVWhat message would you
Reason type of questions which are like to give to our readers of CSV ?
KratiAn aspirant should start useful for AIIMS it can meet its
preparing for Entrance Exams from purpose more effectively. Krati Message is that if you are
preparing for competitive exams then
class IX.
CSV Please mention your
CSV Please mention various hard work is the only key to success.
position in the merit list.
books in each subject and magazines So work hard as much as you can.
on which you based your preparation.
Krati Rajasthan Pre-Medical Prepare a plan how to complete your

Krati I consulted and read

Test -
of Medical
First Position. All India Institute

Sciences, New Delhi/

course and in the end a revision is a
must. would like to suggest you to
I

following books for the preparation

Eighth Position (8 th ). At present am keep working hard and read CSV
Physics Nutan 1Physics,
.

studying in AIIMS, New Delhi.

I

regularly.
2. Pradeep fundamental for Physics,
3. S.C Verma.
Chemistry Shivahare and
Lavania, O.P Agarwal.
Botany M. P. Kaushik.

Zoology Ramesh Gupta.

CSV Did you take coaching in
your preparation ?

courses
Krati I joined correspondence
of Brills education India, New
yTita g? [fetes
Delhi, Sachdeva New P.T. College,
Delhi and ALLEN Institute, Talwandi,
Kota.

Personal Qualities (Unique for PMT, PET and 10 + 2 students for General Awareness)
Hobby/HobbiesListening to Edited by Price
Music, Reading Magazines.
Ravindra The Board of Competition Science Vision Rs. 85 00
Ideal Person Nath
Tagore. Questions on 'True or False' statements and 'Fill in the Blanks' are
generally asked in all science and competitive examinations. These
Strong Point Determination and
questions are by no means quite easy questions. To meet the needs of the
Hard work.
students in this respect, this unique book has been prepared and published.
Weak PointSlow at work. A large number of typical questions, most of them from various examinations
are given along with their answers with clear-cut hints and explanations.
CSVWhat help do the science Purchase from neatest bookseller or get the copy by V.P.P. sending M. 0. ot Rs. 70J- on the following address
magazines render the preparation
for this examination ?
in
UPKAR 2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-282 002
Phone 351238 351002 322930; Fax (0562)351251
Krati Science magazine give
PR A K AQH A M
rnMrxMOnMIl
:

e-mail
'

:
'

upkar@nde.vsnl.net. in
:

the students latest information about

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 23 /3

 Topic on Physics

CHROMATIC ABERRATION
Dr. R. V. S. Chauhan

1. Chromatic Aberration
The image of a white object (i.e., an object illumina-
ted by white light) formed by a lens is usually coloured
and blurred. This defect of the image produced by a lens
is called chromatic aberration.

Suppose parallel rays of white light fall on a lens. We Longitudinal

chromatic
know that the focal length of a lens is minimum for violet aberration
light and maximum for red light. Hence rays of violet light
Axial chromatic aberration
are focussed at shorter distance (at V) and rays of red
= Ir-Iv.
are focussed of larger distance (at R). Therefore,
light
image formed by a lens becomes coloured. if the object is at finite distance from the lens
White
light
= fa-V
if the object is at infinite distance from the lens
Axial chromatic aberration of a lens is equal to the
product of its mean focal length and the dispersive
power of its material.

i.e., Axial or longitudinal aberration

White light consists of all possible wavelengths bet- fa-f\j = <af.

ween 3800A and 7800A. where the dispersive power of the material and fy
co is

Chromatic aberration is produced by a lens because is the mean focal length of lens.
the refractive index of a material of lens and, there-
fore, focal length of the lens is different for different Here, L = f= ylW*
colours of light.

Relations are as follows :

and co = or CO =
Hv-Hr
D Uy-1
u = A + 2
(Cauchy's formula)
X A single lens can not remove this defect because for

single lens neither co = 0 nor f = 0

and y

so that fa
- fV = afy = 0.
(Lens maker's formula)
(ii) Lateral chromatic aberration As the different
where |i is refractive index of the material to lens, X is
colours are focussed at different places the magnifi-
wavelength of light, A and B
are constants, / is focal
length of this lens, and R, and R 2 are the radii of cation produced by the lens also varies
curvatures of the surface of the lens.
for different colours. Therefore, the images of diffe-
Since n R < n v so fa > h tne recl ravs are focussed
rent colours are of different sizes even if the object is
farthest and focussed nearest to the
violet rays are
of same finite size. The difference in the sizes of red
lens. The rays of intermediate colours are focussed and violet images is the measure of lateral chromatic
between V and R. If a screen is placed at the
aberration.
centre of image and while the outer edge
will be violet
will be red. At R the centre of the image will be red

and outer edge violet. A'

1
A"
Chromatic aberration is of two types A |

(i) Axial or longitudinal or linear chromatic aberra-

tion When a white point O is situated as the axis of
a lens, then images of different colours are formed at Lateral chromatid
aberration
different points along the axis. The formation of
cod
images of different colours at different positions is
Lateral chromatic aberration =
called axial or longitudinal aberration.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 24

Copyr
 where <o is dispersive power of material of lens and d According to condition
is the diameter of circle of least confusion. F V = Fr
The image is nearest to lens and shortest in
violet JL JL -
size and the red image is farthest and biggest in size,
or, =--ET
F F
0
V R
The situations of chromatic aberration is also true for
/Hv-1 \ 1 IV- 1^ 1
concave lens also.

2. Achromatism
If two lenses are combined in such a way that this
\hy-i/'y (^^y'-^Jfy'
lens combination produces images of different colours at
the same
combination
position
is
and of the same size, then the lens
known as achromatic combination of or
nv-n R \ 1 /W - ufA 1 .

lenses and this property

(
is called achromatism.

To remove chromatic aberration a combination of (0 0)

convex lens and concave lens is used. One lens is

or, or o)P + ca'P'= 0
made of crown glass and other lens is made of flint

glass. The focal length of this combination is equal for or, In general
violet and red light i.e., for this combination (Fv = Fr).
("1 0)2
Hence this combination is free from chromatic aberra- f+t = 0 Or + iSp2 =0
tion. It is called achromatic combination.
Flint and P 2 are powers of first 1
Crown { and second lens respectively J
1 0)2 <- It is called condition of
or,
h achromatism

i.e., the ratio of dispersive powers must be equal to

Here o>i < Here (o2 <(o 1
ratio of focal lengths of two lenses.
Here negative sign shows that two lenses must be of
Achromatic convex lens Achromatic concave lens different nature i.e., if one is convex then other is
concave. Both the lenses can be neither convex nor
In this achromatic combination the first lens disperses
concave.
white light into seven colours and second lens recom-
bines these colours to form white light. No coloured For achromatic combination, the lenses should be of
images are obtained. different materials.

If Mi = 2 than = - f2 and the focal length of

combination 5=7+7=0

or, F = 00 i.e. lens system will behave as a plane

glass plate.
Achromatic combination is free from variation ofu For achromatic combination g)^ = - o)2P2
with X.
Soto remove chromatic aberration, the product of
Condition of Achromatism power of lens and dispersive power of the lens must
We know that for this combination be equal for two lenses.
Fv = FR An achromatic lens is strictly true only for the two
But for thin lenses in contact wavelengths e.g., red and violet. Other colours may
1 1 1 be present in very small amounts. So the system is
F not achromatic for all colours at a time.
2
J_ 1 In achromatic combination the lenses are cemented

Fv V by Canada balsam, because Canada balsam is

transparent and has a refractive index almost equal
jfy and V are the focal lengths
j to the refractive index of glass.
[for violet colours for two lenses
J The achromatic doublet (combination) is used in
optical instruments such as telescopes, microscopes,
camera etc.

Similarly,
Another method of removing chromatic aberra-
tion
JL These days this defect is removed by taking two
Fr
convex lenses of same material separated by a distance d

CS.V./March/2000/25
Copyrighted material
 Smaller the focal length of the lens, smaller is the
U+h
where d = chromatic aberration.
In practice both the lateral and the longitudinal
This combination is free from chromatic aberration, chromatic aberrations can not be removed for all

fi k colours. Longitudinal chromatic aberration can be

removed only for two colours at a time by using
lenses of suitable focal lengths and of suitable
materials but lateral chromatic aberration can be
removed for all colours when two lenses of same
material are placed at a particular distance apart.

Here
The lens doublets used in telescopes are achromatic
if F is focal length of combination
for blue and red colours while those used in camera
1 1 _d_ are achromatic for violet and green colours. The
then
F reason for this is that our eye is most sensitive
between blue and red colours while the photographic
This is used in making the eyepieces of telescopes plates are most sensitive between violet and green
and microscopes. colours.

TYPICAL SOLVED EXAMPLES

Example 1 Focal length of an achromatic convex

. Solution. Axial chromatic aberration
lens is 24 cm. The dispersive powers of two lenses = Oify
are 0-02 and 0 03. Calculate focal length of each lens.
= 0 02x15 = 0-3 cm
Solution. We know that for achromatic convex lens
Crown Example 3. Calculate the focal length of a lens of
u h glass
dispersive power 0-031 which should be placed in
and CO, 0)2 contact with a convex lens of focal length 84 cm and
dispersive power 0-021 to make the combination
Given CD, 002
achromatic.
tog 003 Solution. We know that for achromatic combination
and F 24 cm Achromatic convex lens
0)1 0)2
Now from achromatic condition + = 0
t\ h
0)1 Here the convex lens is made of the material of lower

CO2 h dispersive power

002 2 Given 84 cm. o) t = 0 021 , = 0 031

or, " _0)i
h 0)2
0-03 3 0021 0031
= 0
84 h
f2 =
-h -0) 0021
84
0031
h
also ~ 1+1
F f, f2
84 x 0 031
*2
*"* ~ 0 021
1
or, " from (1) = -124 cm
24
(negative sign shows that this lens is concave)

Example 4. Two
lenses of different materials hav-
ing dispersive powers 0-03 and 0-06 are placed in
24 f, 3f, f,y 3) 3f,
contact to produce an achromatic combination. If the
3fi = 24 power of the combination is +5 diopter, find the focal
lengths of the two lenses.
f\ = 8 cm (i.e., convex lens)
Solution. Focal length of combination
3
and hence h -'1 = x8 100
2 F = cm = 20 cm
5
= - 12 cm (i.e., concave lens)
and 1 1+1
F f, f2
Example 2. Mean focal length of a lens is 15 cm. If
the dispersive power of its glass is 0 02, then find out J_
or, + d)
the axial chromatic aberration of the lens. 20 f, f2

C.S.V./March/2000/26
Copyrighted material
 h 003 1 If F is the focal length of the lens-doublet, then
also
h cog 2 1 = 1 1
f2 = -2fy
F f/4
(2)

putting value of f2 from (2) in Uh _ (+20)x(-30)

(1 F =
U + h~ +20-30
_ i_J ~
J_ _ L = + 60 cm
20 U 2U
=> = 10 cm As the focal length of the doublet is positive, it will

behave as a convex lens.

So, f2 = - 2/, = - 20 cm
Example 8. The dispersive powers of crown and
Example5. Two lenses of focal lengths 6 cm and glasses are 0 02 and 0 04 respectively. What will
flint
2 cmare placed at a certain distance apart. Calculate be the focal length of the crown-glass convex lens
the distance between the lenses if they form an achro- which forms an achromatic doublet with a flint-glass
matic combination. concave lens of focal length 80 cm.
Solution. We know that when the lenses are separa- Solution. Since achromatic condition is
ted at distance 'd then for achromatic combination
'

h m _i
w_ Jh
f
h 2
2
6 + 2 8
f\ = - x f2
IT- 2 0)2

= 4 cm. Here, ! = 0 02, 2 = 0 04 and f2 = -80 cm

Example 6. The refractive indices of the material 0 02 on . .

of a lens for violet, yellow and red colours of light are U = -b^04 x(_80)
respectively 1-66, 1-64 and 1-62. The mean focal
length of the lens is 10 cm. Determine the chromatic
= + 40 cm
aberration of the lens between the violet and the red Example 9. The dispersive powers of the glasses
colours. of two lenses used in an achromatic doublet are in the
ratio 4 3. If the focal length of one lens is 12 cm,
:

Solution. Let co be the dispersive power of the mate-

calculate the focal length of the other lens.
rial of the lens. Then the chromatic aberration between
violet and red colours is given by Solution. The condition for achromation of two
lenses in contact is

/r
- fy = (0 X Ay
fj !
..(1)
h 2
We know
an achromatic (convergent) lens-
that in
doublet the dispersive powers of the material of the
convex lens is less than that of the concave lens. Here,
= 0-625 cm the dispersive powers are in the ratio 4 3. Therefore, the :

first lens is concave and the second is convex.

Example 7. An achromatic
lens-doublet is formed
by placing in contact a convex lens of focal length 20 Here two cases arises :

cm and a concave lens of focal length 30 cm. The (i) If we take the focal length of the first (concave) as
dispersive power of the material of the convex lens is 12 cm that fj =- 12cm
018. Determine the dispersive power of the material
of the concave lens and also calculate the focal
-12 4
Then
h 3
length of the lens doublet.

contact
Solution.
is
We know that the condition of two lenses in
h =
~
12x3

i 2 Then f2 = 9 cm
=
U " h (ii) If we take the focal length of the second (convex)
<1
lens as 12 cm then f2 = 12 cm and then from (1)
*
2
A 4
where f\ and f2 are the mean focal lengths of the 12 3
lenses and o>, and co? are the dispersive powers. => fi = -16 cm
Here fj = + 20 cm, f2 = - 30 cm, , = 0-18, 2 = ? Example 10. An achromatic convergent lens of
0-18 cm is made by combining flint and
focal length 150
0)2 = --2Q-x(-30) = 0-27
crown glass lenses. Calculate the focal lengths of

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 27

Copyrighted material
both the lenses if the ratio of the dispersive powers of Also if F is focal length of the combination then
flint and crown glasses is 3 2. :
1 1 1
= +
Solution. Achromatic convergent or convex lens is F f, f2

Crown 1 1 1
gjass - 150
" +
and i = 0)2 U h
1 3 1
U < h h or, ~
150 .12 '2
101
So according to the question
1 1 / 3\ 1
or, - =

Gh 2
= x and F = 150 cm
150 t2
y 2) 2f2

0)2 3 =
=> -2k 150
We know that achromatic condition is
=> h = - 75 cm (i.e., concave of flint glass)
21 4 or 2 * 2 2
~% 3"~f2 and >1
= "3 f2 ="3*(-75)
or, f1 * -| f2 ...(1) + 50 cm {i.e., convex of crown glass)

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. When a beam of white light (C) Convex of crown, concave (C) Convex f= 33-3 cm, concave
parallel to the principal axis is of flint / = 50 cm
refracted through aconvex lens, (D) Concave of crown, convex (D) Convex f = 50 cm, concave
then the rays converge on the of flint r"=33-3 cm
principal axis. If a screen is
placed at a sufficient distance 4. An achromatic combination of 8. Chromatic aberration in a lens is

from the focus-point perpendi- lenses is used to produce caused by

cular to the principal axis then (A) Coloured image (A) Reflection (B) Interference
the image on the screen will be
(B) Image in black and white (C) Diffraction (D) Dispersion
(A) A sharp white point
(C) Highly enlarged image 9. An achromatic convergent dou-
(B) A sharp violet point or red
(D) Image free from colours blet of two lenses in contact has
point
a power of + 2D. The convex
(C) A circular spot whose edges 5. A convex lens has a mean focal
lens has a power +5D. What is
are red and central portion length of 25 cm and the disper-
the ratio of the dispersive powers
violet sive power of the material of the
of the convergent and divergent
(D) A circular spot whose edges
lens is 0 04. The longitudinal
lenses ?
are violet and central portion chromatic aberration for an object
placed at infinity is (A) 2 : 5 (B) 3 : 5
red
(A) 0-5 cm (B) 10 cm (C) 5 : 2 (D) 5 : 3
2. Focal lengths of two lenses are f

and V and dispersive powers of

(C) 0 0016 cm (D) 2-5 cm 10. A double convex lens is made of
glass which has its refractive
their materials are o) and o)'. To 6. A thin convex lens has focal
index of 1 -55 for violet rays and
form achromatic combination lengths 50-5 cm and 49-5 cm for
1-50 for red rays. If the focal
from these, which relation is red and violet colours respec-
length for violet rays is 20 cm,
correct ? tively. The dispersive power of
then the focal length for red rays
= = 2f the lens material is
(A) o) o) 0 , o/ 2o) 0 ,f' will be
=
(A) 0 01 (B) 0 02
(B) o) o) 0 , o)' = 2o)0 , f' = -2f (A) 9 cm (B) 18 cm
(C) 0 04 (D) 0-20
(C) 20 cm (D) 22 cm
(C) o) = o) 0 , o)' = 2o)0 , V =|
7. An achromatic doublet of resul-
11. The focal lengths of a convex
tant focal length 100 cm is made
(D) o) = o) 0 ,o)' = 2o) 0 ,
/' = -| lens for blue and red colours of
using a convex lens of crown
are fb and fr respectively and
light

3. An achromatic convergent com- glass (a) = 002) and concave those of concave lens are F b and
bination of lenses is to be made lens of flint glass (to = 0 03). The Ff. Then
by combining the lenses of focal lengths of lenses are
> ff and F b <F r
flint
(A) fb
and crown glasses. The correct (A) Convex f = 75 cm, concave
choice is to use f=25cm
(B) ^</f andF b >F
r

(A) Both convergent lens (C) fb > f,andF b >F r

(B) Convex f = 50 cm, concave
(B) Both divergent lens f=75 cm (D) fb < fr andF b <F r

CJS.V. / March / 2000/ 28

Copyrighted material
12. A convex lens, a glass slab, a 17. A paralled beam of white light (B) FR >FV
glass prism and a spherical solid falls on a convex lens. Images of
(C) FR <Fv
ball have been prepared from the blue, yellow and red light are
same optically transparent mate- formed on other side of the lens (D) FR -FV =0
rial. Dispersive power will be at a distance of 20 cm, 20-5 cm
22. Ifa divergent lens of focal length
possessed by and 21-4 cm respectively. The
50 cm is put in contact with a
(A) The glass slab and the prism dispersive power of the material
convergent lens of focal length
of the lens will be 70 cm, the doublet will be
(B) The lens and the solid ball
619_ _9_
(C) The prism only (A) [a) (A) Convergent of f = 1 75/6 cm
1000 200
(D) All the four (B) Convergent of f = 1 75 cm

13. What causes chromatic aberra-

< C
^ < 2T4 (C) Divergent of f = 1 75/6 cm
tion ? 18. The dispersive powers of the (D) Divergent of f= 175 cm
(A) Nonparaxial rays materials of the two lenses are in
23. Two lenses in contact form an
the ratio 4 3. If the achromatic
:
(B) Paraxial rays achromatic lens. Their focal
combination of these two lenses
(C) Variation of focal length with lengths are in the ratio of 2 : 3.
in contact is a convex lens of
colour Their dispersive powers must be
focal length 60 cm, then the focal in the ratio of
(D) Difference in radii of curva- length of the component lenses
ture of the bounding surfaces are
(A) 1 : 3 (B) 2 : 3
of the lens (A) -20 cm and 25 cm (C) 3 2 : (D) 3 :

14. To obtain an achromatic combi- (B) 20 cm and -25 cm 24. Lateral chromatic aberration is
nation using the lenses of same (C) -15 cm and -20 cm the formation of
material, the two lenses should (D) 15 cm and -20 cm
(A) Blurred images
be 19. An achromatic combination con- (B) Distorted images
(A) Put in contact sists of a convex lens and a
(C) Images of different colours
(B) Separated from each other concave lens kept in contact. co 1
in different sizes
(C) Convex and <o 2 are dispersive powers of
(D) Images of different colours
(D) One convex and other con- material of these lenses respec-
at different positions
cave tively and ft and f2 are their focal
To form an
lengths respectively. 25. Two convex lenses of same focal
15. A convex lens forms real image
achromatic concave lens length are made of crown and
of an extended object. The image
flint glass respectively. The axial
is coloured due to chromatic abe-
(A) CD-i >(02 , U > fz
chromatic aberration is
rration. What will be the colour of (B) (0, > 2 , U < f2
the image of least size ? (A) Equal for the two lenses
(C) COt < 002 , U > f2
(A) Red (B) Yellow (B) Greater for the crown glass
(D) (0, < cog , U < fz lens
(C) Green (D) Blue
20. Chromatic aberration of lens can (C) Greater for the flint glass
T6. An equiconvex lens of crown be corrected by lens
glass and an equiconcave lens of (A) Providing different suitable (D) Sometimes greater for crown
flint glass make an achromatic
curvatures to its surfaces glass lens and sometimes
system. The radius of curvature
(B) Proper polishing of its two for flint glass lens
of convex lens is 0-54 m. If the
surfaces
focal length of the combination
for the mean colour is 1 -50 and
(C) Suitably combining it with ANSWERS
the another lens
refractive indices for the
1.(D) 2.(B) 3.(C) 4.(D) 5.(B)
crown glass are u. R = 1 -53 and (D) Reducing its aperture
u v = 1-55, then the dispersive 6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (D) 9. (B) 10. (D)
21. To remove chromatic aberration
power of the flint glass will be 11. (D) 12. (D) 13. (C) 14. (B) 15. (D)
the combination of lenses should
(A) 0 055 0 037 16. (A) 17. (C) 18. (D) 19. (A) 20. (C)
(B) be such that
F R + FR = 0 21. (D) 22. (D) 23. (B) 24. (C) 25. (C)
(C) 0 027 (D) 0 015 (A)

HINTS
1 .
Due to chromatic aberration the images of different for violet colour is less than for red colour.
colours will be at different positions. On placing
We know that for achromatic combination
screen at a sufficient distance from focus, we will get
image on the screen as a circular spot whose edges co f_

are violet and central portion red because focal length

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 29

Copyrighted material
 This relation is correct for (B) as (~ 3) 3
_ _
co
_ g_ 1
SSI
cog
" 5"5
~ ~2
to' 2co 0 to, : 2 = 3:5

and I ~
f
=
1
10. For lens
f (-2f) 2

3. Since combination is to behave as convex lens, the -(*-*} ...d)

focal length convex less should be less and

of
should, therefore, be made of material of less dis- and T = (MV ...(2)

persive power i.e., of crown glass whose refractive

power is less than that of flint glass. Dividing (2)by(1)

5. Longitudinal chromatic aberration fa _ mr- 1 = 1-55-1 _

-
0-55
/v ~ U _1 1-50-1 0-50
R
= r"
R -/v = tofy
fv = 20 cm
= 0 04 x 25
/r _
_
55__ 11
= 1 cm 20 50 10
6. We know that => fn = 22 cm

'r-'v = wfy 15. Out of all the four colours (red, yellow, blue and

to = f
green) blue colour has least focal length and hence
image of blue colour is of least size.

Here fy is the mean focal length 16. We know that the condition for achromatism of two
50-5 + 49-5 lenses in contact is
Crt
= 2 = 50
+ ~ -d)
< =
50-5 - 49 5 1
= 002 nM U h
50 = 50
For crown glass
7. Given F = 100 cm
For convex lens to = 002 and 1
Uy + UR
1
For concave lens to' = 003 2
1-55-1-53
I to
_
_
O02 _ 2
1-55 + 1-53
" ~
V a' 0 03 3 -1
1 2 1-55-1-53
= = 0-037
V 3f 1-54-1
1 1 1
Also = + and
F 1 ?
1 1 2 1

100
-
f~3f ~ 3f
^ m Uy+J* m 155^153 = 1 54
j
=> 3/ = 100
=> F = 33-3 cm

and r = -f = -fx 33-3 = 2

If F be the focal length of the combination, then

9. We know that power of the combination

= -50 cm
111
F
=
U+h
Pc = Pi + P2 1 i i
~ F
Here Pc = + 2D, P^ = + 5D h U

2 = 5 + P2 or,
1 _ J-_ 2= _4
f2 1-5 3
P2 = -3D
where f2 is the focal length of flint glass
Power of concave lens = - 3D = P2
Now from equation (1)
Power of convex lens = + 5D = P,
and for achromatic combination 0-037x2 + 0^ =0
P-\<>1 + P2OO2 = 0 0 037 x 2 x 3
tog =
P
=>
to,
= -p2
H = 0055
2

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 30

Copyrighted material
17. We know that when parallel rays fall on a convex- CO f 2
lens, they converge at the focal point. So according to 23.
V 3
the question
fb = 20 cm 25. Since axial chromatic aberration

f = 20-5 cm and fR = 2-14 cm = C0f*y

y
also the dispersive power Here focal lengths for both lenses are same. But we
f*-fb know that flint glass has move dispersive power than
0) =
fu crown glass, therefore, axial chromatic aberration is

) 21-4-20 1-4 greater for the flint glass lens.

20-5 20-5
14
205 (Continued from Page 21 )

1 8. When lenses are in contact then we know that

1 _ 1+1
F " f, f2 tanG = y = 2-5
Here F = 60 cm => 0 = 68-2 East of North
J_
60 ~ f,*f2
11 (D 4. Initial angular speed
Also for achromatic combination 00/ = 0
0)2 Final angular speed
u
+
T 2
= 0
1200 0
^ = ~60~ x27t
or,
0)2 h = 40 7i rad/sec

Wl 3 .-. Angular acceleration

but
4
0)2 o),- (0/
_ 4Q ft
3
" 20 " 20
= u
4 h = 2jt rad/sec2

= Tangential force
or, f2
-b (2)
8. Sheanng stress =
Ar| aofface
From (1) and (2)
900x103x980
J_ _ 1__3_ 102
60 ~ U 4f,
= 8-82 x 106 dyne/cm 2
On solving we get
r"i
= + 1 5 cm 9. Let V be the volume of liquid held by bottle.
and f2 = -20 Mass of milk
V = Density of milk
1 9. For achromatic concave lens
Flint
247-2
" 103
9' ass ^ / \ ^1 _Crown
glass
= 240 c.c.

(0i > 0)2 .-. Required mass of glycerine

and /! > f2 = 1-26x240

= 302-4 gm
(Achromatic concave lens)
F- /
10. t\ =
22. When lenses are in contact then A- v
1 = 11
+ mj -
2
_ [MLT- [L]
[L 2][lt-
1
]

h h f ]

Given ^ = - 50 cm and = 70 cm = [ML" 1 T~1 ]

So
1 1 1
Mass of water vapour actually
f - 50 70 _ present in a certain volume of air
-70 + 50 20 ' * ~ Mass of water vapour required to
50x70 35x100 saturate the same volume
at the same temperature
1
" 1-5
175 " 3-75 x 100
f = -175 cm
= 40%
(divergent since f is negative)
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 31

Copyrighted material
 Topic on Physics
V//////////////////^^^^

MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
v/////////////^

Er. D. K. Gupta

One basic measi' g instrument is 'galvanometer', For radial magnetic field,

whose pointer shows a deflection when current passes 9 0 = 90

.

through it. Using a galvanometer one can easily construct

NIAB = ce
a device measuring current, potential difference or
for
resistance, ammeter, voltmeter and ohmmeter respec-
tively. For accurate measurement of potential difference
1
- (nai) 9
or e.m.f.one uses a potentiometer whereas resistances = Ke
are accurately measured using a Wheatstone bridge. All
where K is the galvanometer constant which depends
these instruments are discussed here one by one in brief.
on the construction of the galvanometer.
(A) Galvanometers (d) From above, we have, I 9
(a) It is an instrument used to detect the presence of Therefore the deflection produced in the coil is
current upto 10~9 A through it. directly proportional to the current flowing in the coil,

(b) The current is the measure of the deflection of the (e) For Lamp and Scale arrangement
coil due to torque produced by a magnetic field. d_
9 =
(c) Galvanometers are mainly of two types :
2D
where d = displacement of light spot
(i) Moving coil galvanometer.
D = distance of scale from galvanometer
(ii) Moving magnet galvanometer.
when D = 1 metre
(d) Moving coil galvanometers are of two types :

(i) Suspended coil galvanometer. 9 d

(ii) Pivoted coil galvanometer. (f) Sensitivity of galvanometer is defined as the
(e) In moving coil galvanometer the coil is movable deflection of galvanometer coil per unit current.
and magnet is stationary whereas magnet is movable and Sensitivity of galvanometer
moving magnet galvanometer.
coil is stationary in

Moving coil galvanometer (a) Principle In this S,=

galvanometer, a coil is free to rotate in a radial magnetic

fieldproduced by a permanent magnet. When the current The galvanometer which gives more deflection for
(g)
is passed through the coil, a couple acts on it due to the a small current is more sensitive. To increase sensitivity
magnetic field. This is opposed by the torsional couple the values of N, A, B must be large and the value of C
produced in the suspension wire (in the case of must be small.
suspended coil galvanometer) or in the springs (in the (h) The reciprocal of current sensitivity is defined as
case of a pivoted coil galvanometer) and the coil is the figure of merit of galvanometer (K).
deflected by angle 6, when the two couples balance each
other. S| 9

Thus the current required for unit deflection in

galvanometer is known as figure of merit.

(i) The deflection of galvanometer coil per unit voltage

is defined as voltage sensitivity of galvanometer.
Voltage sensitivity of galvanometer
deflected coil

ConstructionA rectangular coil is suspended

(b)
S
between the pole pieces of a cylindrical magnet with the
help of a fine phosphor bronze fibre.
(c) in state of equilibrium of coil, 9 NIAB
or, S = 77? =
deflecting torque = restoring torque IG~ IG
NIAB sin e 0 = C6 NAB
or, S =
where 60 is the angle which the normal to the plane of
the coil makes with the direction of the field where G = resistance of galvanometer coil.

CAV./ March/ 2000/ 32

Cop
 Note A galvanometer is a low resistance instrument.
:
(f) Conversion of a Galvanometer into an
Even when a small current is passed through the galvano- ammeter (i) An ammeter is in fact a shunted galvano-
meter, produces full scale deflection. If a large current is
it
meter.
passed, the galvanometer may be damaged because of the (ii) A galvanometer may be converted into an
following two reasons ammeter ofany required range by connecting a suitable
(i) The cause the coil of the galvano-
large current will resistance shunt S in parallel with its coil.
meter to deflect through a large angle and the pointer of the
G
galvanometer in an attempt to go out of scale, may break.
(ii) The large current will produce a large amount of heat
in the coil of the galvanometer which may also damage the
galvanometer.

(B) Tangent Galvanometer

VA -V B = l
g
G = (I - l
g
)S
(a) In the tangent galvanometer, the magnetic field
produced by a current carrying circular coil becomes S
perpendicular to the direction of earth's magnetic field, 'o-'g + S
when the plane of the coil is vertical and lie in the
This reduces to
magnetic meridian. Under the combined effect of these
two mutually perpendicular fields, a small magnetic
needle pivoted at the centre of the coil is made to deflect.
(b) If the needle deflects through an angle 6, then Since l
s = I -I 9
according to tangent law, the current in the coil is given by
2nNI ls=l
= HtanQ G+S
10r
10 fH\ Also, S=
or, tan 6 (n-1)
2jtN
( /
where l = full scale deflection in the galvano-
= Ktane g

or, I oc tan 9 s = lg current in the shunt

I

where, I = current in the coil G = Galvanometer resistance

r = radius of the coil S = Shunt resistance
H = horizontal intensity of the earth's New Range I

and n = =
magnetic field
Old Range l
g

N = number of turns in the coil

(c) For a given galvanometer, Shunt

10rH The small resistance connected in parallel to galvano-
= K meter order to control current flowing through the
2nN coil, in

galvanometer, is known as shunt.

where K is a constant, called the reduction factor,
Advantages of shunt
(d) The reduction factor of. a tangent galvanometer is
(i) The combined resistance of a shunted galvanometer
equal to the current which deflects its needle by 45.
becomes quite low so that when it is used in series with a
circuit it does not disturb the current to be measured.
(C) Ammeter (ii) It protects the galvanometer coil from burning.

(a) Ammeter is an instrument used for measuring (iii) Any galvanometer can be converted into ammeter of
current in an electrical circuit. desired range with the help of a shunt.
(iv) The range of an ammeter can be changed by using
(b) An ammeter is always connected in the circuit in
shunt resistances of different values.
Disadvantage of shunt
(c) Since the ammeter is essentially a galvanometer, Shunt resistance decreases the sensitivity of the
its coil has some resistance, so on connecting it in series, galvanometer.
the resistance of the circuit increases and, therefore, the
current in it somewhat decreases. Thus the current mea-
(D) Voltmeter
sured by an ammeter is less than the actual current to be
measured. (a) A voltmeter is used tomeasure the potential diffe-
rence oetween two points in an electric circuit.
(d) An ammeter should have as small a resistance as
possible so that on connecting it in the circuit, the current (b) It is always connected in parallel with resistance
to be measured may not change appreciably. across which potential difference is to be measured.
(e) An ideal ammeter should have zero resistance but (c)Voltmeter is also essentially a moving coil

it is not possible. galvanometer with a high resistance in series.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 33

Copyrighted material
 (d) When a voltmeter is connected across two points Difference between voltmeter and ammeter
to measure the potential difference, it draws some current
S.
for its own deflection. This lowers the potential difference
No.
to be measured. Thus the potential difference measured
1. It measures potential diffe- It measures the strength
by a voltmeter is less the actual potential difference to be
rence. of current.
measured.
2. It is connected in parallel It is connected in series
(e) A voltmeter should have as large a resistance as in a circuit. in a circuit.
possible so that on connecting it across the given points, it
3. The resistance of an ideal The resistance of an
may not draw appreciable current. Hence, the potential voltmeter is infinity. ideal ammeter is zero.
difference across the points may not change appreciably. 4. In conversion from galva- In conversion from gal-
(f) An ideal voltmeter should have infinite resistance nometer, a series resis : vanometer, a low resis-
i.e., should draw no current from source of potential
it
tance of high value is tance (shunt) is connec-
difference, (null deflection method). (Potentiometer connected in series with ted in parallel to the coil.
the coil.
achieves this).
(g) A voltmeter having a higher resistance is a better (E) Potentiometer
one for better accuracy.
(a) A potentiometer is an arrangement which mea-
(h) Conversion of Galvanometer into a volt- sures potential difference accurately. It can also be
meter (i) To convert a galvanometer into a voltmeter, a
adapted to measure current and resistance.
suitable high resistance
it.
has to be connected in series with
(b) Principle The potentiometer isbased upon the
principle that when a constant current is passed through a
(ii) In fact it measures small current and is graduated
wire of uniform area of cross-section, the potential drop
in terms of potential difference (product of current and
across any portion of wire is directly proportional to the
resistance).
length of that portion.
(iii) Ah B
(c) Potential gradientThe fall of potential per unit
length of potentiometer wire is defined as pontential gra-
dient (x)
r-J-^/)-WAVH V
x =
1
where V is the potential difference across the poten-
The vaiue of the resistance R required to be, connec-
tiometer wire
ted in the series of the galvanometer to convert it into a
x depends upon
voltmeter of range V is given by
(i) The specific resistance of the material of the
V
potentiometer (K).
R+G
(ii) The resistance per unit length of the potentiometer

R = r-G wire P.
!a (iii) The radius of potentiometer wire (/).
where G = resistance of galvanometer (iv) The current flowing through the potentiometer
l
g
= current which produces full scale deflec- wire (I).

tion in the galvanometer (d) Sensitivity of potentiometer

(iv) If we want to increase the range of a voltmeter (i) The sensitivity of potentiometer is inversely
from V*! to V 2 we should connect a resistance of
, proportional to the potential gradient.
R = G (n - 1 ) in series (ii) A potentiometer is said to be more sensitive if it

New Range measures a small potential difference more accurately.

where, n =
Old Range (iii) In order to increase the sensitivity, the length of
potentiometer wire will have to be increased so that the
Y2
Vi length may be measured more accurately.
(e) The process of determining potential gradient
Points to Remember experimently is known as standardization of potentio-

By connecting a small resistance ^Rg n meter.

(a) >

=jf~\)
(f) Circuit diagram
parallel we can
E
(i) Convert galvanometer into ammeter.
(ii) Increase the range of an ammeter.
(iii) Convert voltmeter into an ammeter.
(b) By connecting a high resistance
R = G(n- 1) in series we can
(i) Convert galvanometer into voltmeter.

(ii) Increase the range of a voltmeter.

Unknown Galvanometer
(iii) Convert an ammeter into a voltmeter. e.m.f.

C.S.V./ March/2000/34

Copyrighted material
 (g) Applications of potentiometer (iv) At balance, no current flows through G, therefore,
It isused to the potential difference across BD is zero and so potential
(i) Measure potential difference. difference across AB
(ii) Determine the internal resistance of a cell.
= potential difference across AD
(iii) Measure current. (v) At balance, current through resistance P
(iv) Compare e.m.fs of two cells. = current through resistance Q
(v) Calibrate ammeter and voltmeter. and, current through resistance R
(vi) Compare two small resistance. = current through resistance S
(vii) Determine thermo e.m.f. (vi) The sensitivity of the bridge is maximum when all

(h) Internal resistance of a cell can be determined by

the four resistances are of same order.

using the relation. (vii) While performing experiment with Wheatstone

bridge the cell key should be pressed first and then

galvanometer key K 2 otherwise a momentary deflection in
galvanometer is produced even in balanced bridge due to
where, R = resistance used from the resistance
induced e.m.fs in various resistance coils as initially the
box. current is changing from 0 to I. While leaving the keys this

'1 balancing length corresponding to cell order should be reversed.

in open circuit. (viii) Post office box, meter bridge and Carey Foster

l
2 balancing length corresponding to cell bridge are instruments based on the principle of Wheat-
in closed circuit stone bridge and are used to measure unknown resis-
(i) To compare e.m.f.'s of two cells, we can use the tance or specific resistance.
relation
Note Wheatstone bridge is not suitable for the mea-
El
surement of very low resistances or very high resistances
of order of mega ohms. Very low resistances are
E2
determined with the help of 'Kelvin's double bridge' while
very high resistances by 'Leakage method'.
Difference between Potentiometer and Voltmeter
(G) Ohm-meter
s.
Voltmeter Potentiometer (i) It is an instrument designed to measure resistance.
No.
The potential difference The potential difference (ii) Circuit diagram
measured by voltmeter is measured by potentio-
less than the actual poten- meter is equal to the ac-
tial difference. tual potential difference.
2
2, It is a low sensitivity instru- Its sensitivity is high.
ment. E t 3'
3. It draws some current from It doesnot draw any
the source of e.m.f. current from the source of
e.m.f. under test
4. It is based on deflection It is based on zero defle- (iii) Principle
The terminals A and B are first short
ction method. circuited and the resistance Rh is adjusted till the
ammeter shows full scale deflection. The full scale
(F) Wheatstone Bridge reading corresponds to zero external resistance. Now
(i) It is an arrangements for measuring the resistance connecting a resistance box between points A and B,
of a conductor. ammeter deflection e is noted for different values of R and
(ii) Circuit a graph is plotted between 6 and R.

The graph called calibration curve.

(iii) Principle
The resistances, P, Q, R and S are so
Now
is

replacing the resistance box by unknown resis-

adjusted that when keys and K 2 are pressed there is
no deflection in the galvanometer, then tance R, 9' is noted and from the calibration curve value
of R corresponding to deflection 6' is determined.
P
Q (H) Post Office Box :

If the ratio of the resistances P and Q, and the This instrument used to determine the breakage in

resistance R are known, then the unknown resistance can telegraph line in post and telegraph office is known as
be calculated. Post Office box.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 35

(I) Meter Bridge corresponding to the four corners of the Wheatstone
(i) It is used to determine the resistance of a con- bridge where a galvanometer is connected across B and
ducting wire. D. Here point B is the point for no deflection in the
(ii) Circuit diagram galvanometer.
E
+ 1.- The meter bridge is said to be in balance position
when,

R /

S (100-/)

or, unknown resistance

(iii) PrincipleThe meter bridge, a form of the (iv) Resistances ranging from 1Q to 10 3 Q can be
Wheat-stone bridge, consists of points A, B, C and D measured with the help of meter bridge.

TYPICAL SOLVED EXAMPLES

Example 1. A galvanometer of resistance 20ft 110R

= 105
gives full scale deflection with a current of 2mA. What R + 20x 10 3
size resistance should be connected in parallel so
or. 110R 105R + 105x20 x10 3
that it may measure 2 amp on full scale deflection ?
105 x20x10 3
(A) 0 04 ft (B) 0-4 ft R =
(C) 0 02 ft (D) 0-2 ft
= 420 kft

Solution : Hence, the answer (C) is correct.

Example the circuit shown in figure below,
3. In

G +S the current drawn from the battery is 4A. If 10ft

resistor is replaced by 20ft resistor, the current drawn
S
= 2 from the circuit will
1000 20 + S
20
S = 0 02 ft
999
Hence, the answer (C) is correct.

Example 2. A 100 V voltmeter having an internal

resistance of 20 kft, when connected in series with a
large resistance R across a 110 V line reads 5V. The
magnitude of R is : (A) 1A (B) 2A
(A) 210 kft (B) 315 kft (C) 4A (D) 8A
(C) 420 kft (D) 440 kft Solution : Since the bridge is balanced, there is no
Solution : Resistance of voltmeter current in the arm containing 10ft resistance. So, repla-
G = 20 kft cing it with 20ft resistance will make no difference.

= 20x103 ft Thus answer (C) is correct.

110V
Example 4. In a potentiometer of 10 wires, the
balance point is obtained on the 6th wire. To shift the
G balance point to 8th wire, we should
I
WW R
-i
B (A) Increase resistance in the main circuit
h
VR = (110-5) V
1 H
5V
(B) Decrease resistance in the main circuit.

Current through voltmeter

(C) Increase resistance in series with the cell whose
e.m.f. is to be measured
110
(D) Decrease resistance in series with the cell whose
R + 20x10 3
e.m.f. is to be measured
Potential drop across R, VR
Solution : When the resistance of the main circuit is
110
xR increased the current through the wire decreases. So, the
R + 20x10 3 potential drop which earlier existed on the 6th wire, may
Now, since, V R + 5 = 110 now be found on the 8th wire.
or, V R = 105 Answer (A) is correct.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 36

 Example 5. A voltmeter of range 0 to 100 mV is
= 25x1(r3 V/m
calibrated with the help of a potentiometer having 4m
wire. It gives full deflection, when connected across Reading across 1 -41 m wire
the two ends of the wire. If it reads 35mV when

connected across 1-41m of the

= 1 41 x25x 10"3 V
wire, what is the error
in the reading ? = 35-25 mV
(A) 1 mV (B) 0-5 mV Hence, error in the reading
(C) 0-25 mV. (D) No error

Solution : Potential gradient = 35-25 -35-00

100 x 10"3 = 0-25 mV

Answer (C) is correct.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. In a moving coil galvanometer (D) So that it may not change 10. A galvanometer of resistance
the deflection of the coil is the value of current by its 100ft gives full scale deflection
related to the electric current by presence for10 mA current. What should
the relation (CPMT) be the value of shunt so that it
(A) I tane (B) I e 6. A DC milliameter has a resis- can measure a current of 100
tance of 12Q and gives full scale mA?
(C) i
oc e2 (D) oc Ve~ (A) 11-11 CI (B) 9-9 0
i
a current of 0 01 A.
deflection for

(CPMT) To convert it into a voltmeter (C) M CI (D) 4-4 CI

giving a
scale deflection for
full
2. A galvanometer of resistance 95 11. A galvanometer of resistance
3V, the resistance required to be
ohm shunted by a resistance of 5 100 2 gives full scale deflection
put in series with the instrument
ohm gives a deflection of 50 fora current of 10-5 A. The shunt
is
divisions when required to convert it into an
joined in series
(A) 102ft (B) 288 ft ammeter of 1 ampere range will
ohm and
with a resistance of 20k
a 2 0 V accumulator. The current
(C) 300 ft (D) 412 ft

sensitivity of the galvanometer, in 7. The deflection in a moving coil (A) 10-2 Q (B) 1 CI

division per uA is galvanometer falls from 50 to 10 (C) 10~ 1 ft (D) 10-3 CI

(A) (1/2) (B) 1

when a shunt of 12 ft is
divisions 12. The resistance of a moving coil
connected across it. The resis- galvanometer is 20ft. It requires
(C) 5 (D) 10 tance of the galvanometer coil 0 01 ampere current for full scale
3. To use a moving coil galvano- is
deflection. The value of resis-
meter as an ammeter one must (A) 24 ft (B) 36 ft tance required to convert it into a
connect (C) 48 CI (D) 60 CI voltmeter of range 20 volt will

(A) Low resistance in series with 8. A voltmeter having a resistance

be
coil of 1800 CI is employed to (A) 198 CI (B) 1980 2

(B) A high resistance in parallel measure the potential difference (C) 20 CI (D) Oft
with the coil across a 200 CI resistor which is
13. The deflection of a moving coil
connected to the terminals of a
(C) A high resistance in series galvanometer reduces to half on
DC power supply having an shunting it with a resistance of
with the coil
e.m.f. of 50V and an internal 60ft. The resistance of galvano-
(D) A low resistance in parallel resistance of 20ft. What is the meter is
with the coil. percentage decrease in the
(A) 30 ft (B) 120ft
potential difference across the
(CPMT) (C) 60 ft (D) 15 ft
200 CI resistor as a result of con-
4. An ammeter can be converted
into a voltmeter by connecting
necting the voltmeter across it ? 14. A moving coil voltmeter is
(A) 1% (B) 5% generally used in laboratory to
(A) A low resistance in series 10% measure
(C) (D) 25% potential difference
(B) A high resistance in series across a conductor of resistance
9. The reading of voltmeter in the
r carrying a current. The volt-
(C) A low resistance in parallel following circuit will I

2V- meter has a resistance R and will

(D) A high resistance in parallel + measure the potential difference
5. An ammeter should have very son more correctly as
low resistance R approaches r
(A) For large deflection 20O.
I(VWlAA-
rlr eon
(A)

(B) R equal zero

(B) For better stability (A) 2volt (B) 0-80 volt (C) R becomes larger than r
(C) So that it may not bum out (C) 1-33 volt (D) 1-60 volt (D) R becomes smaller than r
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 37

Copy
15. In the circuit shown in the figure, 21. A potentiometer gives null deflec- HINTS
the voltmeter reading would be 350 cm when connected
tion at
between the points X and Y. 2.

When the potentiometer terminal

at Y is connected at Z, the null
deflection is obtained at 50 cm. If

is connected
the potentiometer
(A) Ovolt (B) 0-5 volt
between Y and Z then the null
(C) 1 volt (D) 2 volt point will be obtained at
20V
A and V are ideal ammeter and (A) 350 cm (B) 250 cm
voltmeter respectively. Current in 20 kft resistance
(C) 150 cm (D) 300 cm
16. To measure very low resistance 20
we should use 22. A potentiometer wire of length 10 95 x 5
(A) Wheatstone bridge m and resistance 9-8 n is con- + 20x 10 3
100
(B) Kelvin's double bridge nected in series with a battery of
e.m.f. 2 volt and internal resis- - 10-* A
'(C) Potentiometer
tance 0-2 2. The balancing
(D) Voltmeter and ammeter = 100 nA
length for a cell of e.m.f. 1 volt on
17. In the experiment of calibration of this potentiometer is 4 m. When
Current sensitivity
voltmeter, a standard cell of a 2Q resistance is connected in
e.m.f. 1-1 volt is balanced series with the potentiometer
e
against 440 cm of potentiometer wire, then change in balancing = I
wire. The potential difference length will be
across the ends of a resistance 50
(A) Decrease by 0-8 m = (divisions/nA)
is found to balance against 220 Yqq-
cm of the wire. The corres- (B) Increase by 1m
= 0-5 (divisions/jiA)
ponding reading of voltmeter is (C) Decrease by 1m
0-5 volt. The error in the reading 6.
(D) Increase by 0-8 m
of voltmeter will be
(A) -0-15 volt 23. The balancing lengths corres-
(B) 0-15 volt ponding to two cells are in the
ratio 2:1. When the cells are
(C) 0-5 volt
connected so as to support each
(D) -0 05 volt
other then balancing length is 1^.

18. In a potentiometer experiment, a When they are connected so as

~
standard cell of e.m.f. 1-2 V gets to oppose each other, the
' R+G
balanced at 260 cm length of balancing length is /
2 - The value 1

potentiometer wire. If a current of of /t : /2 will be 100 R + 12

0-2A flows through 3-52 resis- (A) 3:1 (B) 1 2
tance then balancing length will
:
R = 288 Q
(C) 1 (D) 2
be : 1 : 1
8.
(A) 151 -66 cm (B) 130 cm 24. A current I flows when a resis- 20ii

(C) 520 cm (D) 80 cm tance R

connected across the
is
"slv
terminals of a cell. The value of
19. If the radius of a potentiometer
current when resistance R is
I

wire is increased four times,

replaced by R/2 will be
keeping its length constant then
20011
the value of its potential gradient (A) Less than 21

will Current through 200ft resistor

(B) 21
(A)Become four times (C) 50 50
I
=
200 + 20 "220
I

(B)Become two times

(D) More than 21
{O Become half
- ^-A
(D) Remain constant 22
20. If the applied e.m.f. in the pri-
ANSWERS
Potential drop across 200 1
mary circuit of a potentiometer is 1.(B) 2. (A) 3.(D) 4.(B) 5. (D) resistor
increased three times than the
6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (A) 9. (C) 10. (A)
value of potential gradient will
11. (D) 12. (B) 13.(C)14.(C) 15. (A)
= ^x200
become
(A) One third (B) Three times 16. (B) 17. (D) 18. (A) 19. (D) 20. (B)
500
= volt
(C) Six times (D) Nine times 21. (D) 22. (D) 23. (A) 24. (A) u
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 38

Copyrighted material
 When a voltmeter of resistance
Second Method .-. On increasing the e.m.f. three
1 800 connected across it, its
1 is
times, the potential gradient will
effective resistance R will be
'a " 'g + S also increase three times.
1 1 1
21. Potential difference between X
R 1800^200
10 = 100 and Y is
100 + s
or, R = 180 Q V XY = 350 x
Now, the current
and potential difference between
50 X and Z is
r =
180 + 20
Vxz = 50 x
50 1
" 200"4 A V YZ = Vxy-Vxz
Potential drop across resistor = 350 x- 50*
= 300 x
= ^x180
/ a 300 cm
= 45 volt
22. V = xl
.-. Change in potential difference
= xT
in two cases
ER, ER,
500 5 x4 = xl'
= TT- 45 = TT (Rp+OL^ " (R + Rp+r) L
4 /'

Percentage change
(9-8 + 0-2) " (2 + 9-8 + 0-2)
= x x 100 4_ _ _T
rT 500 _
10 12
" -20
- 1% 001 /' = 4-8 m
9. Total resistance of the circuit
= 1980 a
13. The current is divided equally in
/'-/ = 4-8-4
80x80 two resistances in parallel only
= 20 + = 0-8 m increase
80 + 80 when their values are same.
G = Q 23. When cells support to each other
= 60 n 60
E, + E2 = x/.
Current 17 x = "440
L
When cells oppose to each
V 2 1
= 0 0025 V/cm
= = amp other,
'
R = 60 30
Potential difference across R Ei-E 2 = x/ 2
.*. The reading of voltmeter = 00025x220
Al
_ E + E2
t

= 0-55 volt or, =

= IR' l E,-E2
2
Error in the reading of voltmeter
J_ X / 80 x 80 \ = -
~ Reading of voltmeter + 1
30 V80 + 80/
reading of potentiometer
_ h
1

" x40 = 0-5-0-55

30
= -0 05 volt. 2+ 1
= 1-33 volt
18. V = IR 2-1
= xl
10. S= = 3:1
(n-D
E
new range 24. I =
where, n = IRL R+ r
old range I =
E
100 and
= 10 0-2 x 3-5 x 260 R
10 + r
1-2 2
100
S = 10-1 = 151 -66 cm which is less than or 21.
R r
+
100 20. Since potential gradient e.m.f. 2 2
9
= 11-11 Q of the source
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 39 /4

Copyrighted material
Model Paper For Various Medical Entrance Examinations 13. A ray of unpolarised light is

incident on a glass plate at the

polarising angle. Then
(A) The reflected and trans-
mitted rays will be comp-
letely plane polarised
(B) The reflected ray will be
completely polarised and the
1 . The neutron was discovered by (C) Oscillator transmitted ray will be par-
(A) Marie Curie (D) Amplifier tially polarised.

(B) Pierre Curie 7. The coefficient of self-inductance (C) The reflected ray will be

(C) James Chadwick of a coil100 uH and the

is
partially polarised and the
current flowing in it changes from transmitted ray will be com-
(D) Rutherford
pletely polarised.
1 -5 amp to 1 amp in 1 0u second.
2. Electric field can deflect (D) The reflected and the trans-
The value of induced e.m.f. is
(A) X-rays (B) a-particles mitted ray willbe partially
(A) 50 volt (B) 5 volt
polarised
(C) y-rays (D) Neutrons
(C) 0-5 volt (D) 0 05 volt
14. In a Young's double slit experi-
3. The characteristic X-ray radiation
The maximum amount of heat
8. ment the source slit S and the
is emitted when can be given
that g of water to 1 two slits A and B are horizontal
(A) The electrons are accele- without change of temperature with slit A above slit B. The
rated to a fixed energy is fringes are observed on a vertical
(B) The source of electrons (A) 2268 J (B) 6468 J screen K. The optical path length
emits a monoenergetic beam from S to B is increased very
(C) 336 J (D) 4200 J
(C) The bombarding electrons slightly (by introducing a trans-
knock out electrons from the 9. An extremely hot star would parent material of higher refrac-
inner shell of the target look tive index) and the optical path
atoms and one of the outer (A) Violet or indigo length from S to A is not
electrons falls into this (B) Green or yellow changed, as a result the fringe
vacancy. Orange or red
system on K moves
(C)
(D) The valance electrons in the White
(A) Vertically downwards slightly
(D)
target atoms are removed as (B) Vertically upwards slightly
a result of the collision 10. A wire of resistance R is doubled
(C) Horizontally, slightly to the
by stretching. The resistance of
4. The voltage across a diode is
half of this stretched wire will
left

increased in small steps and the be (D) Horizontally, slightly to the

current passing through it recor- right
(A) 4R (B) 2R
ded at each step. The current
15. While passing over an obstacle a
(A) Is always proportional to (C) R (D)
light ray slightly bends round the
|
voltage applied corner. The phenomenon is

maximum 1 1 What is the equivalent resistance

(B) Rises to a then
.

known as
falls to zero
between A and B in the following
(A) Scattering
figure
(C) Remains constant all the (B) Polarisation
time 20
(C) Diffraction
(D) Increases with voltage but (D) Total internal reflection
not proportionally to it

16. A convex lens of focal length 0-5

5. The total energy of the electron m and a concave lens of focal
of H-atom in the second quantum
(A) 23 Q (B) 3-2 Q length 1 m are placed in contact.
state is -E 2 The total energy of
.
Power of the combination is
the He atom in the third quantum (C) 4fi (D)yO (A) 1 D (B) 0-5 D
state is
(C) - 1 D (D) - 0-5 D
12. A charge q is placed at the
(A) -E 2 (B) -E 2 centre of the line joining two 17. A small pin fixed on a table top is

equal charges Q. The system of viewed from above from a dis-

(C) ~gE 2 (D)-?E the three charges will be in tance of 50 cm. By what distance
equilibrium if q is equal to would the pin appear to be raised
6. Radio waves of constant ampli-
tude are generated by (A) - (B)
- if it is viewed from the same point

through a 15 cm thick glass slab

(A) Rectifier
held parallel to the table ? Re-
(C) + <D)+f = 1-5
(B) Electron transition ? fraction index of glass

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 40

Copyrighted material
 (A) 5 cm (B) 3 cm 1 0 mm is balanced by that due to (C) Remains unchanged
(C) 6 cm (D) 10 cm a column of oil of specific gravity (D) First decreases then increa-

A
0-9, 1 -36 mm high, calculate the
ses
18. pool of water (refractive index
surface tension
4 32. A person can not see objects
=
3 ) is 60 cm deep. What is (A) 30 02 dyne cm -1
beyond 50 cm. He must use lens
apparent depth when view verti- (B) 3 002 dyne cm-1
of power
callythrough air ? (C) 0-3002 dyne cm" 1
(A) -2D (B) +2D
(A) 40 cm (B) 50 cm (D) 20-30 dyne cm" 1
(C) +4D (D) -4D
(C) 45 cm (D) 54 cm
When the displacement is half of
The
33. susceptibility of a substance
19. The sun is visible to us a little the amplitude, then what fraction
is -0-1 x 10"8 S.I. The substance
before the actual sunrise and a of total energy of a simple har-
little after the actual sunset. This monic oscillator is kinetic ?
could be
is because of atmospheric (A) Copper (B) Iron
(A) fth (B) fth
(A) Reflection (B) Refraction (C) Nickel (D) Aluminium
(C) Scattering (D) Diffraction 34. The work done in moving a
(C) fth (D) |th
20. Sound travels in rocks in the charge of 2 x 10"9C from a point
form of 27. The escape velocity of an object of potential - 3000 V to another
-5
(A) Longitudinal elastic waves from the earth depends upon the point P is 5 x 10 J. Find the
only mass of the earth (M), its mean potential at the point P
(B) Transverse elastic waves density (p), its radius (R) and the (A) 22000 V (B) 2500 V
only gravitational constant (G). Thus (C) 30000 V (D) 3200 V
(C) Both longitudinal and trans- the formula for escape velocity
verse elastic waves 35. A blackened platinum wire of
length 5 cm and perimeter 0 02
(D) Non-elastic waves
8rcGp cm is maintained at a tempera-
21. The equation of a transverse
wave is given by
(A) v
..V ture of 3000 K. At what rate is
:
the wire losing its energy ? (o =
y= 10 sinn (0 01 x-2f) 8tcGR
(B) .-.v. 5-67 x lO^c.g.s. units)
where x and y are in cm and t is
y 3
(A) 54-927 watt
in second. Its frequency is (C) v= Vgmr (B) 27-945 watt
(A) 10 sec" 1 (B) 2 sec- 1 (C) 45-927 watt
2GM
(C) 1 sec" 1
(D) 0 01 sec" 1 (D) v (D) 94-527 watt
22. If two tuning forks A and B are
28 A particle of mass m is moving in 36. A 40 watt daylight bulb has a
sounded together, they produce a horizontal circle of radius r, tungsten filament of surface area
4 beats per second. A is then under a centripetal force equal to 0-25 cm 2 What is the tempera-
.

slightly loaded with wax, they ture of the filament when it

produce 2 beats when sounded - j2 > where k is a constant. The

reaches incandescence. Emissi-
again. The frequency of A is 256. total energy of the particle is vity of the filament = 0-35, a =
The frequency of B will be
5-67 x ICr 5 cgs units. J = 4-18
(A) 250 (B) 252
(A)
^ (B)
J/cal
(C) 260 (D) 262
(C) -7 (D) * (A) 9296 K (B) 8096 K
23. The air pressure at a height h is
(C) 9629 K (D) 2996 K
given by 29. The coefficient of restitution for a
2 37. Calculate the Hall constant for
(A) P = P 0 e a/?2 (B) P = P0 e- a perfectly elastic collision is
silver knowing its density,
(C) P = P0 e -* (D) P = P 0 e ah (A) 1 (B) 0
3 3
(C) * D -1 p = 10-5 x 10 kg/m and atomic
( )
24. A square plate of 10 cm side mass A = 107-868, of Avogadro's
moves parallel to another plate 30. The valency of the impurity atom no. N = 6 02 x 1026 per kg mol
-1
with a velocity of 10 cm s , both that is to be added to germanium
the plates being immersed in crystal so as to make it a n-type
(A) 107x1(r 10 m 3/C
water. If the viscous force is 200 semiconductor is (B) 107x10 10 m 3/C
dyne and viscosity of water is (A) 6 (B) 5
(C) 7 01 x1(r 10 m 3/C
0 01 poise, what is their distance (C) 4 (D) 3
apart ? (D) 10-7x10 10 m 3/C
31 With rise in temperature, the spe-
(A) 0 005 cm (B) 5 0 cm cific resistance of semiconduc- 38. If A +B = A - B , then which of
(C) 0-5 cm (D) 0 05 cm tors
the following is correct ?
25. If the excess pressure inside a (A) Increases
spherical soap bubble of radius (B) Decreases (A) A =0

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 41

Copyrighted material
 ANSWERS 10. When length is doubled, area of
(B) B =0 cross-section reduces to half,
1.(C) 2. (B) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5.(D)
because volume is same. The
(C) A and B are simultane- 6.(C) 7. (B) 8. (A) 9. (A) 10. (B)
resistance of the wire due to
ously zero 11. (B) 12. (B) 13. (B) 14. (B) 15. (C) these changes becomes four
16. (A) 17. (A) 18. (C) 19. (B) 20. (C) times (resistance is proportional
(D) A+B*=0
21. (C) 22. (B) 23. (C) 24. (D) 25. (A) to length and inversely proportio-
39. The radioactivity of a sample is nal to area). Half of the wire will
26. (A) 27. (A) 28. (B) 29. (A) 30. (B)
at time T, and R 2 at a time have a resistance 2R.
T2 . If the half-life of the specimen 31. (B) 32. (A) 33. (A) 34. (A) 35. (C)
36. (D) 37. (A) 38. (B) 39. (C) 40. (C) 11. Equivalent resistance of upper
is T, the number of atoms that
have disintegrated in time 41. (C) 42. (D) 43. (D) 44. (B) 45. (A)
arm R = 2 + 2 = 4Q (series)

(T 2 is proportional to Equivalent resistance of lower

(A) - R2T2) arm
(Ri~Ti HINTS
(B) <R,-R 2 ) R' = 8+8
(C) (^-RaVT 5. The energy of the nth quan- = 16 2 (series)
tum state of hydrogen atom is
(D) (R,-R 2 )T Equivalent of R and R'
1 3*6
- -^5- eV. For other hydrogen RR'
40. The probability of a radioactive = R* = p^p7 (parallel)
atom
than
to survive 5 times larger
its half value period is
like atoms it is

-13-6Z2
-5 eV. Here
4x16
3-2 ft
2x5
-13-4 4 + 16
(A) (B) E2 = j- .

(n = 2i
12.
(C) 2"5
5
(D) 2 = -3-4 eV.
For helium atom at third quantum Q F Q F
41. Van de Graff generator is used - -4- -+-
state,
2
13-6Z
(A) Detect charged particles
q will be in equilibrium if electro^
(B) Count charged particles
13-6 x22 static force of repulsion between
(C) Accelerate charged particles
Q Q
= electrostatic force of
and
(D) Accelerate neutrons
attractions between q and Q.
13-6x4
42. An electrical strain gauge is
9 1 QxQ
(A) A thermistor (2r)
2
13-6x4x4 4tceo
(B) A triode with more than one
4x9 1 Q xq
grid

(C) A mesh of wire under strain = -3-4 xy

(negative for attractive force)
(D) A resistor whose resistance
Q2
43. The
alters with changes

position coordinates of
in stress

a
-Mt) 472 =
Qj_5
"T2
dl Q
particle with respect to time are 7. e = -L *= "4
x= ct 2 and y=bt 2 The speed of
.

the particle is IOOxKHxQ -1-5) 16. Power of convex lens

10X10"6 1 1
00
(A) 2f(b+c) (B) 2fVc 2 -6 2 Pi
7 = 05 =
2D
= 5 volt
(C) rVo 2 + c 2 (D) 2/Vb + 2 c2 Power of concave lens
8. 1 gram of water will remain so
1 1
44. The correct dimensions of per- only upto 100C. After that it P2 = - =- = -1D
meability and permittivity are res-
7 T
becomes steam at constant tem-
pectively as Power of combination
perature 100C. Heat required to
(A) M-1 L -3 T3 Q 2 MLGr2
,
Vaporise = m x L = 2-268 x 10 6 J, P = P 1 + P2
(B) MLQ-2 M~ , L-3 T2 Q 2
1
for 1 kg or 2268 J for 1 g.
= 2-1=1D
(C) MLQ^.M^L^T^Q 17. y is the distance through which
9. By Wien's displacement law XmT If

(D) M~1 L"3 T3 Q, MLQ-1 the pin would appear to be

= constant, where X m is the
45. Radiators heat rooms raised, then
wavelength of radiators carrying
(A) Chiefly by convection maximum energy and T is the y = Real thickness of slab
(B) By radiation temperature of the star. For a Apparent thickness of slab
(C) By conduction very hot star T is high. So X m is = Real thickness
(D) By radiation and conduction low. Lower wavelength corres- _ Real thickness
both ponds to the violet region. n

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 42

 = 0-136 x 0-9 x Total energy = K. E. + P. E.
= Real thickness
981 dyne cm -2
4T 2r r
= 15 P =
r _k_
= 5 cm Pr 0-136x0-9x981x1 2r
T - -
4 4
Refractive index
31. The temperature coefficient of
18. = 30 02 dyne cm-1
semiconductors is negative.
Real depth
26. Since
Apparent depth 32. This a case of myopia. Since
is

Apparent depth the person can not see the

K.E. = ^mco 2 (a 2 -y 2 )
Real depth objects placed beyond 50 cm,
Refractive index the lens he uses should bring all
rrxo
2 ^a2 objects placed beyond 50 cm to
60 60 x 3 |
_ infinity, at 50 cm.
4/3" 4
= 45 cm
2
\ mto a
2
Ill
v
+
u ~ f
Total energy,
21 . Standard wave equation is 1

E = 2 moo2 a2 50
y = a sin ^f- ~\
K. E. = -50 cm
'
" g-mo^a 2 -! f
The given equation is E
100
=
y = 10sinjc(0-01x-2r) 3 f

On comparison we get, 4
100
oo = 2n 27. v0 = V27r, ^50
2n n = 2tc GM = -2D
=> n = 1 sec -1 9 = R2 In short, a person suffering from

M short sight should wear a con-

22. The frequency of B may be either and p = cave lens, where focal length is
256 + 4 = 260 or 256 - 4 = 252. equal to the farther distance he
Since the frequency of A will can see.
decrease on waxing. Hence, the => M = fpR3
frequency of B will be 252.
33. The susceptibility of a dimagne-
tic substance is negative. Here
9 = G T pR
24. Area A = cm x 10 cm
10 the only diamagnetic substance
= 100 cm 2 is copper.
=> v e = V2gR
Velocity, dv 34. Let V be the potential at P. Then
8tc
= 10 cms -2 ; G P R2 potential difference between the
3
Viscous force, two points

F = 200 dyne = V- (- 3000)

Coefficient of viscosity, = (V + 3000)V

r\ = 001 poise, k This is equal to the work done in
28. Here
Distance, r taking 1C of positive charge from

k_ P to the other point

dx v2
mr .. onrto Work
F V + 3000 =
ChaTgl
K. E.
T\Adv 5 x icr5
dx k
F 1
2x10"9
2
mx mr
001 x 100x10
k_ or, V + 3000 = 25000
200
2r =* V = 22000 V
= 005 cm

25. Radius r= 10 mm = 1cm, \E.U. = -j F dr e AoT4

Density p = 0-9 gem -3
35. -^r- watt

Height h = 1-36 mm x 5x0 02 x

Excess pressure
= 0-136 cm
-
i I dr 1

s-eyxio-Sxsooo4
w
k
r
P = hpg 45-927 watt

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 43

Copyrighted material
 eAaT4 .-. No. of atoms decayed in time Velocity along y-axis =
36. P = watt
-T 1 ) = (N 1 -N 2 )
10 7 (T2

_
|~ P x 107
"
t-iI/4
Ri ~ R2 "y= % = 2bt
Ao x Velocity of the particle =
L e _

1
(R1-B2) v = V vx2 + vy2
7
I" 40x1 "I " 0-693/T
L0-35x0-25x5-67x10-5J = V(2cf) 2 + (2bf) 2
(Ri-R 2 )T
" 0-693 = 2rVb 2 + c 2
= 2996 K

37. The reciprocal of 'ne' is called

c (Ri-RaJT 44. The basic expression are
40. Time of decay
Hall constant.
= Half-life x No. of F _
2n' d
C H = J_
ne half-lives
<7i Q2
and F =
pN t = tifexn 4tcq
d2
But n
A 5 '1/2 = U/2 xn Newton
A ^ " Ampere 2
cH (Given f =5 f 1/2 )

p Ne [MLT-2 ]
=> n = 5
107-868
Survival probability of a radio-
10-5x10 3 x 6 02x1026
active atom PT
x1-6x10" 19 = [MLQ-2]
= 107x 10- 10 m 3/C
=
No
=
W and eo =
Coulomb2
Newton x Metre2
39. Radioactivity at time

= = MM,
43. Velocity along x-axis
=
or = >
.

[MLT"2 x
[Q!]
] [L
2
]

Radioactivity at time T2
dx _ = [M^L-^Q 2
= R 2 = MM 2 *x = ^ = 2cf
]

Read Just out New

UPKAR'SX PASSPORT Release UPKAR'S
Tips in Science
(Unique for PMT, PET and 10 + 2 students
for General Awareness)
N.D.A. / C.D.S. Edited by

MATHEMATICS The Board

Price
of Competition Science Vision

: Rs. 50 00
By : Dr. H. B. Pandey Price : Rs. 1 15/-
w It puts important topics of the syllabus at
The book has been written in conformity your finger-tips.
* It crystal clears the intelligently selected
with the most scientific technique of under-
problems with clear-cut hints and
standing, memorization and reproduction. A
explanations.
highly renowned and experienced author of
* It provides indepth knowledge which
the subject has classified the subject matter
enables you to solve problems quickly and
into parts and has added to their utility. precisely.
From beginning to end the book has been * Only a trial will convince you that it can
designed to conform the requirements of the make you the un-do-able.
examination. This makes the book highly use-
Purchase from nearest bookseller or get the copy by V.P.P.
ful, self-sufficient and unique in itself. sending M. 0. ofRs. 40/- on the following address

2/11 A, Swadeshi Blma Nagar, Agra-282 002 2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, Agra-282 002
UPKAR UPKAR Phone 351238, 351002, 322930; Fax (0562) 351251
Phone 351238, 351002, 322930; Fax (0562) 351251;
: :
: :

PRAKASHAN -mall : upkarende. vsrtl.net. in PRAKASHAN e-mail : upkarende. vsnl.net. in

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 44

 Best Fifteen Questions

1. An ideal gas is confined to a (C) 2-37x10- 3 J (C) Both the junctions are
cylinder fitted with a piston. The reverse biased
(D) 12-37 x 10 3 J
piston is slowly pushed in so that (D) The emitter-base junction is
the gas temperature remains at 6. A potentiometer wire is 100 cm forward biased and the
27 C. During compression 730 J long and a constant potential base-collector junction is

of work is done on the gas. Find difference is maintained across reverse biased
the change in the entropy of the it. Two cells A and B are conne-
11. If there are 4 atoms per unit cell
gas cted in series first to support one
in a solid, the crystal is
another and then in opposition.
(A) 10-25 J/K (B) Zero (A) Tetragonal
The balance points are obtained
(C) 4-30 J/K (D) - 2-43 J/K at 60 cm and 12 cm from the (B) Simple cubic

2. One half mole of helium gas is

same end of the wire. Find the (C) Body-centred cubic
ratio of the emf's
confined to a container at STP. (D) Face-centred cubic
How much heat energy is (A) 3:2 (B) 2:5
12. An electron with kinetic energy
needed to double the pressure of
(D) 4 7
(C) 1 : 3 : = E eV collides with a hydrogen
the gas ?
The atom in the ground state. The
7. focal lengths of the objective
[Molar specific heat of gas at collision will be elastic
and the eyepiece of an astrono-
constant volume = 12-4 J/mole K]
mical telescope are 20 cm and 5 (A) For all values of E
(A) 2500 J (B) 1000 J cm respectively. If thefinal image (B) For E< 10-2 eV
(C) 1693 J (D) 3000 J is formed at a distance of 30 cm (C) For E< 13-6 eV
from the eyepiece, find the sepa-
3. The sun's surface temperature is (D) Only for E< 3-4 eV
ration between the lenses for
about 6000 K. The sun's radia- 13. A choke of 0-5 H, a capacitor of
distinct vision and normal vision
tion is maximum at a wavelength 15nF and a resistance of 100
(A) 24-3 cm, 25 cm
of 0-5 (im. If both the surface of ohm are connected in series
(B) 30 cm, 15 cm
the sun and the filament emitting across 200 volt, 50 Hz mains.
maximum radiation at a wave- (C) 35 cm, 40 cm
The current and the power factor
length of 2um have, the same (D) 10 cm, 20 cm of the circuit are-r-
emissive characteristics, calcu- 8. Complete the equation for the (A) 1-75 A, 0-8759
late the temperature of the fila- following fission process (B) 17-5A, 87-59
ment 23 5
92 U + 0 n 1 ^asSr90 * (C) 7-15A.78-5
(A) 1500K (B) 2000 K
143 (D) /i-5A,7-85
(A) 54 X + 30n1
(C) 1000 K (D) 500 K -

(B) 54X 145 + 3 0 n 1 14. An oscillator circuit contains an

4. At what temperature is the effec- inductance 0-04H and a capa-
142
(C) 57 X + 30 n 1

tive speed hydrogen molecule

of citor of capacity 16uF. Determine
142
(molecular weight = 2) equal to (D) 54X + 0n 1 themaximum current when the
that of oxygen molecule at A A A maximum voltage across the
47 C ? Molecular weight of 9. The vectors /'
+ 3/ + 5k and
A A A capacitor
is 50V 1

oxygen is 32 2/ + 6/ + 10/care
(A) 1A (B) 2A
(A) 10 K (B) 20 K (A) Parallel (C) 3A (D) 4A
(C) 30 K (D) 40 K (B) Perpendicular 15. A wire with mass per unit length

(C) Inclined at 135 5g/mm is stretched between two

5. Find the magnetic energy stored
rigid supports with a tension 4-5
in an air core solenoid of length (D) Inclined at 60
N. It resonates at the frequency
30 cm and radius 1 cm. The
10. To use a transistor as an ampli- of420 Hz. If the next occurs at
number of turns in the solenoid is
fier 490 Hz, find the length of the
200 and steady current flowing
(A) No biasing voltages are re- wire
through the coil is 3A
quired (A) 3 m (B) 14 m
(A) 73-2x10~3 J
(B) Both the junctions are for-

(B) 23-7 xlO2 J ward biased

(C) 10 m (D) ^m
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/45

Copyrighted material
 ANSWERS WITH HINTS
1.(D) 2.(C) 3. (A) 4.(B) 5.(C) (47 + 273) 12. Hydrogen atom in the ground
6. (A) 7. (A) 8. (A) 9. (A) 10. (D) state will only absorb energy
11. (D) 12. (B) 13. (A) 14. (C) 15. (D) = 20K greater than 10-2 eV. If this

5. The self inductance of the coil is occurs the collision will be

From the first law of thermody- inelastic. If there is no absorption
kN 2 *
1 .

namics L = of energy, the collision is elastic.

AQ = Au + AW = 4nx10-7 x(200)2
13.
For isothermal process Au = 0
3-14x(10~ 2) 2
AW = AQ 0-30 = 2nfL
= -730J "(oC ~2^fC
4 x4x(3-14) 2
(-ve, because work is done on the x 10-5 = 2x3-14x50x0-5
gas) 6>
10
.-. Change in entropy As
5-26 x lO^H
2 x 3-14x50 x 15
AQ U 1 1/2
~ = -55-31
T 2
-730 ML - <- 55
'

_
(27 + 273) (
-^)
= -2-43J/K = 2-37 x 10-3 J 3059
2. Since, the gas is heated at con- 6. If the e.m.f. of the cells are E
-v
1

stant volume, so and E 2 respectively, then

.-. Z = -^R 2 + ^cc

P_
= j_ E 1 + E2 60
T0 = V(100) 2 + 3059
Po Ei-E2 = 12
P = 2P 0 = 114-3
Again (E 1 + E 2) + (E 1 -E 2 )
Ey.
T = 2T 0 (E^ + Ed-fEt-Ea) l
v =
Hence, change
the gas is
of temperature of 60-1-12
60-12 "
^
114-3
-=1-75 A
AT = T-T0 Ei 72 3 R 100
E2 48 "2 Power factor = cos <|> =^=
114 3
= T0 = 273K
7. Distinct vision = 0-8759
AQ = uC v AT
For eye-piece 14. From conservation of energy
= 0-5x12-4x273
= 1693 J
1 1
"
1
|cv 2 ax
"1 f.
From Wien's displacement
3. law,
x " 5
1
Of,
X mJ = constant /max mai(

.-. X,T for filament 30

1 ~ = 4-3 cm :
6 x 10"6
7 = 150
= \ mTforsun 004
Separation = f0 +u^ = 20 + 4-3
2T = 0-5x6000 = 3A
= 24-3 cm
15. In case of the vibration of a
=> T = 1500 K
both even and odd har-
string,
4. Average kinetic energy per mole- Separation = f0 +fe = 20 + 5 monics are obtained. That is,
cule of oxygen is
= 25 cm frequencies are n, 2n, 3n, 4n
1
7. mr2 rms 8. 92 U
235 + n 1
0 etc. The difference between the
two consecutive frequencies
- asSr90 + 54 Xe 143 + 3 0 n 1

"rms
V m 9. Let
~
A =
AAA
/ + 3/ + 5/C
gives the fundamental fre-
quency. In the present case,

3/cTN/
32
*
B
AAA
= 2? + 6/ + 10*
n = 490 - 420 = 70 Hz.

n
(N A - Avogadro's no.) -> - 21 Vm
Then B = 2A
Similarly for hydrogen 1

> - -> 2n
Now, A x B = A x 2A
'rms 4-5

Equating

= 2(A x A) = 0

2x70 V 5x 10~ 3

L x Hence,
-*
A and B are parallel.
3
14
m
2 32

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 46

Copyrighted material
 KINETIC THEORY, GAS LAWS AND SPECIFIC HEAT OF GASES

Pressure exerted by the gas P = | c2

Graham's law of diffusion
r2 " VM,
Root Mean Square Velocity
For monoatomic gases
c 1 2 + c 22 + c 32 + + C 2 /3RT" (i) cv =3calmole- "C" 1 1

_
n > M
V (ii) cp = 5 cal mole" 1 "C"1
Average velocity of molecules
For diatomic gases
c = 0-921 c -1
(i) cv = 5 cal mole C~ 1
Maximum velocity of molecules
(it) cp = 7 cal mole-1 0C~1
Cmax = 0-817 c
In all cases, for 1 mole
Dependence of c on absolute temperature c ~ cp -cv = 2 cal moM C~ 1 = R (approx.)

D 5 C
Dependence of c on molecular weight
For monoatomic gases y=-f =-
c_ 7
Boyle's law P For diatomic gases y = =
g
^
Charle's law VT For triatomic gases y = ^
c
=x
ov
Gas equation PV = RT

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. The energy of a gas per litre is 4. The temperature of a gas at
300
(A)
joules.

3x105^
Its pressure will be pressure P and volume V is 27 q C.
Keeping its volume constant, if
of diatomic

value of y for the mixture

gas
H)
{ /

is
1 the

its temperature raised to

(B) BxK^N/m 2 is
(A) 1-40 (B) 1-50
(C) 10 5 N/m 2 927C, then its pressure will be
(C) 1-53 (D) 3 07
(D) 2x10 N/m 5 2 (A) 2P (B) 3P
8. If the degrees of freedoms of a

2. N molecules each of mass m of (C) 4P (D) 6P

gas are f, then the ratio of two
gas A and 2N molecules each of 5. At constant pressure, the tempe-
mass 2 m of gas B are contained gm
specific heats is given by
rature of 56 of nitrogen is
in the same vessel at tempera-
raised by 5C. If the value of uni-
ture T. The mean square of the
versal gas constant is 8-3 joule (A)
f+1 0)1-7
velocity of molecules of gas B is
mole-1 K_1 then the work done
v 2 and the mean squares of x
,

by the gas will be . (C) 1+) (D) 1-)'

component of the velocity of
molecules of gas A is w 2 The.
(A) 8-3 joule
9. For a certain gas, the ratio of
ratio 2 is (B) 41 -5 joule specific heats is given to be

(C) 83 joule Y= 1 -5. For this |

(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 1/3 (D) 2/3 (D) None of the above /*v 3^ 3R
(A) c v =-j- (B) cp = -j-
3. Ifthe universal gas constant is 6. The respective speeds of five
8-3 joule mole -1 K
-1
and the Avo- . _. 5R 5R
molecules are 2, 1 -5, 1 -6, 1 -6 and (C) cp = ^j- (D) cv =^~
gadro's number 6X 1023 . The 1-2 km/sec. The most probable
mean kinetic energy of the oxy- speed in km/sec will be 10. The root mean square speed of

gen molecules at 327C will I

(A) 2 (B) 1-58 hydrogen molecule of an ideal
hydrogen gas kept in a gas
(A) 415 x1Cr23 joule (C) 1-6 (D) 1-31
chamber at 0C is 31 80 metre/
(B) 2490 X10"22 joule 7. one mole of a monoatomic gas
If
second. The pressure on the
(C) 1245 x 10-23 joule hydrogen gas is (density of
= is mixed with one mole
(D) 830 x10~22 joule |^ hydrogen gas is 8-99 x 1 -2 kg/

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 47

Copyrighted material
 m3 , 1 atmosphere = 1-01 x 10 5 gen gas heated from 10C to
is (B) 62-1 x 10"21 J
N/m 2) 20C at constant pressure, the
(C) 6-21 x 10~"23 J
(A) 1 0 atmosphere external work done on the gas to
(D) 26-1 x 10~23 J
(B) 1 -5 atmosphere maintain it at constant pressure
(C) 2 0 atmosphere is 15. At what temperature would the
(D) 3 0 atmosphere (A) 10 3 calorie rms speed of a gas molecule
(B) 5 xlO3 calorie have twice its vlaue at 100C
11. One mole of an ideal gas ex-
pands at a constant temperature (C) 104 calorie (A) 4192 K (B) 1492 K
of 300 K from an initial volume of (D) 105 calorie (C) 9142 K (D) 2491 K
10 litres to a final volume of 20 Find the rms speed of an argon
13. The temperature hydrogen
of the 16.
litres. The work done in expan-
at which the average speed of its molecule at 27C. (Molecular
ding the gas is
molecules is equal to that of weight of argon = 40 gm/mole)
(R = 8-31 J mole" 1 K -1 ) oxygen molecules at a tempe- (A) 234-2 m/s
(A) 750 joule rature of 31 C is (B) 342-2 m/S'
(B) 1726 joule (A) -216C (B) -235C (C) 432-2 m/s

1500 joule (D) 243-2 m/s

(C) (C) - 254C (D) -264C
(D) 3456 joule
14. Calculate the
average kinetic
12. The energy of a gas molecule at a
ANSWERS
specific heat of hydrogen
gas at constant pressure is
temperature of 300 K.
1.(D) 2.(D) 3.(C) 4.(C) 5.(C)
cp = 3-4 x 10 3 cal/kgC and at (The Boltzmann's constant
6. (D) 7. (B) 8. (A) 9. (B) 10. (D)
constant volume is c = 2-4 x 10 3 k= 1-38x 10- 23 JK- 1
) 11. (B) 12.(C)13.(C) 14: (A) 15. (B)
cal/kgC. If one kilogram hydro- (A) 6-21 x 10-21 J
16. (C)

HINTS
1. Energy = 300J/litre 6 . Most probable speed
= SOOxlO^/m 3 = 0-817 c

P = E=
2_ 2 x300x10 3
s
=
0017AV
/ 2 2 + 1-5 2 + 1-6 2 + 1-6 2 + 1-2 2
5
= 2 x10s N/m 2
= 131
2
3RT
"
3M/2= 2
I" ' max = 3v,2 = 3*2] n,c + n 2 cpp
-7rT

and v2 =
2m
? Y
"1 <V, + n 2 c
2

=
2
hi
*2
3 =H=
22
1 -
5

3. Mean K.E. =
p _
=
3
x-
8-3
~ x 600 Cy
1-5
2 6 X 1023
= 1245x 10~23 J => Cy = 3l
15
4. Using Charle's law R
Also cp -c v =
J
Pi _ Tj
r2 T2 R
or, CP "
1-5 J
(?27 273)
p2 = ^
Tt
xP=
x r"
(27 + 273)
X p
x P
or,
0-5 cp
"
R
1-5 J
1200 P
~ = 4P
=
3R
300 cp =
J
5. i-ornmoiesofagasnhavePV
For n moles of a gas n have PV = n
nRT
RT rz^~ [7=7-
The work done by the gas W = PdV = nRdT 10 - v =
\^ =V^ L

56
28 x 8-3x5
A /3P_ A /3P
= 83 J "
Vma/=V7
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 48

Copyrighted material
 For hydrogen
3P
3180 3RT
V 8-99 x 10-2

P 303034-9 N/m 2
"rms (H) = \
For oxygen
3 atmosphere
(

1 atmosphere = 101 x 10 5 N/m2 )
(O) - yjm^m
1 1 . At constant temperature, 304
Given,
PV = constant 32
P x 10 = P 2 x20
t
T= ^=19K
= (19-273)C = -254C

W = JPdV 14. The average kinetic energy per molecule is

E* = |/fT

= IxISSxIO-^xSOO
= RT[logV]v 2
= 6-21 x 10~21 J
= RTlog^ 3/cT,
2
15. ci
20 m
= RTlog^ 3k T 2
c 22 =
= RT log e 2 m
Given c2 = 2 c,
= 8-31 x 300 x log e 2 = 1726 joule
or, c2 2 = 4 c, 2
12. Q = mcp oT
3k J 2 3frx(273 + 100)
_ 4l
= 1x3-4x103 x10 m m
= S^xIC^cal T2 = 1492 K
dll = mcv dl 16. Root mean square speed is given by
= 2-4x104 cal
But
W
Q =
=
W+dU
Q-dU -V '3RT
1
M
= 1x10*031 3 x 8-3 x (273 + 27)

13. i/
rms x 0-921 = V:average
V 40x1(T3

or, va 'rms 3 x 8-3 x 300

3RT 40x10-3
'rms
M = 432-2 m/s

At 9 Glance

BEVERAGES
Common name Botanical name Family onaracieri sties

Non-Alcoholic
Coffee Coffea arabica Rubiaceae Dried seeds roasted, ground and brewed to
make stimulating beverage.
Cocoa Theobroma cacoas Sterculiaceae Dried seeds used as non-alcoholic beverage
and also used for making chocolates.
Tea Thea sinensis Theaceae Young leaves and shoot tips are processed to
prepare tea.

Alcoholic
Beer Hordeum vulgare Gramineae Barley malt used, 3-6% alcohol
Brandy (from grapes) Vitis vinifera Fermented and distilled juice, 60-70% alcohol
Rum (from molasses) Saccharum officinarum Gramineae 40% alcohol
Whisky (cereals potatoi3S) Gramineae & solanaceae Distilled alcohol, 50% alcohol

C.S.V./March/2000/49

Copyrighted material
 Topic on Chemistry

ALKALINE EARTH METALS GROUP : II

Introduction : Electronic Structure

The term alkaline earth metals is genericname for Element Symbol Electronic Structure
the chemical elements beryllium (Be), magnesium (Mg), Beryllium Be ^s 2 2s ^ or (He] 2s 2
calcium (Ca), strontium (Sr), barium (Ba), and radium
Magnesium Mg 1s 2
2s 2 2p 6 3s 2 or [Ne] 3s 2
(Ra), which are the members of group II A of the periodic
Calcium Ca 1s 2
2s 2 2p 6 3s 2 3p 6 4s 2 or [Ar] 4s 2
table of the elements. Prior to the 19th century, subs-
2 2 6 2 6 10
tances that were non-metallic, insoluble in water and Strontium Sr 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d or (Kr] 5s 2

unchanged by were known as earths. Those earths

fire 4s 2 4p 6 5s 2
like lime, that resembled the alkalies were designated Barium Ba 1S 2 2s 2 2p 6 3s 2 3p 6 3d 10 or(Xe] 6s 2
alkaline earths. Alkaline earths were, thus distinguished 4s 2 4p 6 4d 10 5s 2 5p 6 6s 2
from the alkalies and from other earths, such as alumina 2
Radium Ra [Rn] 7s
and the rare earths. By the first decade of 1 9th century it
became clear that the earths, formerly considered to be group HA elements have twos electrons in their
All
elements, were in fact oxides, compounds of metals and outermost shell. Ignoring the filled inner orbitals, their
oxygen. The metals whose oxides make up the alkaline electronic structures may be written 2s 2 3s 2 4s 2 5s 2 , , , .

earths then came to be known as the alkaline earth 2 and 7s 2

6s
metals.
Occurrence and Abundance
History The abundance of elements in the earth crust by
weight is given as :

The earliest known alkaline earth was lime (Latin-

calx) which is now known as calcium oxide; it was used in Symbol PPm Relative abundance
ancient times in the composition of mortar. Magnesia, the
Be 200 51
oxide of magnesium was shown be an alkaline earth to
Mg 27,640 6
different from lime by the Scottish chemist Joseph
Black in 1 755; he observed that magnesia give rise to be Ca 46,600 5

a soluble sulphate, whereas that derived from lime was Sr 384 15

known to be insoluble. In 1774 Carl Wilhelm Scheeie, Ba 390 14
the Swedish chemist who discovered oxygen, found that Ra 1-3x 1CT6
the mineral called heavy spar or barys (Greek-heavy)
contained a new earth, which became known as baryta Beryllium It is not very familiar, partly because it is

(barium oxide). A further earth, strontia (strontium oxide), not very abundant (2ppm) and partly because it is difficult

was by Adair Crawford, a London physician

identified to extract. It is found
small quantities as the silicate
in

and chemist, in 1790 on examining a mineral (strontium minerals beryl (Be 3 AI 2 Si 6 0 18 and phenacite, Be 2 Si0 4 ) .

carbonate) found in a lead mine at strontium in The gemstone emerald has same formula as beryl, but
Argyllshride, Scotland. Beryllia (Beryllium oxide) was also contains small amounts of chromium which make it
extracted from the mineral beryl and recognized as an green in colour.
earth by the French analytical chemist Louis Nicolas in Magnesium
the sixth most abundant element
It is
1797. Beryllia was originally called glucina (Greek glykys, in the earths crust. salts occur to about 0-13%
Magnesium
sweet) because of its sweet taste. On the same basis the in sea water. mountain ranges (example, the
Entire
element beryllium was first named as glucinium. In 1798 Dolomite in Italy) consist of the mineral dolomite
Vauquelin prepared Be in the pure form. [MgC0 3 CaC03]. There are also large deposits of
magnesite [MgCCy, There are also deposits of sulphates
Magnesium, calcium, strontium and barium, elements
such as epsomite [MgS04 -7H 2 0] and kieserite
derived from alkaline earths, were isolated as impure
[MgS04 H 2 0]. Carnallite [KCIMgCI 2 -6H 2 0] is mined as a
metals by the English chemist Sir Humphry Davy in 1808,
source of potassium. Magnesium also occurs in wide
by means of the electrolytic method he had previously range silicate minerals including olivine [(Mg, Fe) 2 Si04],
applied for the isolation of the alkali metals, potassium talc[Mg 3(OH)2Si4 O 10 ], chrysolite [Mg 3 (OH) 4Si 2 0 5] and
and sodium. Barium was first isolated by the German micas such as K+ [Mg 3 (OH) 2-(AISi 3 0 o)~. 1

chemist Friedrich Wohler in 1828. Radium was discove- Calcium

fifth most abundant element in the
It is the
red in 1 898 by means of its radioactivity by Pierre and earth's crust occurs throughout the world in many
and it

Marie Curie, who separated it with great difficulty from common minerals. There are vast sedimentary deposits of
barium. CaC0 3 existing as whole mountain ranges of limestone,

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 50

Cop
marble, and chalk. These are originated from the shells of Radium
Radium is extremely scarce and is
marine life. There are two crystalline forms of CaC0 3 , radioactive.It was first isolated by Pierre and Marie Curie

calcite and aragonite. Calcite is more common it forms : by processing many tons of the uranium ore,
colourless rhombohedral crystals. Aragonite is orthorhom- pitchblende. Marie Curie was awarded the Nobel Prize
bic and is commonly red-brown or yellow in colour. for chemistry in 1911 for isolating and studying radium

Fluoroapatite [3(Ca 3 (P0 4 ) 2 ).CaF2] is commercially

and polonium.
important source of phosphate. Gypsum [CaS0 4 -2H 2 0] General Physical Properties
and anhydrite CaS0 4 are major minerals. Fluorite is an The alkaline earth elements are highly metallic and
important source of fluorine. are good conductors of electricity. They have grey-white
lustre when freshly cut but tarnish readily in air,
Strontium and Barium Strontium and barium are particularly the heavier members of the group. Beryllium is
much less abundant, but are well known because they hard to scratch the glass, but barium is only
sufficiently
occur as concentrated ores which are easy to extract. slightly harder than lead. Some important physical
Strontium is mined as celestite, SrS0 4 and strontianite properties of alkaline earth metals are given in the
S1CO3. Barium is mined as barytas, BaS04 . following table

Some Properties of the Alkaline Earth Metals

Strontium

Atomic number 4 12 20 38 56 88
Atomic weight 90122 24-312 4008 87-62 137-34 (226)
(Stablest isotope)

Colour of element a rev silvery white silverv white silverv white silverv
J V *J
II
J white
1"1 Mil. silverv white

mening point %*) 1,283 650 842-48 769 725 700

{

Boiling point ( C) -2,500 1,105 1,487 1,384 1,140 < 1,737

Density at 20 C (g /cm 3) 1-85 1-74(5 C) 1-54 2-54 3-51 (about 5)

Oxidation number 2 2 2 2 2 2
Electronic configuration 1s 2 2s 2 (Ne) 3s 2 (Ar)4s 2 (Kr)5s 2 (Xe) 6s 2 (Rn) 7s 2
9 Be(100) 24 Mg 130 Ba
Isotopic abundance "jy (78-70),
\ ft ^Ca (96-97) ^Sr (0-56), (0-101),
25 Mg 42 Ca 132
(terrestrial, percent) (10-13), (0-64), ^Sr (9-86), Ba (0 097),
26 Ma (11.171 43 Ca (0-1451 ** 7 Sr (7.0?1 134o a fO-421
135
^Ca (2 06), ^Sr (82-56) Ba (6-59),
46 136 Ba
Ca (0 0033), (7-81),

^Ca (0-18) 1 37 Ba
(11-32),
138
Ba (71-66)
Radioactive isotopes 7, 10-11 20 - 23, 37 - 39, 41 80 - 83, 85 123, 125-29, 213-17,
(mass numbers) 27-28 45, 47, 49, 89-93 131, 133, 219-30
50 95 139-43
Electrical resistivity 40 445 391 23 60
at 0 C (microhm-cm)
Crystal structure* HCP HCP FCC, HCP, FCC, HCP, BCC BCC
BCC
2+
Radius ionic M (A) 0-31 0-65 0-99 1-13 1-35 1-40

Diameter, atomic (A) 2-25 3-20 3-93 4-30 4-48

(co-ordination number of 12)

Ionization energy
(electron volt)

First 932 7 64 6-11 569 5-21 528

Second 18-21 1503 11-87 11 03 1000 10-14
Third 153-85 80-12 51-21

Electrode potential -1-85 -2-37 -2-87 -2-89 -2-91 -2-92

(according to international
convention)
M 2+ +2e-->M,

at 25C, volt

Electronegativity - 1-5 -1-2 -10 -10 -0-9 -0-9

(Pauling)
* HCP = hexagonal close packed, FCC = face-centred cubic (cubic close packed), BCC = body-centred cubic.

C.S.V./ March /2000/ 51

Copyrighted material
 (A) Size of Atoms and Ions Group-ll atoms are tion. Remember that the number of molecules of water of
large, but are smaller than the corresponding Group-I crystallization decreases as the ions become larger.
elements as the extra charge on the nucleus draws the Since, divalent ions have noble gas structure with no
orbital electrons in. Similarly the ions are large, but are unpaired electrons, their compounds are diamagnetic and
smaller than those of Group-I, specially because the colourless.
removal of two orbital electrons increases the effective (D) Solubility and Lattice EnergyThe solubility of
nuclear charge even further. Thus these elements have most of the salts decreases with increased atomic weight,
higher densities than Group-I metals. though the usual trend is reversed with fluorides and
hydroxides in this group. Solubility of salts depends on the
Metallic Ionic radius M 2+ six- Density
lattice energy of the salt, and the hydration of energy of
radius A coordinate A (gm/cm 3)
the ions. The lattice energy values for Group-ll com-
Be 1 12 0-31 1-85 pounds are much higher than the values for Group-I
Mg 1-60 0-72 1-74 compounds, because of the effect of the increased
Ca 1-97 100 1-55 charge on the ions. For any particular negative ion, the
lattice energy decreases as the size of the metal
Sr 2-15 1 18 2-63
increases.
Ba 2 22 1-35 3-62

Ra 1-48 5-5 Lattice energies of

some compounds (kJ moM)
Group-ll metals are silvery white in colour. They have
two valency electrons which may participate in metallic MO MC03 MF2 Ml 2
bonding, compared with one electron for Group-I metals.
Mg -3923 -3178 -2906 -2292
Consequently, Group-It metals are harder, have higher
Ca -3517 2986 -2610 -2058
cohesive energy, and have much higher melting points
and boiling points than Group-I elements. Sr -3312 -2718 -2459
(B) Ionization EnergyThe third ionization energy is Ba -3120 -2614 -2367
so high that M 3+ ions are never formed. The ionization
The hydration energy also decreases as the metal
energy of Be 2* is high and its compounds are typically ions become larger. For a salt to dissolve, the hydration
covalent. Magnesium also forms some covalent com-
energy must exceed the lattice energy. On descending
pounds. Since, the atoms are smaller than those in the group the metal ions become larger and so both lattice
Group-I, the electrons are more tightly held so that the
energy and hydration energy decrease. A decrease in
energy needed to remove the first electrons is greater lattice energy favours increased solubility but
than for Group-I. Once one electron has been removed,
decrease in hydration energy favours decreased solu-
the ratio of charges on nucleus to orbital electrons is
bility.
increased so that the remaining electrons are more tightly
held. Hence, the energy required to remove second The two factors thus brings about change in opposite
electron is nearly double that required for the first one. directions and the overall effect depends on which of the

The total energy required to produce gaseous divalent two has changed the most. With most compounds, on
ions for Group-ll elements is over four times greater than descending the group, the hydration energy decreases
the energy required to produce M + ions from Group-I more rapidly than the lattice energy, hence the com-
metals. pounds become less soluble as the metal gets larger.
However, with fluorides and hydroxides the lattice energy
(C) Hydration-EnergyThe hydration energy of the
decreases more rapidly than the hydration energy, and so
Group-ll ions is four times greater than Group-I ions. This
their solubility increases on descending the group.
is largely due to their smaller size and increased charge,
and decreases down the group as the size of the
^hydration Solution of Metals in Liquid Ammonia :

ions increases. In the case of Be a further factor is the

very strong complex [Be(H20)4 ] 2+ that is formed. The These metals all dissolve in liquid ammonia as do the
crystalline compounds of Group-ll contain more water of Group-I metals. Dilute solutions are bright blue in colour
than the corresponding Group-I com-
crystallization due These solutions decompose
to the solvated electron.
pounds. Thus NaCI, KCI are anhydrous but MgCI2 -6H 2 0, very slowly, forming amides and evolving hydrogen, but
CaCI2 -6H 2 0 and BaCI 2 -2H2 0 all have water of crystalliza- the reaction is accelerated by many transition metals and
their compounds
Hydration Energies
2NH 3 + 2e-2NH 2- + H 2
Ionic radius AH Hydration
Evaporation of the ammonia from solutions of
(A) (kJ/mol.) Group-I metals yields the metals, but with Group-ll metals
Be2* 0-31 - 2494 evaporation of ammonia gives hexammoniates of the
metals. These slowly decompose to give amides.
Mg2+ 0-72 -1921
Ca 2+ 1 00 -1575 M(NHa) 6 -* M(NH2) 2 + 4NH 3 + H 2
Sr2* 1 18 -1443 Concentrated solutions of the metals are bronze
Ba2* 135 -1305 coloured due to the formation of metal clusters.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 52

Copyrighted material
Chemical Properties : Magnesium does not react with cold water, however,

Some important chemical reactions of Group-ll ele-

it decomposes hot water.
ments are listed in the following table : Mg + 2H 20 -> Mg(OH)2 + H 2
Magnesium forms a protective layer of oxide, so
Reaction Comment despite its favourable reduction potential, it does not react
readily unless the oxide layer is removed by amalga-
M + 2H 2 0 -> M(OH) 2 + H2 Be probably reacts with steam, Mg
mating with mercury.
with hot water, and Ca, Sr and Ba
react rapidly with cold water Mg + H20 - MgO + hfe

M + 2HCI -> MCI 2 + H> All the metals with acids, liberating Be(OH) 2 is amphoteric, but hydroxides of Mg, Ca, Sr
hydrogen and Ba are basic. The basic strength increases as
Be + NaOH -> Na 2 [Be(OH) 4 Be ] is amphoteric Be(OH) 2 < Mg(OH) 2 < Ca(OH) 2 < Sr(OH) 2 < Ba(OH) 2
+ H2 The same is the order of solubility of hydroxides. The
solutions of Ca(OH) 2 and Ba(OH) 2 are called lime water
Or
and baryta water respectively.
Na 2 Be0 2 -2H 2 0 + H 2
When C0 2 is passed through these solutions, they
2M + 0 2 ->2MO Normal oxide formed by all group
become turbid or milky due to the formation of a suspen-
sion of solid CaC0 3 or BaC0 3 . If excess of C0 2 is passed
with excess dioxygen
through these milky solutions then the turbidity disappears
Ba + 02 - Ba02 Ba also forms the peroxide as soluble bicarbonates are formed.
M + H 2 ->MH 2 Ionic 'salt-like' hydrides formed C02
at
Ca(OH) 2 + C0 2 CaCQj + H 2 0 ,_
Excess
> Ca(HC0 3 ) 2
high temperatures by Ca, Sr and Insoluble Soluble
white turbidity
Ba
3M + N2 - N2 All form nitrides at high tempera- The bicarbonates of Group-ll metals are only stable
3
in solution. Caves in limestone regions often have
tures
stalactites growing down from the roof, and stalagmites
3M + 2P-M 3 P 2 All the metals form phosphides at
growing up from the roof. Water percolating through the
high temperatures
limestone contains some Ca(HC0 3 ) 2 in solution. The
M + S -> MS All the metals form sulphides
soluble bicarbonate decomposes slowly into insoluble
M + Se -> MSe All the metals form selenides carbonate and this results in the slow growth of
M + Te - MTe All the metals form tellurides stalactites and stalagmites.
M + F 2 MF 2 > All the metals form fluorides Ca(HC03) 2 -> CaC03 + C0 2 + H 2 0
M + Cl 2 ->MCI 2 All the metals form chlorides The stability of carbonates increases on moving down
M + Br 2 -> MBr2 All the metals form bromides the group. This is illustrated by the temperature at which

M + 2 -* Ml 2
l All the metals form iodides the carbonates decompose.

3M + 2NH 3 - 2M(NH 2 ) 2 All the metals form amides at high BeC0 3 : 100C, MgC0 3 : 540C, CaC0 3 900C :

temperatures SrC0 3 1290C, BaC0 3 1360C.

: :

Oxides and Peroxides All the elements of this

Compounds of alkaline earth Elements and Gra- group burn in 0 2 to form oxides MO. Be metal is relatively
dation in their Properties
unreactive in the massive form and does not react below
Hydroxides and CarbonatesThe reduction poten- 600C, but the powder is much more reactive and burns
tial of beryllium is much less than that for the rest of
brilliantly. The elements also burn in air, forming a mixture
elements of the Group-ll.
of oxide and nitride. Mg burns with dazzling brilliance in
Standard electrode potentials, E for different ele- air, and evolves a lot of heat. This is used to start a

ments are as thermite reaction with aluminium, and also to provide light
Be 2+/Be -1-85V in flash photography.

Mg 2+/Mg -2-37V 4Mg + air - MgO + Mg 3 N 2

Ca 2+/Ca -2 87V Calcium oxide (quicklime) is made in enormous
Sr^/Sr -2-89V quantities by roastingCaC0 3 in a lime kiln.
Ba2+/Ba -2-91
CaC0 3 CaO + C02
Ra 2+/Ra -2-92V
The oxides of alkaline earth elements have a number
This indicates that Be is much less electropositive
of properties that make them useful for lining furnaces.
than others, and Be does not react with water. Ca, Sr, Ba
(a) They have very high melting points.
have reduction potentials similar to those of the corres-
ponding Group-I elements, and are reasonably high in the (b) They have low vapour pressures.
electrochemical They react with cold water quite
series. (c) They are\ery good conductors of heat.
readily, liberating hydrogen and forming metal hydroxides. (d) They are chemically inert.

M + 2H 2 0 -* M(OH)2 + H 2 (e) They act as electrical insulators.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 53

Copyrighted material
 Beryllium oxide isa very hard solid. It can scratch ments. CaS0 4 is slightly soluble in water, therefore,
even quartz. BeO has a wurtzite structure with 4 4 co- :
objects made from alabaster or gypsum cannot be kept
ordination while rest of the oxides have NaCI type lattices outdoors.
with 6 : 6 co-ordination. The oxides are highly stable due Plaster of Paris is used for plastering walls, and also
to large ionic crystal lattice energies. The values are so to make plaster casts for variety of purposes, industrial,
high in the case of oxides of Be and Mg that these sculptural, and in hospitals to encase limbs so that broken
compounds are almost insoluble in water. The oxides of bones are set straight.
the rest of the elements react with water to yield BaS0 4 is both insoluble in water and opaque to X-
hydroxides which are basic in character. BeO is ampho- rays, and is used as a barium meal to provide a shadow
teric, while other oxides are basic in character. of the stomach or duodenum on an X-ray picture, which is
Peroxides are formed with increasing ease and useful in diagnosing stomach or duodenal ulcers. The
increasing stability as the metal ions become larger. sulphates all decompose on heating, giving the oxides.
Barium peroxide (Ba0 2 ) is formed by passing air over
BaO at 500C. Sr0 2 can be formed in the similar way but
MgS0 4 -^MgO + S0 3
it requires a high pressure and temperature. Ca02 is not The order of the stability of the sulphates is as
formed way but can be made as a hydrate by
in this BeS0 4 < MgS0 4 < CaS0 4 < SrS04 < BaS0 4
treatingCa(OH) 2 with H 2 0 2 and then dehydrating the
product. Crude Mg0 2 is made by using H 2 0 2 but no
Key Points
peroxide of Be is known.
The solubility products of hydroxides of alkaline earth
elements increase on going down the group and those of
Points to Remember sulphates of these elements follow reverse order as is

Lime (CaO) is used in steel making to remove evident from following data-
phosphates and silicates as slag.
Hydroxides Solubility Sulphates Solubility
In making cement lime is used with SiO z and Al 2 0 3 or products products
clay.
Be(OH) 2 1-6 xlO"26 BeS04 Very high
Lime plays important role in preparation of glass.
Mg(OH) 2 8-9 x10' 12 MgS0 4 High
In the lime-soda process, which is part of the chlor-alkali
Ca(OH) 2 1-3X10-4 CaS0 4 2-4 xlO"5
industry, lime is used for converting Na 2 C0 3 to NaOH or
vice-versa. Sr(OH) 2 3-2x10^ SrS0 4 7-6x1<r7
Lime on reacting with water forms slaked lime, Ca(OH) 2 . Ba(OH) 2 5-4 x10" 2
BaS04 15 x 10"9

Bleaching powder is made by passing Cl 2 into slaked RaS0 4 40x1(r 11

lime. Though bleaching powder is often written as The solubility of hydroxides increases and that of sul-
Ca(OCI) 2 , it is really a mixture. phates decreases down the group.
3Ca(OH) 2 + 2CI2 -*Ca(OCI) 2 Ca(OH)2 CaCI 2 -2H 20 When energy is high, the solubility will be low. If
lattice

Soda-lime is a mixture of NaOH and Ca(OH) 2 and is made hydration energy is high, the ions will have greater
from quick-lime (CaO) and aqueous NaOH. tendency to be hydrated, and, therefore, solubility will be
high.

SulphatesThe solubility of the sulphates in water In the case of sulphates of alkaline earth elements, the

decreases down the group. lattice energy is almost same. The sulphate ion itself is so
large (radius = 3A) that relatively small change in metallic
BeS04 > MgS0 4 > CaS04 > SrS04 > BaS04 > RaS04 ionic size from Be 2 * to Ba
2+
do not make any material
The significantly high solubility of BeS0 4 and MgS0 4 difference. However, the hydration energy of metal
is due to the high enthalpy of solvation of the smaller Be
2+ cations, from Be 2+ to Ba 2 + decreases in this order.
Hence, the sulphates decreases in this order.
solubility of
and Mg2+ ions.
i.e., the solubility decreases with increase in ionic size.
Epsom salt, MgS0 4 -7H 2 0 is used as mild laxative
In case of the hydroxides, the lattice energies are
or purgative. Barium sulphate is used as a white pigment. different because, the hydroxide ion is not large and,
Calcium sulphate can exist as a hemihydrate CaS0 4 -

therefore, even small change in metallic ionic sizes do

1 HgO which is important in the building trade as plaster make a difference. Thus as the metallic ionic size
increases on moving from Be 2 * to Ba 2+ the lattice energy
of Paris. This is made by partial dehydration of gypsum. ,

decreases. This tends to enhance the solubility and to

15 C 2 C overcome the counter-effect produced by the decrease in
CaS0 4 -2H 2 0 >
CaS0 4 jH 2 0 > CaS04
hydration energy. Hence, the solubility of hydroxides
Gypsum Anhydrite
Plasterof increases on moving down the group.
Paris
1100C e ~
> CaO + SO3 HalidesThe metals combine directly with halogens
on heating at appropriate temperature forming halides,
When powdered plaster of Paris (CaS04 ^ H 2 0) is
MX 2 The
. halides can also be obtained by reacting metal
mixed with the correct amount of water, it sets into a solid carbonates with dilute halogen acids.
mass of CaS0 4 -2H 2 0 (gypsum). Beryllium halides (BeF 2 BeCI 2 ), on account of
,

Alabaster is a fine grained form of CaS0 4 -2H 2 0 smaller size of Be 2+ ion, are covalent and, therefore, do
which is shiny like marble, and is used to make orna- not conduct electricity in molten state. They are hygro-

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 54

Copyrighted material
scopic and fume in air due to hydrolysis. They sublime on^ Following reactions occur during the manufacture of
heating. Anhydrous beryllium halides cannot be obtained" cement
from materials made in aqueous solutions because the 2CaO + Si0 2 - 2CaOSi0 2
hydrated ions like [Be(H 2 0) 4 ]CI 2 or [Be(H 2 0) 4 ]F 2 are Dicalcium silicate
formed. Attempts to dehydrate them result in hydrolysis. 3CaO + Si0 2 - 3CaO Si0 2
Tricalcium silicate
[Be(H 2 0) 4 ]CI 2 -
-> Be(OH) 2 + 2HCI
3CaO + Al 2 0 3 3CaOAI 2 3 0
However, the following reactions give anhydrous Tricalcium alurninate

beryllium halides. 4CaO + Al 2 0 3 + Fe 2 0 3 4CaO AI 2 03 - Fe 2 0 3

BeO + 2NH 3 + 4HF (NH 4 ) 2 [BeF 4 Tetracalcium alumino ferrite
> ]

Out of the above compounds, the tricalcium silicate is

i Heat
the most important. This substance has the property of
BeF 2 + 2NH 4 F and developing considerable strength within
setting quickly
700
BeO + C + CU BeCI 2 + CO a few days. It generally constitute about 50 percent of
cement. Tricalcium alurninate sets instantaneously in the
800 C
2BeO + CCI 4 -> 2BeCI 2 + C0 2 presence of water. The internal strength acquired by

The anhydrous halides are polymeric. BeCI 2 vapour

cement is primarily due to setting of tricalcium alurninate.

contains BeCI 2 and (BeCI 2 ) 2 but the solid , is polymerised. The mixture of products of above reactions is known
as cement clinker. After cooling, it is mixed with 2 or 3
CI
percent gypsum and ground to fine powder. The function
Cl-BeCI CI Be^ /BeCI of gypsum is to slow down the setting process so that it
CI
gets sufficiently hardened.
(i)
00
Setting of cementThis involves many complicated
CI
reactions. This is a known fact that while first setting takes
01 CI.
V place within 24 hours the subsequent hardening requires
Be\ S Be, Be- Be- ,

CI Cl- about a fortnight. This is supported by the fact that

(iii)
subsequent hardening of the cement takes place when it
is covered by a layer of water.
The chlorides and fluorides of other alkaline earth
Primarily, the reactions involved are the hydration of
elements are ionic solids and good conductors of electri-
calcium alurninate and calcium silicate which change into
city in the fused as well as in the dissolved state. CaCI 2
their colloidal gels. At the same time some calcium
has great affinity for water and good dehydrating agent.
is
hydroxide and aluminium hydroxide are formed as the
The solubility of halides in water decreases with increas-
precipitates due to hydrolysis. Calcium hydroxide binds
ing atomic number of metal. The fluorides are almost
the particles of calcium silicate together while aluminium
insoluble.
hydroxide fills the interstices rendering the mass
Biological Role of Mg 2+ and Ca 2+ ions :
impervious. Various reactions involved during the process

Mg 2+ ions are concentrated in animal cells and Ca2+

of setting are as
ions are concentrated in the body fluids outside the cell, in
(a) 3CaO Al20 3 + 6H 2 0 - 3CaO Al20 3 -6H 2 0
Tricalcium alurninate Hydrated colloidal gel
much the same way that K + concentrates inside the cell
of tricalcium alurninate
and Na + outside. Mg 2+ ions forms complex with ATP and
are constituents of phosphohydrolases and phospho- (b) 3CaO Si02 + H 2 0 -+ Ca(OH)2 + 2CaO Si02
Tricalcium silicate Dicalcium silicate
transferases, which are enzymes for the reactions invol-
ving ATP and energy release. They are also essential for (c) 2CaO Si0 2 + xH^
Slow process
transmission of impulses along nerve fibres. Mg 2+ is Dicalcium silicate
% 2CaO Si0 2 xH20
important in chlorophyll, in the green parts of plants. Ca 2+ Hydrated colloidal gel
is important in bones and teeth as apatite Ca 3 (P0 4 ) 2 and , of dicalcium silicate

enamel on teeth as fluorapatite [3(Ca (P0 CaF Ca 2+ 3 4)2 2] (d) 3CaO Al20 3 + 6H 2 0 - 3Ca(OH)2 + 2AI(OH) 3
ions are important in blood clotting, and are required to Tricalcium alurninate
trigger the contraction of muscles and to maintain the (e) 0
4CaO AI 2 3 Fe 2 3 + 6H 2 0 0
regular beating of the heart. Tetracalcium alumino ferrite

Portland Cement
-> 3CaO AI 20 3 -6H 2 0 + CaOFe 2 0 3
Hydrated colloidal gel of tricalcium

Portland cement is one of the most important building alurninate

materials. It was discovered in England. On setting it har- (f) Role of gypsum

dens a stone-like mass, it was equalised to the famous
to 3CaOAI 2 03 + 3CaS0 4 + 2H 2 0
Portland Rock of England and named as Portland cement. - 3CaO AI 2 0 3 -3CaS0 4 -2H 2 0
Cement is essentially a mixture of calcium silicates and Calcium sulpho alurninate
calcium aluminates with small amounts of gypsum. Thus the quick setting results in the formation of
The essential raw materials used are lime-stone and crystalline hydrated calcium alurninate whereas a slow
clay. Lime-stone (CaC0 3 )
provides calcium oxide and clay setting yields the colloidal gel which imparts much greater
provides silica as well as alumina and ferric oxide. strength to the set mass.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 55 /5

Copyrighted material

Heat of hydration The hydration of calcium alumi- The temporary hardness can also be removed by adding
nate and calcium silicate involved in the setting process is slaked lime to precipitate calcium carbonate. This is called

an exothermic change. Hence, cement structures have to lime softening'

be cooled during the setting. At big structures like dams, Ca(HC0 3 ) 2 + Ca(OH) 2 ^ CaC0 3 + 2H 2 0
the cement concrete mixture is pre-chilled to avoid The permanent hardness of water is mainly due to
uneven expansion of the mass, failing which the cracks dissolved MgS0 4 and CaSCy This hardness cannot be
are produced in the structure. In case of small structures, removed by boiling. Small quantities of pure water are pre-
the heat of hydration is removed by sprinkling water. pared in the laboratory either by distillation or by passing it
through an ion-exchanger, where Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ ions are
replaced by Na + ions.
Points to Remember Water may be softened by adding various phosphates, such
Calcium carbide, CaC 2 on 100Cheating with nitrogen at 1

gives calcium cyanamide, CaCN 2 Calcium cyanamide .

Na 3 P04 (Trisodium phosphate)
mixed with carbon as obtained in the reaction itself, is used Na 4 P 2 0 7 (Sodium pyrophosphate)
as a nitrogenous fertilizer. Na 5 P 3 O 10 (Sodium tripolyphosphate)
1 ino c.
CaC 2 + Mj > CaCN 2 + C; AH = -304-2 kJ (NaP0 3 n (Grahams salt), also known as calgon
)

In the soil calcium cyanamide first changes into calcium These phosphates form complexes with Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ ions
carbonate and cyanamide and sequester them, i.e., keep them in solution.

CaCN 2 + H2 0 + C0 2 ->CaC0 3 + H 2 NCN At one time large quantities of Na 2 C0 3 were used in the
Cyanamide lime-soda process to soften water.

The cyanamide then hydrolysis in two steps forming Na 2 C0 3 ->CaC0 3 + Na 2 S04

CaS0 4 +
ammonia. The hydrated magnesium chloride, MgCI 2 -6H 2 0, on ignition

H 2 NCN + H 2 0->CO(NH 2 produces a residue of MgO.

) 2 200 C
Urea 2(MgCI 2 -6H 2 0) > MgOMgCI 2 + 2HCI + 11H 2 0
CO(NH 2 )2 + H20 - C0 2 + 2NH 3 or
Mg 2 OCI 2
Ammonia is finally converted to nitrates through the action
6 " C
of nitrifying bacteria. 2Mg 2 OCI 2 + 02 ) 4MgO + 2CI 2
In nuclear reactors, the beryllium salts are used as the No such reaction is given by the hydrated chlorides of other
source of neutrons. alkaline earth elements.

4 Be
9
+ 2 He 4 -* 6 C 12 + 0 n 1

MgC0 3 is not precipitated by (NH 4 C0 3 in presence of

) 2
Magnesium powder mixed with potassium chlorate (KCI0 3 )
NH 4 CI. Carbonates of Ca, Sr and Ba get precipitated under
is used flash-bulbs for photography. The flash
in powder these conditions.
burns quickly producing intense ultraviolet light. Magnesium sulphate (Epsom salt) is isomorphic with zinc
Magnesium ribbon is used for igniting the thermite in sulphate as they have similar composition and crystalline
alumino-thermic process. structure.

Magnesium in the form of Grignard reagents is largely used MgS0 4 -7H 2 0

for synthesis of many organic compounds. ZnS0 4 -7H 2 0
Calcium metal used removing traces of water from
is in
All elements of Group-ll burn in nitrogen to give nitrides
alcohol because unlike sodium, it does not react with (M 3 N 2 ). Beryllium nitride is volatile while other are not.
alcohol.
In nature barium occurs as Barytes or Heavy spar (BaS04 )
Calcium isused as a deoxidiser for copper, cast iron and and as Witherite (BaC03 ).
steel, and as a desulphuriser in oil refining.
MgCI 2 5MgO xH2 0 is called sorel cement or magnesia
Ca, Sr, Ba and Ra give characteristic colour to the flame. cement.
Ca : brick red; Sr : crimson, Ba : apple green, Ra : Mg(OH) 2 an aqueous suspension is used in medicine as
in

crimson antacid under the name of milk of magnesia.

Be and Mg on account of the smaller atomic sizes do not Magnesium perchlorate [Mg(CI0 4 ) 2 ] is commercially used as
impart any colour to the flame. The electrons in these atoms very effective drying agent under the name of anhydrone.
are not excited by the energy of the flame. Asbestos is calcium-magnesium silicate having composi-
The sulphates Ca, Sr and Ba are insoluble, and the
of tion CaMg 3 (Si0 3 4 )
.

carbonates, oxalates, chromates and fluorides of the whole Lithopone is a mixture of BaS0 4 and ZnS. It is a white
group are insoluble. pigment.
Hard water contains dissolved salts such as magnesium and Magnalium is an alloy of Mg and Al and Elecktron is an
calcium carbonates, bicarbonates or sulphates. The metal alloy of Mg and Zn.
ions (Ca2 *, Mg 2t ) react with stearate ions of the soap form-
ing an insoluble scum of calcium or magnesium stearates The Epsom salt, MgS04 7H 2 0 is used as purgative in

veterinary medicines.
before any lather is produced. Hard water also produces
scale (insoluble deposits) in water pipes, boilers and kettles. Crystalline magnesia, MgO
a useful material, because it is

is stable at high temperature and is a good conductor of

The temporary hardness of water is due to the presence of
heat. However, it is a poor conductor of electricity. These
Mg(HC0 3 ) 2 and Ca(HC0 3 )2 It is called temporary because
.

properties make useful as an insulator for the wires within

it
it can be removed by boiling, which drives off C0 2 and
electrical heating units, such as the ones in a home cooking
upsets the equilibrium.
2HC03- ^ C0 3 2" + C02 + h^O
range or space heater.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 56

Copyright
 OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Which of the following com- 10. The mixture of MgCI 2 and MgO is 18. Which one of the following is not
pounds absorbs C0 2 and reacts known as the electronic configuration of
with water violently ? (A) Double salt alkaline earth elements ?
(A) ZnO (B) H2SO4 (B) Portland cement (A) [KrJSs2
(C) CaO (D) CaC03 (C) Sorel cement (B) [Xe]6g
2. The correct order of thermal sta- (D) None of these (C) [Rn]7s 2
bility of the following carbonates ZrfHg
1 1 . Which of the following salts has (D) [Ar]
BaC0 3 CaC0 3 MgC0 3 highest solubility in water ?
, ,

19. Which of the following elements

is (A) Barium sulphate forms the least ionic chloride ?
(A) BaC0 3 CaC0 3 > MgC0 3
> (B) Calcium sulphate (A) Beryllium (B) Magnesium
(B) CaC0 3 > MgC0 3 > BaC0 3 (C) Magnesium sulphate (C) Barium (D) Radium
(C) MgC0 3 > CaC0 3 > BaC0 3 (D) Beryllium sulphate
20. The hydration energy of Mg 2+ is
(D) BaC0 3 > MgC0 3 > CaC0 3 12. A piece of magnesium ribbon higher than that of

3. The element found in plant sys- was heated to redness in the (A) Mg 3* (B) Al 3+

tem which makes an important atmosphere of nitrogen and then Be 2+ (D) Na +

(C)
cooled with water. The gas evol-
part of photosynthesis is
ved is 21. The chemical composition of
(A) Iron (B) Copper carnallite is
(A) Hydrogen (B) Nitrogen
(C) Sodium (D) Magnesium (A) CaCI 2 MgCI 2 -6H 2 0
(C) Ammonia (D) Oxygen
4. Portland cement is prepared by (B) MgCI 2 MgO-6H 2 0
using
13. Calcium chloride and potassium
chloride solution can be distin- (C) KCI MgCI 2 -6H 2 0
(A) Limestone, clay and gypsum
guished from one another by (D) K 2 C0 3 MgS0 4
(B) Limestone, gypsum, alumina
(A) Adding NH 4 OH to each
22. Which of the following oxides is
(C) Limestone, clay and sand solution
the most basic ?
(D) Limectone, gypsum and sand (B) Performing the flame test
(A) Al 2 03 (B) Si0 2
5. A fire works gives out crimson (C) Adding AgN0 3 to each solu-
(C) P205 (D) MgO
coloured light, it contains a salt tion
of (D) Comparing the colours of 23. Amongst LiCI, BeCI 2 RbCI and ,

(A) Sodium (B) Calcium the solution MgCI 2 the chlorides with the
,

greatest and least ionic character

(C) Barium (D) Strontium 14. In which of the following pairs of
respectively are
6. The substance which is commo- substances, both give same gas-
(A) LiCI, RbCI
nly used in laboratory dessicator, eous products on reacting with
(B) RbCI, MgCI 2
is water ?
BaandBa0 2 (C) BeCI 2 RbCI
(A) NaCI (B) Na 2 C0 3 (A) ,

Na and Na2 02 (D) RbCI, BeCI 2

(C) Na 2 S04 (D) CaCI 2 (B)

(C) CaandCaH 2 24. Anhydrous MgCI 2 can be pre-

7. The setting of the plaster of Paris
(D) KandK02 pared by heating MgCI 2 -2H 2 0
is
(A) With charcoal
(A) Carbonation 15. Which of the following metal ions
plays an important role in muscle (B) Until it becomes red hot
(B) Dehydration
contraction ? (C) In a current of HCI gas
(C) Oxidation
(D) Hydration to give another
(A) Na+ (B) K+ (D) With slaked lime

hydrate (C) Mg +2 (D) Ca 2+ 25. Which is known as lithopone ?

8. The wires of flash bulbs are 16. Soda is

lime (A) MgS0 4 -7H 20
made of (A) NaOH and Ca(OH) 2 (B) CaH 2 + ZnO
(A) Tungsten (B) Magnesium (B) NaOH and Na 2 0 (C) BaS04 + ZnS
(C) Sodium (D) Mercury (C) NaOH and CaO (D) ZnS0 4 + BaS
9. Magnesium burns in the atmos- (D) NaOH and Na 2 C03 26. Magnesium burns in air to
phere of 17. The electronic configuration of produce ?
(A) Nitrogen dioxide alkaline earth elements is repre- (A) MgO
(B) Carbon monoxide sented by (B) Mg 3N 2
(C) Nitrogen (A) np2 (B) ns 1
(D) ns 1 nd n
-^ (Continued on Page 04
(D) None of these (C) ns2 1 )

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 57

Copy
 ^^^^^^HHBl Topic on Chemistry HHHHHHH^HHI

Introduction :
Formula Parent Common Carbinol IUPAC
The word alcohol is derived from the Arabic Kuhl hydro- name name name
(also Kohl or Kohol).originally was used to mean a 'very
It
carbon
fine powder' but gradually came to cannote 'essence'. CH3OH Methane Methyl Carbinol Methanol
Later the term was applied to wine spirits, which were alcohol

referred to as alcool vini, and eventually simply alcohol. CH 3CH 2OH Ethane Ethyl Methyl Ethanol

The compounds derived from hydrocarbons by replace- alcohol carbinol

ment of one or more hydrogens by hydroxyl groups are

OH Propane Isopropyl Dimethyl 2-Propanol
1

known as organic hydroxy compounds. The parent hydro- alcohol carbinol

CH3CHCH3
carbons may be acyclic aliphatic saturated or unsaturated.
(CH 3 ) 3 COH 2-Methyl Tert-butyl Trimethyl 2-Methyl-2-
The hydroxyl compounds which are derived from acyclic propane alcohol carbinol propanol
and alicyclic hydrocarbons are called alcohols. Those
obtained by replacement of nuclear aromatic hydrogens Ethanol known as ethyl alcohol, grain alcohol and
is
are called Phenols. Since phenols differ from alcohols in the spirit of wine. The first system of nomenclature for
many respects, they are treated separately from alcohols. alcohols, which was based on the use of the term 'carbi-
Aryl substituted alcohols (C 6 H 5 CH 2 OH) are also known as nol' for methanol, was originated by a 19th century
aromatic alcohols. German chemist Hermann Kolbe. The carbinol nomen-
clature is gradually fading out of usage. The presently
Alcohols are classified as mono, di, tri and poly hydric
accepted systematic nomenclature for alcohols was
alcohols according to the number of hydroxyl groups
adopted at a meeting of the International Union of Pure
present in their molecules. For example :

and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC), in Paris in 1957.

CH 2 OH CH 2 OH
Occurrence in Nature
CH 2 OH | |

CH 3 CH 2 OH I CHOH (CHOH) 4 Alcohols in free form are not a common occurrence

CH 2 OH I | in the nature; they are found mainly in the essential or
CH 2 OH CH 2 OH volatile oils obtained from the flowers, leaves, and stems
Ethyl alcohol Ethylene glycol Glycerol Sorbitol of the plants. Chiefly, these are a group of monohydric
(Monohydric) (Dihydric) (Trihydric) (Polyhydric) primary alcohols with carbon chains of 7 to 12 atoms.
Their characteristic odours make them valuable ingredient
of perfumes. More complex alcohols with branched
Alcohols may be primary, secondary or tertiary
structures and unsaturated linkages, such as citronellol
according as the hydroxyl group is attached to primary,
secondary or tertiary carbon atom. For example :
and geraniol, both 10-carbon alcohols, are found in rose
and geranium oils and are isolated from citronella oil. The
Primary ( CH OH) 2 fatty alcohols (primary alcohols with long, straight carbon

Methyl alcohol CH 3OH chains), cinnamyl alcohol (C 6 H 5CH CHCH OH),2

phenylpropyl alcohol (C 6 H 5CHOHC 2 H 5 ), and menthol and
Ethyl alcohol CH 3 CH 2 OH terpineol (cyclic 10-carbon alcohols) are other alcohols
Propyl alcohol CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH that occur naturally. Several sugar alcohols, containing
respectively, four and five hydroxyl groups on as many
Secondary ( / CHOH) carbon atoms, are found in mosses, lichens, and yeasts.
Sorbitol, a six carbon, six hydroxyl alcohol occurs widely
Isopropyl alcohol (CH 3 ) 2 CHOH
in fruits, berries, algae, and red sea-weeds. Mannitol, an

Tertiary (^C- OH) isomer of sorbitol, is a major component of the exudate of

olive and manna ash trees, and is found in pumpkin,
Trimethyl carbinol (CH 3 ) 3 COH
grasses, mushrooms, marine algae and brown seaweeds.
Sterols, such as Cholesterol, are present in both animal
Nomenclature and vegetable kingdoms.
There are three systems of naming alcohols : Specific alcohols, such as ethanol, methanol, and
(i) Common or trivial system glycerol, are consumed in enormous amounts for thou-
sands of applications. Generally the alcohols produced
(ii) Carbinol system and
from natural sources are expensive, difficult to purify, and
(iii) IUPAC system. somewhat unpredictable in their availability. Therefore, in

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 58

Copyrighted material
order to meet the demands of industry for alcohols jif CH 3 CH=CH 2 + H 2 S0 4
many descriptions in pure forms and at low cost, Propene
producers have developed special processes that form H,0
CH 3 CH(OS0 2 OH)CH 3 > CH 3 CH(OH)CH 3
alcohols from readily available raw materials under
2-Propanol
carefully controlled conditions.
3. Hydroformylation of Alkenes Lower molecular
General Methods of Preparation :
weight olefins react with carbon monoxide and hydrogen
1. Hydrolysis of halidesAlkyl halides, when boiled in the presence of a catalyst in a reaction called hydro-

with aqueous solution of an alkali hydroxide, give alcohols formylation or the oxo reaction.
through nucleophilic substitution mechanism.

RX + KOH ) ROH + KX >=< + CO + H 2 -^ >H -C-ct I H

This general procedure produces primary and secon- Alkene Aldehyde
dary alcohols. Glycerol can be synthesized from propy- The resulting aldehyde is subsequently hydrogenated
lene by a series of reactions including the hydrolysis of a to form an alcohol.
halide as one step in the process.
I/O I

Unsaturated alcohols can be prepared by high tem- z CH-C CC +H 2 > / CH -CCH 2 OH

perature chlorination followed by hydrolysis of interme- I H I

diate halide of an alkene. An example is the production of Alcohol

alkyl alcohol from propylene. 4. Hydroboration-oxidation of alkenesAlkenes
CH 2 =CHCH 3 + Cl 2 > CH 2 =CHCH 2 CI + HCI when treated with diborane (BH 3 ) 2 ,
give alkylboranes,

Propylene Allyl chloride

R 3B. Alkylboranes on oxidation with alkaline hydrogen
peroxide give alcohols.
CH 2 =CHCH 2 CI + NaOH >
(BH 3 ) 2 H 2 0 2/OH"
CH 2 = CHCH 2OH + NaCI 6CH 2 CH 2
- 2(CH 3CH 2 ) 3 B
Allyl alcohol
Ethene Triethyl borane
NoteThere is a serious limitation of this method. 6 CH 3CH 2 OH
Elimination a serious competing reaction specially with
is Ethanol
sec. and tert-halides. However, if a weaker nucleophile
6CH 3 CH=CH 2 -
h 2(CH3CH 2 CH 2 ) 3 B
like silver acetate (AgOAc) replaces alkali hydroxide,
better results are obtained even with tert. halides. For Tri-n-propylborane

example
H2 2/OH
(CH 3 ) 3 CCI + AgO(iOCH 3 >
) 6CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH
tert-Butyl chloride 1-Propanol
(CH 3 ) 3 COCOCH 3 + AgCI Note It is significant to note that this method always
tert-Butyl acetate
leads to the anti-Markovnikov's addition of water to
H2 alkenes.
(CH 3 ) 3 COCOCH3 )

5. Grignard SynthesisAll the three types of alco-

(CH 3 ) 3 COH + CH 3 COOH hols (primary, secondary, tertiary) can be prepared from
tert-Butyl alcohol
the Grignard reagents by interaction with suitable
As alkyl halides themselves are prepared from alco- carbonyl compounds.
be of interest only when alkyl halides
hols, this method will
R MgX + pl/C = 0->
are readily available and are very cheap.
Grignard Ketone
Hydration of Alkenes (a) Direct hydration takes
2.
reagent
place by adding water in presence of catalyst.

CH 3 > C-OMgX-^ > C-OH + Mg(OH)X

R R
hS + H
R R"
CH 3C=CH 2 + H 20 )
Alcohol
2-Methylpropene m The reaction of Grignard reagent with formaldehyde
^
(CH 3 ) 3 C-OH 2 -> (CH3) 3 COH leads to primary alcohols, that with aldehydes other than
2-Methylpropane-2-ol formaldehyde yield secondary alcohols and that with
ketones give tertiary alcohols.
(b) Indirect hydration achieved by addition of
is
Mechanism of above reaction is illustrated as :

sulphuric acid to alkene followed by hydrolysis of the alkyl

hydrogen sulphate. 0) R-.'MgX R : + MgX
CH 2 =CH 2 + H 2 S04 >
0 I I
-
Ethene
H 2Q
R + : C=0 RCO MgX
CH 3 CH 2 OS02 OH CH 3 CH 2 OH |V>
Ethanol + MgX

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 59

Copyrighted material
 I
- I alkene with mercuric acetate in presence of
(iii) R-CO MgX + HOH - R-COH + Mg(OH)X tetrahydrofuran (THF). This step is known as
Oxymercuration as :

(iv) Mg(OH)X + H + - Mg 2+ + X" + H 20 R R3

6. Reduction of Carbonyl Compounds Carbonyl H9(OCOCH 3)2)
compounds i.e., aldehydes and ketones etc. give alcohols
Rjr _C=C _r 4
THF-H 2 0
on reduction. This reaction can be effected by :
R 1
R3
(i) Catalytic hydrogenation I I

(ii) The use of metal-solvent combination such as

R2-C -C R 4
I I

sodium or potassium in alcohol.

OH HgOCOCH 3
(iii) The use of complex metal hydrides.
This is followed by the reduction of intermediate
For example
hydroxy mercuryl compounds known as demercura-
OH tion.
I

PtQ 2
(i) CH 3CCH 3 + H2 CH 3 CH CH 3 R 1
R3 R 1
R3
2-Propanone 2-Propanol
C C C C-R
I I I

NaBH
(ii) CH3CHO + H2
0r LlAIH4
> CH 3 CH 2 OH
R2
I I
4
% R2
I I
4

Ethanal Ethanol OH HgOCOCH 3 OH H

CH, Hydroxy mercuryl Alcohol

s C=O
Ni
+ H2 *CH 3 CHCH 3 compound
CH 3 ^
(iii)
or UAIH4 I
Alcohols obtained are those which will be formed by
OH the Markovnikov's addition of H 2 0 to carbon-carbon
Propanone 2-Propanol
double bond.
O Grignard reagents also react with ethylene oxide to
II
Na
(iv) CH 3 CCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 + H2 form primary alcohols containing two carbon atoms
EtOH more than the Grignard reagent.
Pentanone-2
CH 3 CHOHCH 2CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 -^CH 2 H 2/H CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH
2-Pentanol
CH 3 MgBr + >

Na
Grignard reagent q Propanol-1

(v) C 2 H 5COOC 2 H 5 + 2H 2 ) C 2H 5CH 2 OH Ethylene oxide

EtOH
Ethyl propanoate 1 _p r0 p an0 |
Mechanism of this reaction can be illustrated as
+ C 2 H 5OH below :

Ethanol
CH 3 MgX -
->CH 3 +MgX
Note Aldehydes and ketones, presence of metals in
Q' ^CH 2 _ch 2
like magnesium undergo bimolecular reduction to form
symmetrical glycols (Pinacols). For example
:CH 3 + X/ CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 O
:

0
l H+
CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3
I I

Mg CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH
CH 3C + CCH 3 CHgC CCH 3 Propanol-1
II II I I

o o o o This reaction sequence is useful in ascending the

series of organic compounds.
\ /
Propanone Mg Hydroxy lation of alkenes leads to the formation of
1 ,
2-glycols. For example :

CH 3 CH 3 OH OH
I I I I

KMn0 4
-^2-* CH 3-C CCH 3 CH 2CH 2 < CH 2 CH 2
I
Ethane-1, 2-diol Ethene
OH OH OH OH
2, 3-Dimethyl butane
2, 3-diol (Pinacol)
^COgOH qh,CH
*-n 2
+ 2
H 2 0/H
Ethane-1, 2-diol

More about the Preparation of Alcohols : KMn0 4 leads to syn-hydroxylation or cis-hydroxy-

Oxymercuration Demercuration of alkenes leads lation and per acids to anti-hydroxylation or trans-
to the formation of alcohols. It involves the reaction of hydroxylation of alkenes, where structure permits.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 60

Copyrighted material
 All esters, except that of formic acid yield tertiary Boiling points Boiling points of alcohols are much
alcohols on reaction with Grignard reagent followed higher than those of alkanes, haloalkanes or ethers of
by acidic hydrolysis. The esters of formic acid give comparable molecular mass. This is due to the inter-
secondary alcohols. molecular hydrogen bonding in alcohols as :

"
OMgBr R R
CH 3 MgBr I

CH3 COC2 H5 CH3 COC2H5

Ethyl ethanoate I

H H-'
\ H .H-
CH 3 0-
I

R
CgHjiOMgB r
c^^^ CH 3 MgBr
For isomeric alcohols, the boiling points follow the
OMgBr OH order as : primary alcohol > secondary alcohol > tertiary
I

H 2 Q/H +
I ^Br alcohol.
CH3 CCH3 *CH3CCH 3 + Mg^ Lower alcohols are found to form solid derivatives
I I
OH
with CaCI 2 and MgCI 2
CH 3 CH 3 .

General Physical Properties of Alcohols

CaCI 2 + 4CH 3OH - > CaCI 2 -4CH30H
:
MgCI 2 + 6C 2 H 5OH > MgCI 2 -6C 2 H 5OH
The lower members of alcohols are colourless, vola-
Itbecause of this reason that alcohols cannot be
is
tile a characteristic alcoholic smell and burning
liquids with
dried with anhydrous CaCI 2 and MgCI 2 .

taste, whereas higher alcohols are odourless and taste-

less. Alcohols having 1 2 or more than 1 2 carbon atoms Alcohols are known to have intoxicating effects.
are solids. Branched chain alcohols with much fewer car- Methanol is poisonous and is not good for drinking
bon atoms are, however, solids. purposes. It causes blindness. Ethanol on the other
hand is used for drinking purposes.
Solubility in WaterThe first three members are
completely miscible with water. The higher members are Additional hydroxyl groups in an alcohol enhances its

practically insoluble in water, but soluble in organic liquids sweetness. For example ethanol is not sweet; propylene
due to the dominance of the non-polar hydrocarbon glycol, C 3 H 6 (OH) 2 is slightly sweet; glycerol, C 3 H 5 (OH) 3 is

character in comparison with polar hydroxyl group. quite sweet; and mannitol C 6 H 8 (OH) 6 is so sweet that it

The solubility of lower alcohol is due to the existence is known as sweet alcohol.

of hydrogen bonds between water and polar-OH group of

Chemical Properties of Alcohols :

alcohol molecule.

R
In alcohols -OH group is functional group, therefore,
the chemical properties of alcohols generally involve the
I

reactions of -OH group. These undergo substitution and

-Q
H H
\ H H
elimination reactions. The chemical reactivity of alcohols
o- o- also depends upon the carbon chain attached to -OH
I I
group. The reactions of alcohols can be classified into
H H three types
The solubility in water decreases with increase in (i) Reactions involving cleavage of O H bond
molecular weight because with increase in molecular (ii) Reactions involving cleavage of COH bond
mass, the non-polar alkyl group becomes predominant
(iii) Reactions involving both the alkyl and hydroxyl
and masks the effect of polar OH group. In addition,
groups.
among the isomeric alcohols the solubility increases with
branching of the chain. It is because the surface area of Reactions Involving Cleavage of O ' H Bond :

non-polar part in the molecule decreases, enhancing the

solubility. For example Acidic Nature of alcohols Since the oxygen
(a)
attached to hydrogen in alcohols is highly electronegative,
Alcohol Structure Solubility
it facilitates the separation of the relatively positive hydro-
gm/100 g H 2 0
gen as H + . In other words alcohols behave as acids as is
n-Butyl alcohol CH 3CH2-CH2CH 2OH 7-9
evident from the following reactions
CH 3CH CH2CH 3
:

Sec. Butyl
alcohol I
12-5
Reactions with metals When treated with metals
OH like Na and K these liberate hydrogen with the formation
Isobutyl alcohol CH 3 ^ 1000 of alkoxides.

CH 3
^, CHCHoOH
2CH 3 CH 2 OfH + 2Na- >2CH 3 CH 2 ONa + + H2 T
CH 3
Ethanol Sod. ethoxide
I

CH 3 COH
tert-Butyl alcohol 00

I
2(CH 3 3 C0 4- H + 2K-
) * 2 [(CH3) 3 CO] K+ + H 2 T
CH 3 tert-Butyl alcohol Pot-tert-butoxide

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 61

Copyrighted material
 This reaction makes basis of the Zerevitinov method
6 (CH^CHO -j- H + 2AI >
number of -OH groups in an
for the estimation of the
Isopropyl alcohol
unknown compound. The volume of evolved methane is
2[(CH 3) 2 CHO] 3 Al 3+ + 3H 2 T measured.
Aluminium isopropoxide
(c) Reaction with Carboxylic Acids In presence of
Reactions with metal hydrides Formation of an acid (H 2 S04 or HCI gas) ester is formed. This reaction
alkoxide with evolution of hydrogen takes place. is known as esterification.

RO -f-
H + MH ROM + H2 T 0
II

Alcohols are very weak acids (K a = 10~ 16 10~ 18 ) CH 3 C-^OH + H-^OC 2 H 5 ^ CH 3 COC 2H 5 + H 2 0
even feeble than water (K a = 1-78 x 10-16 ). They do not
Ethanoic acid Ethanol Ethyl ethanoate
Thus alcohols are weaker acids than
turn blue litmus red.
water but stronger than acetylene as is evident from the Esterification is It can be
a reversible reaction.
following reactions :
pushed forward by using any of the reactants in large
excess or by removing any of the products as soon as it is
RONa + H OH Na OH + RO formed.
Stronger Stronger Weaker Weaker This reaction shows considerable steric hindrance.
acid base acid
The bulkier the acid or alcohol, the slower the rate of
HC = CNa + + ROH > RO" Na + + HC = CH esterification. For example
Stronger Stronger Weaker Weaker CH 3 OH > CH 3 CH 2 OH > (CH 3 ) 2 CHOH > (CH3 3 C-OH )
base acid base acid
Thus the decreasing order of acid strength is HCOOH > CH 3 COOH > (CH 3) 2 CHCOOH > (CH 3 3- )

H 20 > ROH > HC = CH CCOOH

The decreasing order of basic strength of the corres-
ponding anions is as A Closer Look
The esterification reaction of alcohols with carboxylic
HC C : > RO : > HO:
acid proceeds through following mechanism :

Relative acid strengthAcid strength of substance O OH

depends on how well the resulting anion can accommo-
HO R'
date the negative charge. An alkyl group being electron
R s
OH
R
releasing, intensifies the negative charge on alkoxide ion
Acid
and consequently the anion is rendered less stable. Thus
/ 0H e/R'
electron releasing inductive effect of alkyl groups makes
R ^ OH 9^
alcohols weaker acid than water. H

C OH C0 + H + ? _^ Q" if
I I H 20 + RCOR' "=
RC OR'
This inductive effect will be greatest for tertiary Ester \ 0H 2
"

alcohols, less for secondary, still less for primary and least
for methanol. The decreasing order of acid strength of Isotopic tracer technique shows that the esterification
alcohols is as involves the cleavage of the O H bend of alcohol and
CH3OH > Primary > Secondary > Tertiary alcohols. COH bond of acid :

H R R
O O
II . H+ v II .

4-OH + Rj- OR' ^

,
,

I
I I R R-C-OR' + HjjO
R ->-C -- OH > R --C ->- OH > R -+C ->- OH *

I I t O is the radio isotope of oxygen.

H H R
Primary Secondary Tertiary (d) Reaction with Acid Halides or Acid Anhy-
alcohol alcohol alcohol
dridesWhen treated with acid chloride or add anhy-
(b) Reaction Grignard ReagentAlcohols
with dride in the presence of bases like pyridine or dimethyl
react with Grignard reagents to form alkanes. In these aniline (as catalyst) alcohols form esters. This reaction is
reactions the alkane is obtained from alkyl part of Grig- called acylation.
nard reagent.

I?
RO-L h + CH 3-^MgX CH 4 T + MgC OR'-^ RC-OR' + HCI
: :
>

OR RCCI + H
Stronger Weaker Acid chloride Alcohol Ester
acid acid

This reaction can be considered as displacement of O

weaker acid (R - H) from its salt (Grignard reagent) by II

stronger acid alcohol (R - OH). CH 3 CCI + H OC 2H5 ^>

Base
CHgCOCsHg + HCI

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 62

Copyrighted material
 O
A Closer Look
RC O C R + HOR' -* R-COR' Secondary and tertiary alcohols react with hydrogen
Acid anhydride Alcohol Ester
halide through SN 1 reaction mechanism as :

O
(a) R-OH + HX ROH 2 + :

+ RCOH (b) R OH 2 R + H2 Q
Acid

(c) R + : X -> R
CH 3 COC CH 3 + HOC 2 H5 In step (a) : the alcohol accepts hydrogen ion to form
protonated alcohol which dissociates into carbocation
Acetic anhydride Ethanol
and water in step (b). The carbocation then combines
with halide ion to form alkyl halide. In this sort of
mechanism group of alcohol
alkyl may undergo rea-
rrangement due to rearrangement in the intermediate
CH 3COC 2H 5 + CH 3 COH carbocation.

Ethyl ethanoate Ethanoic acid CH 3 H CH 3 H

I I

HCI I I

Closer Look CH 3C C CH 3 -
CH 3 - C CH 3
I

Unlike the reactions with carboxylic acids, the reactions

H OH CI H
of alcohols with acid chlorides or acid anhydrides are
irreversible. The yields of esters in these reactions are Primary alcohols react through Sfg2 mechanism as :

better than in the direct esterification with acids. e q

The mechanistic path ways in these reactions are as (a) ROH + HX; R-OH 2 + :X
follows
e [8- 8+ I
0 (b) R OH 2 + :X > I X - -R OH 2 J
:0:
X R + H20
CH 3-C +:0 2H5
-
CH 3-C-<^-C 2 H 5
(b) Reactions with Phosphorus Halides Alkyl hali-
CI H CI H
des are formed as
H R-OH + PCI5 > R-CI + POCI 3 + HCI T
Alcohol Alkyl halide

:0:
C2H 5OH + PCI5
> C 2H 5CI + POCI 3 + HCI T
Chloro ethane
-C. O
Ethanol
"
CH 3 C OC2H5 i CH 3C OC2H5 3ROH + PX 3 > 3RX + H 3 P03

Cci 3C 2 H 5OH + PCI 3 > 3C 2 H 5CI + H 3 P03

Since the net result in the above reaction is the PBr3 and Pl 3 are generally prepared in situ by reac-
replacement of hydrogen of the hydroxyl group of tion between phosphorus bromine and iodine respectively.
alcohol by acyl (RCO-) group, these reactions are
(P4 + 2 )
referred to as acylation reactions also.
3C 2 H 5OH + Pl 3 - - 3C 2 H 5 + H 3 P0 3
I .

Reactions Involving Cleavage of C-j-OH Bond :

Reaction with Thionyl chloride (SOCI 2 ) Alco-
(c)
hols react with SOCI 2 in the presence of pyridine to form

(a) Reactions with Hydrogen HalidesThe hydro- chloroalkanes.

gen halides react with alcohols to form alkyl halides.
Pyridine
Various reactions are summarised below :
R-OH + SOCI 2 > RCI + S0 2 T + HCI T
HCI/Zn
R CI + H 20 Pyridine
C 2 H 5OH + SOCI 2 > C 2 H 5CI + S0 2 T + HCI T
48% HBr Thionyl
ROH
or NaBr + Conc. H 2 S0
R Br + H 2O Ethanol
,

chloride Chloroethane
4
The order of reactivity of various alcohols towards
58% HI
orKI + H 3 P0 4
* R + H 2O
I
this type of reaction is :

tertiary > secondary > primary alcohols.

The order of reactivity of various alcohols is as
This can be explained in terms of electron releasing
tertiary > secondary > primary alcohols.
inductive effect of alkyl groups. The alkyl groups by their
The order of reacting hydrogen halides is as :
electron releasing effect tend to increase the electron
HI > HBr > HCI. displacement towards oxygen.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 63

Copyrighted material
 R H determining step. The more easily a carbocation is formed,
I the more easily that alcohol would dehydrate. Further, the
r-mL*-oh > R->-C->-OH > R- C-+-OH greater the stability of a carbocation, the greater the ease
I I with which it would be formed. Since the decreasing order
R H H of stability ot carbocations is

In other words, the polarity of C O bond increases tertiary > secondary > primary
and this makes the breaking of the bond between carbon the decreasing order of dehydration of alcohols should be :

and oxygen easier. Therefore, the alcohols with greater

Tertiary > Secondary > Primary alcohols.
number of alkyl groups attached to carbon will be more
effective. This justifies the above order of reactivity of Formation of unexpected products Sometimes the
alcohols in this type of reactions. alkenes containing double bonds at position different from
those anticipated from the original position of the -OH
Reactions Involving both Alkyl as well as Hydroxyl group are formed in predominating amounts. For example.
Groups : +
H
The important reactions of this type are :
CH3CH 2 CH CH 2 CH3CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH
-H 20
(a) Acidic Dehydration 1-Butene (20%)
(b) Oxidation (expected) HU-HgO
(c) Dehydrogenation CH 3 CH = CH CH 3
2-Butene (80%)
(a) Acidic DehydrationWhen heated with concen- (unexpected)
trated H 2 S0 4 phosphoric ,
acid or boric acid, alcohols
Such migration of double bond is in agreement with the
undergo dehydration to form alkenes. The reaction with
mechanism proposed for dehydration of alcohols. The
concentrated H 2 S0 4 is carried out at 443 K, whereas
carbocations always rearrange whenever, possible, to a
phosphoric acid and boric acid react at higher tempera-
stabler carbocation by 1, 2-hydride or alkyl shifts. The
ture.
primary, n-butyl cation will, therefore, rearrange to a more
f h "oh"! stable secondary butyl cation in above example and 2-
cone. H2SO4 butene rather than 1-butene is major product.
HCC
443 K
C=CH + H2O
H
I I I I

1,2 Hydride
H H H H CH 3 CH 2 CH-CH 2 > CH3CH2CHCH3
Ethanol Ethene t'\y Shift

vr
H TA" OH"!
I
1
I
1
1

1
'

cone.
,
H?S0 4
n-Butyl cation
(less stable)
sec-Butyl cation
(more stable)

HCCCH > CH 3CH=CH 2 + H 2 0

III 443 K Dehydration of ethanol under different experimental
conditions gives different products.
H H H
1-Propanol At 383 K, ethyl hydrogen sulphate is obtained.
383 K
C 2H 5OH + H 2 S04 ) C 2 H 5HS0 4 + H20
A Closer Look
Distillation under reduced pressure gives diethyl sul-

The mechanism of dehydration of alcohol is as :

phate.

H H H H 2C 2 H 5OH + H 2 S0 4 (C 2 H 5 ) 2 S04 + 2H 2 0
I I
Protonation At 413 K, if alcohol is used in excess, the loss of H 20
(a) HC COH > H C C OH 2 molecule takes place from two different molecules of
I I I I

H H H H alcohol and ether is obtained as the product.

Oxonium
2C 2 H 5OH
Cone.

413 K
C H OC H
H 2 S0 4
>
2 5 2 5 + H 20
H H H H
(b)Oxidation of AlcoholsAlcohols undergo oxida-
I 1
LossofH 2 0 1 1

H-CCOH 2 tion with oxidising agents (in neutral or acidic or alkaline

(b) H-C-C + H2 0
II II medium) such as chromium trioxide (Cr0 3 ), potassium
H H H H dichromate (K2 Cr20 7 ), potassium permanganate (KMn04 )
and nitric acid.

H H Primary alcoholsThey are oxidised to carboxylic

S 1

Loss of H
+
acids by potassium permanganate.
(c) H-C^C > HC =C
I I I I
RCHjOH + KMn0 4 RCOOK + Mn02 1 + KOH
H H H H RCOOK + H- > RCOOH + K+
The relative ease of dehydration of alcoholsStep (b) An acidic solution of potassium dichromate can oxi-
involving the formation of carbocation is slowest and rate- dise them to aldehydes, provided the products are dis-

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 64

tilledaway as soon as they are formed. If the aldehyde Primary alcohols They give aldehydes as :

formed continues to be available to the oxidant, carboxytkr H H

acids are formed ultimately.
CU/575K
=0 + H
1 1

H RC OH > R- 2 T

C r20 72-
I
1

RCH 2 OH + Cr 2 0 7 2 - R-C=0 > H

Secondary alcoholsThey give ketones as
OH
R R
RC = 0 Cu/575 K
C = 0 + H 2 T
I

RC OH R
Thus primary alcohols are oxidised to aldehydes
and carboxylic acids containing the same number of H
carbon atoms as the original alcohol. Tertiary alcohols They do not undergo this type of

Secondary alcoholsThey are oxidised to ketones reaction due to absence of a-hydrogen. However, it

by chromic acid. gets dehydrated to form an alkene.

K 2 Cr20 7 + H 2 S0 4 or Cr 2 03 + CH 3 COOH or Cr0 3 in

CH 3 CH 3
Cu/575 K
= CH
1 1

(pyridine)
CroOT2 -
CH 3 COH > CH3 C 2 + H 20
R 2CHOH R 2C =0 I

CH 3
Isobutylene

A secondary Ketone
tert-Butyl alcohol
alcohol
Since this oxidation reaction literally involves loss of
Ketones resist the further oxidation, but unde. vigor- hydrogen from alcohol, it is known as catalytic dehydro-
ous conditions they are oxidised to a mixture of carboxylic genation. On the basis of products of oxidation, the dis-
acids. For example. tinction between primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols

OH can be made.

CH3 CH CH3 - CH3COOH + HCOOH More about the Distinction of Primary, Secondary
Isopropyl alcohol Acetic acid Formic acid and Tertiary alcohols
Thus, the ketones, the first stage oxidation pro- 9 Lucas TestOn treating with Lucas reagent (a mixture of
ducts of sec. alcohols, contain same number of car- cone. HCI and ZnCI 2 ), alcohols give cloudy appearance
bon atoms as original alcohols, but carboxylic acids due to formation of alkyl chlorides. A tertiary alcohol reacts
contain fewer carbon atoms than the parent alcohol. very fast, a secondary alcohol reacts within five minutes
and a primary alcohol does not react appreciably
Tertiary Alcohols They are not oxidised under
ordinary temperature.
at

neutral or alkaline conditions, but acidic oxidising

agents oxidise them, presumably, through the alkene i Victor Meyer's Test The alcohol is subjected to the

formed under the acidic conditions, to a mixture of reaction sequence given below and the colours obtained
aldehydes, ketones and acids. For example :
are noted.

Primary Secondary Tertiary

CH 3 alcohol alcohol alcohol
H+
CH 3 C OH RCH 2OH R 2 CHOH R3C-OH
I

CH 3 P4 + l
2 P4 + 2
j
l P4 + 2 l

I I
2-Methylpropane-2-ol 2-Methylpropene
RCH 2 I R 2 CHI R3CI

1
AgN0 2 j
AgN0 2 j
AgN0 2
J

CH 3 O RCH 2 N02 R 2 CHN0 2 R 3 C-N0 2

CH 3 C = 0 + HC HONO HONO HONO

Propanone Methanal I
No reaction

1 1 R C N0 2 R CN0 2
II
I
KOH
CH3COOH + HCOOH HCOOH NO I
N-OH
A variation of the above oxidation reaction is Nitrolic acid Pseudo nitrol

observed when vapours of an alcohol are passed

over reduced copper at high temperature. The pri- K0H |koh
1
mary, secondary and tertiary alcohols give different
products. Red colour Blue colour Colourless

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 65

Copyrighted m
Some Important Alcohols filtered off, boiled with calculated amount of caustic

(1) Methyl alcohol or Methanol, CH3OH It is potash and distilled. Pure methyl alcohol distills over at
manufactured by following methods :
65C. It is dried over quick lime.

(i) From water gas

C + H 20 (steam) CO + H 2 COOH C00CH3 0K

v I
+ 2CH3OH -
2KOH F + 2CH3OH
Water gas COOH COOCH3 COOK
Oxalic acid Methyl oxalate
CuO/ZnO/Cr2 0 3
CO + 2H 2 * CH3OH
300-^00C/200 atm Uses of methyl alcohol It has following important
The crude methanol is fractionally distilled. This uses
method gives methanol of excellent purity and in
Methanol an important source material for the
is
(1)
excellent yield.
production of formaldehyde. Formaldehyde is a
(ii) From natural gas Controlled air oxidation of raw material for plastic industry.
marsh gas by passing its mixture with oxygen (9:1) (ii) Important chemicals like methylaniline, dimethy-
through a copper tube at 200C, under a pressure of laniline, methyl chloride, dimethyl sulphate,
100 atm. gives methanol. methyl salicylate, terylene, polyvinyl alcohol etc.
Cutube are manufactured from methanol.
CH 4 + ^0 2 ) CH3OH
9
2 200C/100atm (iii) Methanol is used for denaturing alcohol rende-
(iii) From Pyroligneous AcidThis is also referred ring it unfit for drinking.

to as destructive distillation of wood. (iv) Methanol finds application in antifreeze composi-

tion for automobile and aeroplane radiators.
Wood
(v) Methanol finds important place as a solvent in
Destructive Distillation at 400C many industrial processes, in certain adhesive
compositions and in wood stains.
I (vi) It is also used as component of motor spirit
Volatile Gases Non-volatile residue blends.
Passed into condenser (Wood charcoal)
(2) Ethyl Alcohol or Ethanol, C 2 H 5OH It is manu-
I ~" factured by following methods :

X (i) Fermentation of Carbohydrates Molasses and

Uncondensed gases starchy materials are two important raw materials for large
(Wood gases used as fuel) scale preparation of ethyl alcohol. Fermentation is
(CO, CH 4 , C2H4, C 2 H6, H 2 etc.)
actually decomposition of organic compounds into simpler
compounds through the agency of enzymes, the bio-
I i catalysts. In commerce the ethyl alcohol is known as
Upper aqueous layer Lower layer spirit of wine or grain alcohol.
Pyroligneous acid Wood Tar From Molasses Molasses,
(a) the mother liquor left
(Acetic acid, Methanol, Acetone) (A mixture of cresols,
after the crystallisation ofcane-sugar from sugar-cane
10% 2-4% 0-5% used for preservation of timber
juice, is diluted with reduce the concentration of
water to
under the name of creosote)
sugar to about 10 percent, sterilised by heating with live
The aqueous layer is distilled and the vapour is steam for a short time and acidified with sulphuric acid to
passed over milk of lime. Acetic acid is retained as pH = 4. This checks the growth of any undesirable
calcium acetate, but methanol, acetone and other volatile bacteria. Suitable quantities of ammonium sulphate and
compounds pass over as wood spirit. The wood spirit is ammonium phosphate may be added which act as
then fractionallydistilled to give a low boiling fraction, a supplementary food for yeast. The liquid (wort) so ob-
crude methanol fraction and a higher boiling fraction tained,is placed in a large fermentation tank, maintained

containing a mixture of alcohols and ketones. The crude at the temperature of about 35C. In the presence of
methanol fraction is then carefully refractionated to give yeast culture, fermentation starts accompanied by the
pure methanol. following reactions

Purification :
(i) The enzyme, invertase present in yeast converts
sucrose into glucose and fructose.
Methanol obtained from pyroligneous acid is treated
with anhydrous
CaCI 2 -4CH 3OH is
CaCI 2 , when crystalline
formed, leaving acetone unaffected.
derivative, C-| 2 H 22 0 1 i+ H 20 ^
(Yeast)
C 6 H 120 6 + C6H 12 0 6
Sucrose Glucose Fructose
The crystals are filtered and boiled with water when
alcohol is regenerated. This is distilled. To remove last (ii) The enzyme Zymase, further converts the glucose

trace of water, the distillate is dried over quick lime. and fructose into ethyl alcohol and carbon dioxide.
Inanother method, impure methanol is treated with ZymaSe
C 6 H 120 6 ) 2C 2 H 5OH + 2C02 T
oxalic acid when solid methyl oxalate is obtained. This is ( YGcist)

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 66

Copyrighted material
 When the alcohol content of fermented liquor rises to (iv) Spent wash It is the solid mass left after distilla-
about 15%, the yeast cells are killed and the process of tion of various fractions, and is used as a Cattle Feed.
fermentation stops. The liquor thus obtained is subjected Absolute Alcohol Ethyl alcohol forms a constant
to fractional distillation to get following fractions :
boiling mixture i.e., azeotrope, containing 95-87% by
First runnings These consist of acetaldehyde and weight of alcohol with water. Since this mixture boils at
are used as an important source of acetaldehyde. lower than the boiling
78-15C, a temperature slightly
Rectified spirit or Industrial alcoholThis consists
not possible to effect a
point of pure ethanol (78-3C), it is
of 93 - 95 per cent of ethyl alcohol.
complete separation of ethyl alcohol from water by
Final runnings or Fusel oil This is obtained bet-
fractional distillation alone. Alcohol containing only 0-8%
ween temperature range 1 25 - 1 40C and is a mixture of
water (lime alcohol) can be prepared by distilling rectified
n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-amyl, isoamyl and active spirit repeatedly over fresh quick lime. The last trace of
amyl alcohols. water is removed by distilling the lime-alcohol over a
It must be noted that these alcohols are not produced requisite amount of metallic sodium or magnesium or
by the fermentation of sugar but are formed by the action calcium.
of yeast on certain amino acids obtained from the proteins On large scale the absolute alcohol is prepared by
present in raw materials. the azeotropic distillation of industrial alcohol. In this
(b) From Starch The starchy materials like pota- method the advantage taken of the fact that alcohol
is

toes, maize, barley, rice etc. are used. The production of forms a ternary constant boiling mixture with water and
ethanol from starchy materials can be outlined as follows : benzene.
(i) Malting Barley moistened with water and spread Water = 7-5%
in a room in layers about five inches thick, is allowed to
Alcohol = 18-5%
germinate in the dark at about 15C. After suitable' time
Benzene = 74 0% by w/W
the germination is stopped by heating the barley to about
This mixture boils at 64-9C. The industrial alcohol
60C. This germinated product is known as malt.
which contains 4-13% water is mixed with benzene,
(ii) Liberation of starch The malt is crushed and
sufficient enough to form a ternary constant boiling
treated with steam at 140 - 150C under pressure when
mixture with almost the entire amount of water present
the starch present in the malt is brought into solution. This
and then distilled. The ternary azeotrope distils at 64-9C
solution is known as mash.
carrying entire water present and absolute alcohol is left
(iii) Saccharification Malt is added to the mash behind which is totally free from water and benzene.
and is kept at 50C. The enzyme, diastase present in
Absolute alcohol blended with petrol in the ratio of
malt converts the starch into maltose. 20%, is used as a motor fuel, hence it is named as power
Diastase
(C 6 H 10O 5 ) n + n/2 H 20
(Malt)
) n/2 C^On alcohol also.
Uses of Ethyl Alcohol Following are important
Starch Maltose
uses of ethyl alcohol :.

In an alternative method, starch may be converted (i) Ethyl alcohol is important component of alcoholic
into glucose by heating with dilute sulphuric acid or
Beverages.
hydrochloric acid, and the excess of acid
is neutralised by
For example :

adding lime.
Beer contains 3 - 5% of ethyl alcohol
(C 6 H 10O 5 ) n + r>H 2 0 -rC 6 H 120 6 Cider contains 2 - 4% of ethyl alcohol
Starch Glucose
Gin contains 35 -40% of ethyl alcohol
(iv) FermentationThe maltose solution, obtained in Brandy contains 35 - 40% of ethyl alcohol
step (iii) is cooled to about 30C and fermented as usual Whisky contains 35 - 40% of ethyl alcohol
by yeast for 3 days, when the following reaction occurs :
Rum contains 35 - 40% of ethyl alcohol
Ci 2 H 220n + H 2 G (Yeast) ) 2CgH-) 2 06 (ii) Ethanol is used as a solvent for gums, resins,

Maltose Glucose paints, varnishes, stains, pharmaceutical products, per-

fumes, flavourings etc.
C 6 Hi 206 *T"*> 2C 2 H 5OH + 2C0 2 T (iii) Ethyl alcohol is used for the preparation of
Yeas,
Glucose < >
Ethyl alcohol acetaldehyde, acetic acid, acetic anhydride, esters,
The fermented liquor contains about 10 percent chloral, chloroform etc.

alcohol and is subjected to fractional distillation to (iv) Biological specimen are preserved in ethanol.
industrial alcohol. (v) Ethanol is used as a low freezing and mobile
By-products of Alcoholic Fermentation Following liquid in scientific equipments like thermometers, spirit
are important by-products of alcoholic fermentation : levels etc.
(i) Acetaldehyde (vi) It is used as a component of fuels (power alcohol)
(ii) Fusel oil for the internal combustion engines in many countries.
(iii)
Carbon dioxide Compressed in iron cylinders (vii) is also used as
It ethylating agent in the
used in aerated water industry or as a dry ice. manufacture of dye intermediates, drugs etc.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 67

CopyrightGd material
 Points to Remember
The strength of an alcohol preparation is expressed in the terms of proof spirit. Proof spirit is the aqueous ethyl alcohol
containing 57-1% by volume of ethyl alcohol. The sample is referred to as over-proof or under-proof according as it is

stronger or weaker than proof-spirit.

A 20 under-proof sample means that100 volumes of the sample contain as much alcohol as 80 volumes of proof-spirit.
Similarly 20 over-proof sample is one whose 100 volumes contain as much alcohol as 120 volumes of proof-spirit.
The terms distilled and undistilled are used in describing alcoholic beverages. The undistilled beverages, which have low
alcoholic content, are generally prepared by fermentation of fruit juices. The distilled beverages containing much higher
alcoholic contents are made by distillation of fermented liquors.

Since ethanol can be used for drinking purposes, it is heavily taxed. But the ethanol used for industrial purposes is duty
free. In order to make industrial alcohol unfit for drinking, it is denatured by mixing poisonous substances like methanol,
acetone, rubber thinner, and pyridine or bone oil. Such a denatured alcohol is known as methylated spirit.
Mineralised methylated spirit is coloured and is made by adding 0-5 part by volume of crude pyridine and 9-5 parts by volume

of methanol to 90 parts by volume of rectified spirit (95-5% ethanol) and adding to every 100 gallons of resulting mixture not
less than 3/8 of a gallon of mineral naphtha and not less than 1/40 oz. of the dye methyl violet.
Following are important applications of fermentation :

(i) Manufacture of ethyl alcohol from sugars and starch.

(ii) Preparation of alcoholic beverages from fruit juices.

(iii) Preparation of glycerol from sugar solution in the presence of Ne^SO^.

(iv) Preparation of acetone and butyl alcohol from starch by the activity of Clostridium aceto butylicum bacteria.
(v) Preparation of vinegar from ethyl alcohol by the activity of the mycoderma aceti.

C 2 H 5 OH + 2[0]
Mycoderma aceti
> CH3COOH + H 20
(vi) Preparation of lactic acid from lactose, sucrose, maltose or glucose.
Lactic bacilli
C 6 H 12 0 6 > 2CH 3CH(OH)COOH
Lactic acid
(vii) Preparation of citric acid from molasses or glucose or sucrose by the activity of Aspergillus niger.
A few common enzymes with their sources and functions are given as :

Enzyme Source Function Type of reaction

Diastase Malt (Germinated barley) Starch - Maltose Hydrolysis

Maltase Yeast Maltose - Glucose Hydrolysis
Zymase Yeast Glucose and fructose -> Ethanol +.C0 2 Decomposition
Invertase Yeast Cane-sugar - Glucose + Fructose Hydrolysis
Urease Soyabean Urea -> NH3 + C0 2 Hydrolysis

In 1860, the pioneer worker Pasteur suggested that fermentation is purely a physiological process carried out by living

micro-organisms. However, Liebig considered it be purely a chemical reaction. Buchner (1897) showed that the presence
to
of living cells is not necessary for this reaction. Thus the truth regarding the nature of fermentation lies between the views of
Pasteur and Liebig.
The fermentation is slow decomposition of complex organic compounds by the activity of non-living complex nitrogenous
substances (enzymes) produced in living organisms.
When acetylene is passed into 42% H 2 S0 4 containing 1% HgS0 4 at 60C, acetaldehyde is forme Acetaldehyde on reduction
gives ethyl alcohol.

fr.

CH
H
,H 2 o
42%H ^ A(60C)
+1%H9S0
^
2
r Lch 3cho
LCHOHj
CH3CHO + H 2 >CH 3CH 2 OH
110-140*C
4 an 0l
common compounds is as
Relative acidity of various :

R-COOH > H 2C03 > C 6 H 5 OH > HOH > ROH

Alcohols show following kinds of isomerism :

(i) Chain isomerism : (ii) Position isomerism :

CH 3 OH
I I

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH and CH 3CH CH 2 OH CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH and CH3 CH CH 3

n-Butanol Isobutyl alcohol Propyl alcohol Isopropyl alcohol

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH and CjjHsOCgHs
n-Butanol Diethyl ether

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 68

Copyrighted material
 OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. The number of alcohol isomers (C) Secondary alcohol CH 3
arrived at from molecular formula (D) Tertiary alcohol
C 4 H 10O is (C) CH 3COH
9. Which of the following com- I

(A) 2 (B) 3
pounds has highest boiling point? CH 3
(C) 4 (D) 5
(A) Ethanol
2. When equimolar quantities of (B) Methoxymethane (D) CH 3 CH 2 OH
ethanol and methanol are mixed
(C) Chloromethane Which of the following alcohols
and heated with cone. H 2 S0 4 ,
14.

the product formed is

(D) Propane can be obtained from HCHO ?

(A) C 2 H 5OC 2H 5 10. Which of the following bonds of

(A) CH 3 OH
(B) CH 3 OCH 3 an alcohol is cleaved when it (B) C 2H 5OH
(C) C 2 H 5OCH 3 reacts with carboxylic acids ? (C) CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH
(D) All of these (A) C (D) All of these

3. The alcohol which reacts fastest

(B) C 15. Phenol can be distinguished from

with Luca's reagent at normal (C) O-H ethyl alcohol by all reagents

temperature is except
(D) All of these
(A) 2-Methyl propane-1-ol (A) NaOH (B) FeCI 3
11. Which of the following alcohols
(B) 2-Methyl propane-2-ol (C) Br 2 /H 2 0 (D) Na
cannot be dehydrogenated ?
(C) Butane-1-ol (A) CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH 16. Alcohol can be obtained by all

(D) Butane-2-ol OH methods except

(A) Hydroboration-oxidation
Which of the following com-
I

4.
pounds can be used for the
(B) CH 3 CHCH 2 CH 3 (B) Oxymercuration-demercura-
preparation of chloroform ? (C) (CH 3 ) 3 COH tion

(A) CH 3 CH 2 COC 3 H 7 (D) (CH 3 ) 2 CHOH (C) Reduction of aldehydes with

(B) CH 3 COC 2 H 5 Zn-Hg/HCI
12. In the reaction sequence
(C) CH 3 CH 2 COCH 2 CH 3 (D) By fermentation of starch

(D) All of these

X J^CHa-CH-CHa^ 1 7. Which of the following alcohols is
I

least soluble in water ?

5. Ethanol when heated with cone. Br
(A) n-Butyl alcohol
H 2 S0 4 may give HBr
Y ) Z (B) Iso-Butyl alcohol
(A) Diethyl sulphate only Peroxide
(C) Tert-Butyl alcohol
(B) Diethyl ether only
X, Y and Z are respectively
(D) Sec-Butyl alcohol
(C) Ethylene only
(A) 2-Propanol, Propene,
(D) All of these 18. Which of the following comp-
1- Bromopropane ounds is isomeric with 1-Pro-
6. The compound which is not iso-
Propene, 2-Bromopropane,
(B) panol ?
meric with diethyl ether is
Propene (A) Ethanol
(A) Butane-1-ol
(C) 2-Propanol, Propyne, (B) 2-Methyl-2-Propanol
(B) n-Propylmethyl ether
2- Bromopropane (C) 1-Butanol
(C) 2-Methyl propane-2-ol
(D) 1-Propanol, Propene, (D) Ethyl-methyl ether
(D) None of these
1-Bromopropene
19. Which of the following com-
7. Denatured spirit is mainly used
13. An organic compound (A) gives pounds would yield carboxylic
as a
positiveLucas test in 5 minutes. acid as the product on oxidation
(A) Medicine When 6 0 gm of (A) is treated with acidified K 2 Cr20 7 ?
(B) Good fuel with sodium metal, 1120 ml of (A) 1-Butanol
(C) Solvent hydrogen is evolved at STP. The
(B) 1-Propanol
(D) Component of beverages organic compound is
(C) Both
8. An organic compound when (A) CH 3 CH 2CHCH 3 (D) None of these
passed over heated copper at I

575 K, gives an alkene, the com-

OH 20. Which one of the following can
convert 2-Propanol to acetone ?
pound is
(B) CH 3 CHCH3 (A) K 2 Cr20 7/H +
(A) Alkane I

(B) Akyne OH (B) CU/575K

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 69

Copyrighted material
 (C) Both 30. Formation of 2-butene as major 39. During the dehydration of alco-
(D) None of these product by dehydration of 2- hols, the ease of formation of
butanol is according to carbocation follows the order
21. The enzyme which converts
glucose and fructose into ethyl-
(A) Saytzeffrule (A) 1>2>3
(B) Peroxide effect
alcohol is (B) 3>2>r
(A) Diastase (B) Invertase (C) Markownikoff's rule 3>1>2
(C)
(C) Zymase (D) Maltase (D) Anti-Markownikoff's rule
(D) 2>1>3
22. A solution of ethyl alcohol 31. Primary, secondary and tertiary
40. C2 H 5OH can be distinguished
Decolourises alcohols are distinguished by
(A) the litmus from CH3OH
paper (A) Oxidation
(A) By the action of HCI
(B) Changes red litmus blue (B) Lucas reagent (B) By the action of NH 3
(C) Changes blue litmus red (C) Victor Meyer method (C) By determining the solubility
(D) Does not affect litmus paper (D) All of these in water
23. On industrial scale ethanol is 32. Which will respond to iodoform (D) By iodoform test
manufactured by the fermen- test?
tation of (A) CH3OH ANSWERS
(A) C 6H 120 6 (B) CH3COOH (CH 3 3 C CHO
(B) ) 1(C) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5.(D)
(C) Molasses (D) C 12 H 220 11 (C) (CH 3 ) 2 CHOH 6.(D) 7. (C) 8. (D) 9. (A) 10. (C)

24. The percentage of ethyl alcohol (D) CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH 11. (C) 12. (A) 13. (B) 14. (D) 15. (D)
in rectified spirit is 16. (C) 17. (A) 18. (D) 19. (C) 20. (C)
(A) 75 00 (B) 85-5
33. The percentage of ethanol by 21. (C) 22. (D) 23. (C) 24. (C) 25. (A)
weight in proof spirit is
(C) 95-6 (D) 100-0 26. (D) 27. (A) 28. (C) 29. (C) 30. (A)
(A) 90 (B) 10 31. (D) 32. (C) 33. (C) 34. (C) 35. (B)
25. Which of the following alcohols
(C) 48 (D) 4-5 36. (D) 37 (B) 38. (C) 39. (B) 40. (D)
will be most acidic ?
(A) CH3OH (B) R-CHjOH 34. Fermentation of starch solution
(C) R2CHOH (D) R3COH to ethanol does not require FORM 4
(A) Maltase (B) Diastase RULE 8
26. Dehydration of ethanol cannot
(C) Invertase (D) Zymase COMPETITION SCIENCE VISION
give (MONTHLY)
(A) C 2 H 5OC 2 H 5 35. The correct order of boiling point 1 . Place of Publication :

(B) C 2H 5HS0 4 of alcohols having comparable AGRA

molar mass is 2. Periodicity of Publication
(C) C 2H 4 :

(A) 1<2<3 MONTHLY

(D) C2 H 2 3. Printer and Publisher
(B) 3 <2< 1 Mahendra Jain (Indian)
27. An alcohol on oxidation gives
2/1 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar,
CH3COOH and CH 3 CH 2 COOH, (C) 2 < 1
0
< 3
Agra
1

the alcohol is (D) None is correct 4. EditorMahendra Jain (Indian)

:

(A) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 2/HA, Swadeshi Bima Nagar.

36. The OH group of CH 3 OH can Agra
(B) CH 3 (CH 2 2 CHOH ) not be replaced by the chlorine 5. Names and addresses of indi-
(C) (CH 3 2 C(OH) CH 2 CH 3
) by the action of vidualswho own the newspaper
(D) CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH (A) HCI (B) PCI3
and partners or share holders
holding more than one per cent
(C) PCI 5 (D) Cl 2 of the total capital
28. Which of the following com-
pounds gives a positive iodoform Which M/s PRATIYOGITA DARPAN, AGRA
37. of the following com-
:? I. Mahendra Jain hereby declare
pounds is known as wood spirit ? that the particulars given above
(A) 3-Pentanol
(A) Wood tar are true to the best of my
(B) 2-Phenyl-ethanol knowledge and belief.
(B) Methanol
(C) 1 -Phenyl ethanol MAHENDRA JAIN
(C) Ethanol
(D) Pentanal Signature of Publisher
(D) 95% ethanol
29. Determination of percentage of As you deserve the best,
alcohol in wine called 38. Cyclohexanol is a
is
we present you the
(A) lodometry (A) Phenol
(B) lodimetry (B) Primary alcohol
(C) Alcoholometry (C) Secondary alcohol
(D) Acidometry (D) Tertiary alcohol (Monthly)

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 70

Copyrighted material
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations 14. The first ionisation potential of N
and O are (in eV) respectively
(A) 14-6, 13-6 (B) 13-6, 14-6

CHEMISTRY 15.
(C) 13-6, 13-6 (D)

How many grams

14-6, 14-6

of CH 3 OH
would have to be added to water
to prepare 150 ml of a solution
that is 2 0 M CH 3 OH ?
1 . The electrons identified by quan- 6. The normality of 0-3 M phospho-
tum numbers n and I rous acid (H3PO3) is (A) 9-6 x10 3 gram
(i) n = 4,/=1 (A) 0-1 (B) 0-9 (B) 4-3 x10 2 gram
(ii) n=4,/=0 (C) 0-3 (D) 0-6 (C) 9-6 gram
(iii) n = 3,/=2 7. The pH of 0-1M solution of (D) 24 gram
(iv) n= 3, / = 1 can be placed in following salts increases in the 16. In which of the following
order of increasing energy, order Markownikoff's rule is appli-
from the lowest to highest as (A) NaCI < NH4CI < NaC N < HC cable ?
(A) (iv)<(ii)<(iii)<(i) (B) HCI < NH4CI < NaCI < NaCN (A) CH = CH
(B) (ii) < (iv) < (i) < (iii)
(C) NaCN < NH4CI < NaCI < HC I
(B) CH3 C = CH
(C) (i) < (iii) < (ii) < (iv) (D) HCI < NaCI < NaCN < NH 4CI
(iii)<(i)<(iv)<(ii)
(C) CH 3-CH 2-HC=CH2
(D)
8. On heating ammonium dichro-
2. The number of neutrons accom- mate the gas evolved is
(D) None of these
panying the formation of 54 Xe 139 Among the species,
(A) Oxygen 17. following
and 38Sr94 from the absorption of identify the isostructural pairs
(B) Ammonia
a slow neutron by 92U 235 follo-
NF 3 N0 3- BF3> H 30 + HN 3
,

(C) Nitrous oxide , ,

wed by nuclear fission is

(D) Nitrogen (A) [NF3 NO3I and [BF 3 H 3 0 + ]
(A) 0 (B) 2 , ,

(C) 1 (D) 3
9. In the commercial electrochemi- (B) [NF3 ,
HN 3 ] and
cal process aluminium extrac-
for [N0 3- BF 3 H 3 0 + , ]
3. Molar heat capacity of water in tion the electrolyte used is
equilibrium with ice at constant (C) [NF3 H 30 + ] and [N0 3 - BF 3 ]
(A) AI(OH) 3 and NaOH solution
,

pressure is (D) [NF3 ,

H 30 +
] and [HN 3 BF 3 , ]

(B) An aqueous solution of

(A) Zero AI 2 (S0 4 ) 3 1 8. A monoprotic acid is 1 M solution.
(B) Infinity
(C) A molten mixture of Al 2 0 3 Its degree of dissociation is

(C) 40-45 kJ K- mol" 1 1

and Na 3 AIF 6 0 001%. Calculate the dissocia-
75-48 K- 1 mor 1 tion constant
(D) (D) A molten mixture of AIO(OH)
10x10" 1
and AI(OH) 3 (A)
4. Standard molar enthalpy of for-
mation of C0 2 is equal to 10. In compound
the (B) 10x10"5
(A) Zero CH 2 ^= CH CH2 CH C = CH 2 (C) 10x10" 11
The standard molar enthalpy
(B)
the C 2 3 bond is of the type (D) 1-OxlO- 3
of combustion of gases
carbon (A) sp-sp 2 (B) spP-sp3 1 9. The standard reduction potential

(C) The sum of standard molar (C) sp-sp3 (D) sp 2 -sp 3 values of three metallic cations
enthalpies of formation of X, Y, Z are 0-52,-3-03 and
1 1 . Which one of the following has
CO and 02 -1-18 V respectively. The order
the smallest radius ?
The standard molar enthalpy + of reducing power of the corres-
(D) (A) Na + (B) Li
of combustion of carbon ponding metals is
(C) Be 2+ (D) Mg 2+ Y>Z>X
(graphite) (A)

5. A gas will approach ideal beha-

12. Which one of the following does (B) X>Y>Z
not cause hardness of water ?
viour at (C) Z>Y>X
(A) CaCI 2 (B) MgS0 4 (D) Z>X>Y
(A) Low temperature and low
(C) Na 2 S0 4 (D) Ca(HC03) 2
pressure 20. The energy of an electron in the
(B) Low temperature and high 13. Which one of the following does Bohr orbit of H-atom is - 13-6 eV.
pressure not contain COOH group ? The possible energy value of an
(C) High temperature and low (A) Picric acid excited state for electron in Bohr
pressure (B) Asprin hydrogen is
orbit of

(D) High temperature and high (C) Benzoic acid (A) -3-4 eV (B) -4-2 eV

pressure (D) Ethanoic acid (C) -6-8eV (D) +6-8eV

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 71

21 . White phosphorous (P 4 ) does not 28. Zinc copper couple that can be 37. A gaseous mixture contains 0 2
contain used as a reducing agent is and N 2 in the ratio 1 4 by mass. :

(A) Six P-P single bonds obtained by The ratio of their molecules is
(B) Four P-P single bonds (A) Mixing Zn dust and copper (A) 1 : 4 (B) 1 : 8

(C) Four lone pairs of electrons

gauze (C) 3:6 (D) 7 : 32

PPP angle of 60 (B) Zinc coated with copper 38. Which of the following fluorides
(D)
(C) Copper coated with zinc does not exist ?
22. Which of the following statement
(D) Zinc and copper wires (A) NF 5 (B) PF 5
is not correct when a
mixture of
NaCI and K 2 Cr 2 0 7 is gently welded together (C) AsF 5 (D) SbF5
warmed with cone. H 2 S04 ? 29. The compound which is used in 39. Which of the following molecule
(A) A deep red vapour is evol- refrigeration is does not possess a permanent
ved (A) CF4 (B) CCI 4 dipole moment ?
(B) The vapour when passed (C) COCI2 (D) CCI 2 F2 (A) H2S (B) S02
into NaOH solution gives a
(C) H 20 (D) CS2
yellow solution of Na 2 Cr0 4 30. The bad smelling substance

(C) Cl 2 gas is evolved

formed by action of alcoholic 40. Among Ni(CO) 4 [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2 " and
,

caustic potash on chloroform [NiCI 4 ] 2

--
(D) Chromyl chloride is formed and aniline is
(A) Ni(CO) 4 and [NiCI 4 2 " are ]

23. Benzene-diazonium chloride on (A) Phenylisocyanide ~

diamagnetic and [Ni(CN) 4 2 ]

reaction with phenol in weakly (B) Nitrobenzene

is paramagnetic
basic medium gives (C) Chloropicrin
(B) and [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2" are
[NiCI 4 ] 2 -
(A) Diphenyl ether (D) Acetylene diamagnetic and Ni(CO) 4 is
(B) p-hydroxyazobenzene 31. Which one is primary alcoholic paramagnetic
(C) Chlorobenzene group ? (C) Ni(CO) 4 and [Ni(CN) 4 2 ~ are ]

(D) Benzene (A) CH OH 2 diamagnetic and [NiCI 4] 2~ is

paramagnetic
24. The O. P. of a solution is given (B) /CHOH
by the relation (D) Ni(CO) 4 is diamagnetic and
(C) > C-OH [NiCI 4 ] 2 -and [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2 - are
(A) ;t = ST/C (B) Itaj

(C) it = ^P (D) n = CST

(D) /C
I
<
I
41 .
paramagnetic

The orbital angular momentum of

OH OH an electron in 2s orbital is
25. Empirical formula of an organic 32. A compound X on heating gives a
(A) B Zero
compound is CH 2 Mass
, of 1
colourless gas. The residue is
< >

mole of it is 42The molecular

g. dissolved in water to obtain Y.
formula of the compound is Excess C0 2 is bubbled through (C (D) Va
(A) C4 Ha (B) C3 H 6 aqueous solution of Y, Z is
42. The decay constant of 2i 6 Ra -
is
(C) C2H 4 (D) CH 2 formed. Z on gentle heating gives -1
1-37 x 10~ 11 sec A sample of .

back X. The compound X is

26. Liquid benzene burns in oxygen 226 Ra having an activity of 1 -5
(A) CaC0 3 (B) Na 2 C03
according to milli curie will contains
(C) Ca(HC0 3 2 (D) K 2 C0 3 atoms.
2C6 H 6( |) + 1502(9)^12 002(9) )

18
+ 6H 20(g) 33. The hydration energy of Mg 2+ ion (A) 4 05 x 10
is higher than that of (B) 3-7 x10 17
How many litre of 02 at STP are
(A) Al 3+ (B) Be 2+
needed to complete the combus- (C) 2 05 x 10 15
(C) Na+ (D) None of these
tion of 39g of liquid benzene ? 4-7 x10 10
(D)
(A) 112 litre (B) 22-4 litre 34. Which one of the following is

most acidic ? 43. Which substance serving as

(C) 84 litre (D) 74 litre
(A) Na 2 0 (B) MgO reducing agent in the following
27. Which of the following sodium reaction ?
(C) Al 2 03 (D) CaO
compound/compounds are for- Cr207 2-+ 14H + + 3Ni->
med when an organic compound 35. Three centered bond is present
20^ + 7H 2 0 + 3Ni 2+
containing both nitrogen and in

sulphur is fused with sodium ? (A) NH 3 (B) B2 H 6 (A) H20 (B) Ni

-
(A) Cyanide and sulphide (C) BCI 3 (D) AICI 3 (C) H* (D) Cr2 0 7 2

(B) Thiocyanate 36. A dry ice piece is composed of 44. Given standard electrode poten-
(C) Sulphite and cyanide (A) Solid He (B) Solid C02 tials

(D) Nitrate and sulphide (C) Solid S0 2 (D) Solid C6 H 6 Fe^ + Se-^Fe E = - 0036 V

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 72

1 Copyrighted material
 Fe2 + + 2e-->Fe E = - 0440 V 48. In a body centered cubic (B) {0-125 + 1-5 x 10~ 3 }
The standard electrode potential arrangement the ion A occupies
(C) {0-125- 1-5 x 10~3 }
the centre while ion B occupy the
EforFe3+ + e-->Fe2 + is
corners of a cube. The formula of (D) 1-5x10-3
(A) - 0-476 V (B) - 0-404 V
the compound is
(C) 0-440 V (D) + 0-772 V
(A) AB (B) A2 B ANSWERS
45. The process requiring absorption
(C) AB 2 (D) AB 4 1.(A) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4.(D) 5. (C)
of energy is

(A) F->F~ (B) CI-Cr 49. The radius of an ion in a body 6.(D) 7. (B) 8. (D) 9.(C) 10. (D)

0->0 2- centred cube of edge, a, is

(C) (D) H->H- 11. (C) 12. (C) 13. (A) 14. (A) 15. (C)

46. The ion that is isoelectronic with Via 16. (C) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (A) 20. (A)
(A) (B)
CO 2 21. (B) 22. (C) 23. (B) 24.(D) 25. (B)
(A) CN" (B) 02 + 26. (C) 27. (B) 28. (B) 29. (D) 30. (A)
(C) 02" (D) N2 + (D) a
31. (A) 32. (A) 33. (C) 34. (C) 35. (B)

47. The shape of water molecule is 50. What molar concentration of NH 3 36. (B) 37. (D) 38. (A) 39. (D) 40. (C)
same as that of provides a [OH~] of -3
1 -5 x 1 41. ^B) 42. (A) 43. (B) 44. (D) 45. (C)
(A) C2 H2 (B) C0 2 (K b =1-8x10"5 46. (A) 47. (D) 48. (A) 49. (C) 50. (B)
)

(C) NH3 (D) Cl 2 0 (A) 0-125

HINTS
1 . Energy of subshells increases in the order is called standard molar enthalpy of formation of C0 2
1s<2s<2p<3s<3p<4s<3d<4p which is also the standard molar enthalpy of
combustion of carbon (graphite).
n= 1 (first shell) /= 0 (ssubshell)
(Standard molar enthalpy of combustion of carbon is
n = 2 (second shell) /= 1 (psubshell)
defined as the change in enthalpy at 25C and 1 atm
n=3 (third shell) /=2(dsubshell)
pressure when 1 mole of the carbon (graphite) is
n=4 (fourth shell) /=3(fsubshell) completely oxidised).
Therefore,
Normality of acid = Molarity x Basicity of acid
(i) n=4 / = 1 represents 4p subshell
Basicity of phosphorus acid
(ii) n=4 / = 0 represents 4s subshell
H3PO3 = 2
(iii) n= 3 /= 2 represents 3d subshell
It has two replaceable hydrogen atoms as evident
(iv) n=3 /= 1 represents 3p subshell
from its structure formula
Thus, order of increasing energy (from lowest to O
highest) is

(iv)<(ii)<(iii)<(i) @_O-p_0-(H)
2. 92 U 23 5 + 0n 1
>54Xe 1 39. + asSr^ + aon 1
I

H
(Mass no R.H.S. = 236) (Mass no L.H.S. = 236) Normality = 0-3x2
Hence 3 neutrons are released. = 0-6

Amount of heat required to raise the temperature of 1

7. (i)NaCI solution does not undergo hydrolysis being
the salt of strong acid and strong base. Resulting
mole of a substance through 1C is called its molar
solution is neutral (pH = 7)
heat capacity.
(ii) NH 4 CI is the salt of strong acid (HCI) and weak
In the given system
base (NH4OH). The salt undergoes cation hydrolysis
Ice ^ Water, AH = positive (Endothermic)
NH4 +
+ H2 0^ NH OH + H 4
+

When heat is supplied the equilibrium is disturbed and The resulting solution is acidic (pH < 7)
forward process is favoured. Howsoever there isno
(iii) NaCN is the salt of weak acid (HCN) and strong
change in temperature.
base (NaOH). It undergoes anion hydrolysis
Thus amount
rature of this equilibrium
of heat supplied to increase the
is infinity.
tempe-
CN- + H 2 0^ HCN + OH-
The resulting solution is basic (pH > 7)
The change in enthalpy at 25C and 1 atm pressure (iv) HCI being a strong acid has low pH value.
when 1 mole of C02 is formed from its elements Increasing order of pH
C(graphite) 4 C>2(g )
- C0 2(g) HCI < NH4CI < NaCI < NaCN

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 73

Copyrighted material
 Species Shape
8. (NH 4 )2 Cr207 -^ Cr 0 2 3 + 4H 2 0 + N 2
17. Hybridization

9. 4AIF 3 (from cryolite) s# 4AI 3* + 12F"

NF3 sp- Pyramidal
Anode ( + ) Cathode (-)

12P-->6F2 + 12e" 4AI3++ 12e"->4AI

2AI 2 0 3 + 6F 2 -* 4AIF3 + 302 T N0 3 sp' Trigonal planar

(alumina)

10.
Molten mixture of Al 2 0 3 and
electrolysed for extraction of Al metal.

The chain contains double and triple bonds and the

Na 3 AIF 6 (Cryolite) is BF,
C> sp' Trigonal planar

sum of the numbers turns out to be the same starting sp- Pyramidal
and triple
either of the side of carbon chain for double
"30*1
/J^H
bonded carbon atoms. According to IUPAC lower no.
Isostructural pairs are
is given to double bonds carbon atom.
[NF3 H 30+]and [N0 3" BF 3]
CH 2 =CH CH 2 CH 2 C =CH
,

1 2 3 4 5 6 18. Dissociation constant is given by Ostwald dilution

formulae
C2 is sp 2 hybridized
C3 is sp 3 hybridized K =
(1-o)
Thus C2 3 bond is of sp
2
sp 3 type
a = Degree of dissociation
1 1 . Be 2+ is isoelectronic with Li + but former , has a greater
nuclear charge.
C = Concentration in moles/lit.

0001
12. Hardness of water is due to the presence of bicar- a = 0001% = = 10-6
bonates and chlorides and sulphates of calcium and
C = 10 M
magnesium.
Since a is smell, (1 - a) - 1
13. Picric acid It is trinitrophenol and does not
K = c^C = (10" 5 ) 2 x1
contain any COOH group. 10
OH K = 10"
9. Lower the reduction potential higher is the reducing
02 N JL^. N0 2 1

power of metal
O. Metal Reduction potential
X 0-52 V
N0 2 Y - 303 V
14. First I. P. of N > O since nitrogen has half filled Z -1-18V
orbitals which provides greater stability Reducing power of the metals Y>Z>X
N = 2 2 1 1
(at. no. 7) 1s 2s px py Pz (Half 1
filled orbitals) 20. Energy of an electron revolving in nth orbit of hydro-
O (at. no. = 8) 1s 2 2s 2 px 2py 1 pz 1 gen atoms.
13-6
-C
15. 1J I
Molarity =
w x1000
y E = -
-n ~ ~ n 2h 2 n'
eV
Hence E, = -13-6eV (n=1)
W = Wt.ofCH 3OH
m = mol. wt. of CH 3OH = 32 E2 =
-J2f
= -3-4eV (n = 2)

V = Volume of solution in ml = 1 50 ml 13-6

(n = 3)
molarity = 20 M
2 =
W 1000
^rx
21. Structure of P 4 is tetrahedral as shown in fig. It

32 150 contains
2 x 32 x 150 P
or, W 1000
W = 9-6 g

16. Markownikoff's rule Negative part of reagent is :

6o\
added to that double bonded carbon atom which has
60\
least no. of hydrogen atoms, e.g. A 60 P:

CH3 CH2 CH=CH2 + HBr->

CH 3 CH 2 CHBr CH 3
i

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 74

Copyrighted material
 (1) 6 p-p single bond 32. CaC03 - CaO + C02
(X) (Residue) (Colourless gas)
(2) PPPangle = 60
CaO + H 2 0- -> Ca(OH) 2
(3) 4 Lone pairs of electrons
(Y)

22. Chromyl chloride test Ca(OH) 2 + 2C02 -

->Ca(HC0 3 ) 2
(Y) (Excess) (Z)
4NaCI + K2 Cr207 + 3H 2 S04 heat
Ca(HC03 -
> CaC0 3 + H 20 + C02
K2 S04 + 2Na2 S0 4 + 3H 20 + 2Cr0 2 CI 2 ) 2
(Z)
Chromyl chloride
(red vapours) 33. Smaller the size and greater the charge on cation
higher is its hydration energy.
Cr0 2 CI 2 + 4NaOH >2NaCI+ Na2 Cr04 + 2H 2 0
(Solution) Sodium chromate Hydration energy of Mg 2+ ion is, therefore, greater
(Yellow solution) than that of Na + .

23. Coupling reaction occurs.

34. Moving from left to right in a period of periodic table
Na0H the basic character of oxides decreases (or acidic
/q\_n=nci + /q)-oh ,
character increases).

Benzene diazonium Phenol Al 2 03 is most acidic among the given oxides.

35. Three centered bond is present in B2 H 6 (diborane)

<>N=N<g>OH / B
H o
B-
/H
H H X H
p -hydroxyazobenzene
Each boron atom sp 3 hybridised. Three sp 3 hybri-
is

24. nV = ST (analogous to PV = RT) dised orbitals contain one electron each whereas
fourth sp 3 hybridised orbital is vacant. Overlapping
n = Jst of a vacant sp 3 hybridised orbital, one singly
occupied sp 3 hybridised orbital of second B-atom
Since y = C
and s-orbital of hydrogen atom result in the formation
V = Dilution in litres/mole \ of 2 electrons 3 centered bond.

(C
= Concentration in moles/litre 36. Solid C0 2 is called 'dry ice'.
J
n = CST 37. 02 N2
1 4 (mass ratio)
25. Empirical formula CH 2
J_ 4_
Empirical formula wt. 14 (mole ratio)
32 28
Mass of 1 mole 42 g
= 7:32
Molecular wt. 42
Ratio of molecules is the same as ratio of moles
42
n = = 3 02 :N 2 = 7:32
14
38. NF 5 does not exist as in nitrogen no o*-orbital is
Molecular formula = (CH 2 ) 3 = C3H6
present and thus five half filled orbitals are NOT
26. 2C 6 H 6( + 1 502(g)
,
) > 1 2C02(g) + 6H 2 0 (g available.

2mol 15mol 12mol 6mol 39. Molecule Hybridization Shape

(= 78 x 2\ /if5 x
22-4 litre
= 156 g ) V= 336 litre at STP )
1

H2S ^HSHj sp J V-shaped

.-. 156 g benzene requires

so ^O <- S=0^ sp 2 V-shaped
= 336 litre 0 2 at STP
39 g benzene requires = ^
336
x 39 litre 0 2 at STP HoO
0
h-o-h) sp 3 V-shaped

= 84 litre CS2 (S=C = S) sp Linear

27. Na + C + N + S >NaCNS Due to symmetrical structure CS 2 does not possess

Sod. thiocyanate dipole moment.
29. Dichlorodifluoro methane or freon (CCI 2 F 2 ) is used in 40. (i) Ni(CO) 4 Nickel atom undergoes sp 3 hybridiza-
refrigeration. tion, hence it is tetrahedral in shape
30. Carbylamine reaction (isocyanide test)

C6 H 5 NH 2 + CHCI3 + 3KOH(alc.)
\A/o rm
) Ni(0)3d 8 4s 2
|U|ti|
3d
Tl| T | T |
[71]
4s
" 4p

(Aniline) (Chloroform)
C6H 5 NC + 3KCI + 3H 20 Ni(CO) 4 | Ti T i T i Tl Ti
1 \ \ [ |
\T] \ : \ : \ :
\

'
(Phenyl '
v
isocyanide) Rearrangement sp 3 -hybridization

C.$:v./ March/ 2000/ 75

Copyrighted material
 There is no unpaired electron, hence it is diamagnetic. E^E;, * E 3 ()
(ii) [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2 ~ - Ni 2+ ion undergoes dsp 2 hybridiza-
-AGt + (- AG 2 = -AG 3
) ...(ii)
tion. Hence square planar in shape
From eqn. (ii) can be derived
it

3d 4s 4p
n iFEi + n 2FE2 = r^FE3
Ni
2+ Tin Ti T t
or, n,E! + n 2 E 2 = ^3
[Ni(CN) 4 ] 2
-
n n Ti Ti :
|
E nE
(D Fe 3* + 3e- Fe - 0 036 V -0-108
2
Rearrangement d sp hybridization
(2) Fe2+ + 2e" Fe - 0-440 V - 0-880
There is no unpaired electron, hence this is also dia-
magnetic. (1)-(2) Fe^ + e" Fe 2+ + 0-772
2~ Ni 2+ ion
(iii) [Ni(CI 4 )] - is sp 3 hybridized
nE = +0-772
[Ni(CI 4 )] J Ti Ti Ti Dm n = 1

(For the reaction Fe 3+ + e - Fe 2+ as,

sp 3 -hybridization
only one electron is involved)
Two orbitals are singly occupied (i.e. having unpaired 0-772
electrons). Hence it is paramagnetic. E = = 0-772 V
1

Note Strong field ligands like CN~ and CO have

45. Energy is released when is added to an
first electron
very strong electron donating tendency, therefore,
isolated gaseous atom. Howsoever, when second
electrons of central metal ion pair up against Hund's
electron is added energy is required to overcome the
rule.
electronic repulsion
41 . Orbital angular momentum of an electron O + e" > O" (exothermic)
O - + e~ > 02~ (endothermic)
Net reaction
For 2s orbital 0 + 2e~ > O2 " (endothermic)
/ = 0
46. Species No. of electrons
V < 0 + 1
> ()= CN- 6 + 7 + 1 = 14
8+8-1 = 15
42.
~Tt
= m o 2- 8+8+1 = 17

dN N 2+ 7+7-1 = 13
" = act,v,t y
dr
CO 6 + 8 = 14
(i.e. no. of nuclei disintegrating per sec)
.-. CN~ is isoelectronic with CO.
X = decay constant
N = number of nuclei present 47. Molecule Hybridization Shape
Given X = 1-37 x 10~ 11 sec -1
CgHj, (H C=CH) sp Linear

C02 (0=C=0) sp Linear

= 1-5x3-7x107
~df
sp* Pyramidal
(
v 1 curie = 3-7 x 10 10 d.p.s.)

dN 1
N = -

1-5 x 3-7 x 10 7
(c^-o) sp 3 V-shaped

atoms
1-37 x 10~ 11
H20I sp 3 V-shaped
= 405 x 10 18 atoms

43. Reducing agent O.N. of key atom (s) is increased 48. In a body centered cubic lattice ion A
Cr2072- + 14H + + 3Ni > 2Cr* + 7H2 0 + 3Ni 2+ occupied centre
3(0) (+2)3 .-. No. of ion A associated with each unit cell
i = 1

60 Ion B occupied the corners of the cube

O.N. of Ni is increased (Ni is reducing agent) No. of ion B associated with each unit cell

44. Electrode potential an additive property.

is NOT = 8x|=1
Howsoever, free energy change - AG = n FE is
additive in nature. .-. Formula of crystal is AB.
{Continued on Page 79 >

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 76

Cop]
 l Best Fifteen Questions

1 . X ml of H 2 gas effuses through a is 1-34 x 10" 4 g ions/litre. What 11. A good test to distinguish bet-
hole in a container in 5 second. be the H + ion concentration if
will ween oxalic, malonic and succi-
The time taken for the effusion of 0-164 g of sodium acetate is nic acids would be
the same volume of the gas added to a litre of 0 001 M (A) To heat them and examine
specified below under identical CH3COOH ? the products
conditions is
(A) 9 x 10-* M (B) Their reaction with CaCI 2
(A) 10 sec: He
(B) 18x10^M (C) Their reaction with acidified
(B) 20sec:O2 KMn0 4
(C) 4-5x10"6 M
(C) 25 sec: CO (D) Their reaction with NH 3
0" 6
(D) 55 sec : C0 2 (D) 5 x 1 M
12. Chlorination of toluene in pre-
2. A metal oxide has the formula 7. Assuming complete dissociation
sence of light and heat followed
Z2O3. It can be reduced by the following will have pH equal
12 by treatment with aqueous NaOH
hydrogen to give free metal and to
gives
water. 0-1596g of the metal oxide (A) 50 ml 0 005 M KOH
(A) o-cresol
requires 6 mg of hydrogen for (B) 100 ml 0 01 M KOH
complete reduction. The atomic (B) p-cresol
(C) 200 ml 0 02 M NaOH
wt. of the metal is
(C) 2:4 dihydroxy toluene
(D) 400 ml 0 01 M Ca(OH) 2
(A) 27-90 (B) 159-60 (D) Benzoic acid
8. Cyclohexanol is dehydrated to
(C) 79-80 (D) 55-80
cyclohexene on heating with 13. All common m-directing groups
3. The wave number of the first line cone. H 2 S0 4 . If the yield of this . .. the benzene ring towards elec-
in Balmer series of hydrogen is reaction is 75%, how much trophilic substitution reactions
15200 cm -1 The wave number
.
cyclohexene be obtained
will
(A) Deactivates
of the first line in the Balmer from 100 g of cyclohexanol ?
2+ (B) Activates
series of Li is
(A) 61 .5 g (B) 75 0 g
(A) 15200 cm" 1 (C) Both
(C) 20 0 g (D) 41 0 g
(B) 60800 cm" 1 (D) None of the above
9. At room temperature sodium cry-
(C) 76000 cm" 1
14. The following reaction is known
stallises in a body centered cubic
(D) 136800 cm" 1
by the name of
lattice with a = 4-24 A. The theo- H)
4. Pick out the isoelectronic struc- retical density of sodium. CH J3 COCI + Hoi
'

>
Pd /BaS0 4
tures from the following :

(At. wt. of Na = 23) CH3CHO + HCI

(I) CH 3 +
(II) H 30* (A) 1 gem" 3
002 (A) Stephen's reduction
(III) NH 3 (IV) CH 3 " (B) 2-002 gem"3 (B) Rosenmund's reaction
(A) (I) and (II) (C) 3002 gem"3 Cannizzaro reaction
(C)
(B) (I) and (IV) (D) None of the above (D) None of the above
(C) (I) and (III)
10. Which statement about bond 15. At the isoelectric point for amino
(D) (II), (III) and (IV) energy could be correct ? acid the species present are

5. The oxidation number of sulphur (A) The bond energy is the (A) RCHCOOH
in Na 2 S 4 0 6 is energy required to break a I

bond between two atoms NH 2

(A) 2-5

(B) 2 and 3 (two S have + 2 and

(B) The bond energy is the (B) R CHCOOH
energy released when two I

other two have + 3)

atoms join together to form a NH 3 +
(C) 2 and 4 (three S have + 2 bond
and one S has + 4)
(C) RCHCOO"
(C) The bond energy is the
(D) 5 and 0 (two S have + 5 and NH 2
energy required to break
the other two have 0)
one mole of the bonds (D) R- -CHCOO-
6. The H + ion concentration in 0 001 (D) Single bonds all
covalent I

M acetic acid of Ka = 1-8 x 10~ 5 have the same bond energy NH, +

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 77

 ANSWERS WITH HINTS
1.(B) 2 (D) 3. (D) 4. (D) 5 (D) 6. (A) 7. (B) (ii) Electrons pair shared between two dissimilar
8. (A) 9. (A) 10. (C) 11. (A) 12. (D) 13. (A) 14. (B) atoms is counted with more electronegative atom.
15. (D) Structure of Na 2 S 4 0 6 is as follows :

Y1 _ VA <M 2 (-2) (-2)

Y2
"
V
v 2 /i2
//2 ^
(0 O O
T T
Since same volume of gases were effused
Na
+
"O S S S S O Na
+

(+1) (-2) ^( + 5) (0) (0) ^( +5 ) (-2) (+1)

= <">
T, ^Im, o o
f1 = 5 sec M, = 2 (molecular wt. of H2 )
(-2) (-2)

In brackett oxidation no. of each atom is shown.

When sodium added to acetic acid
, *-Vf <"" 6.
dissociation of
acetate
weak acid
is

(CH 3 COOH) is almost

Eqn. (Ill) satisfies when t
2 = 20 sec and M 2 = 32 (mol suppressed. It is present almost in unionised form.
wt. of 02 )
Sodium acetate being strong electrolyte ionises
_
2. Formula of metal oxide = Z20 3 almost completely. Consequently CH 3 COO ions
Valency of metal = 3 concentration is equal to the concentration of salt

From Law of equivalent weights CH 3 COOH^ CH 3COO"+H +

Wt. of me tal oxide Wt. of H 2

[CH 3COQ-] [H+]
Equivalent wt. of metal oxide ~ Eq. wt. of H 2 Ka =
[CH 3COOH]
0-1596 6x10-3
_ [CHOOH]
E+8 1

,E = Equivalent wt. of metal

Equivalent wt. of oxygen = 8, Given [CH 3COOH] = 0 001 M
0
[

VEquivalent weight of hydrogen

0-1596 = 6 x 1CT3 E + 0 048

0-1116 [CH 3C001 = 0 002 M
E = = 18-6
0006 1-8 x 10~ 5 x 0-001
Hence [H + ] =
Atomic wt. = equivalent wt x valency 0002
Atomic wt. = 18-6x3 = 55-80 = gxio-^M.
For first line in Balmer series the electron must jump pH = 12
from 3rd to 2nd orbit. [H + ] = 10" 12 M (by definition of pH)

5 = = Rz2 [OH"] = 10- 2 M (v fH + ][OH-] = 10- 14 )

x (^i-^)
(A)0005MKOH [OH"] = 5x10"3 M
where n> n'
0~ 2 ~|
For hydrogen atom (Z = 1)
(B) 0 01 M KOH [OH-] = 1 x 1 M
(C) 0 02 M NaOH [OH-] 2 x 1(T2 M
v = ^= R^-^ = 15200 cm -1
(D) 0 01 M Ca(OH) 2 [OH~] 1 x 10-2 x2M
2+ ion (Z =

A
For Li 3) H2

= R (3)
2 H2
5 =
J (p4) H2 C CH
= 9 x 15200 cm" 1
= 136800 cm" 1
Cone. H 2 SQ 4
8.
4. Species No. of valence electrons
H2 C CH 2 -H 2 0
H2 C CH
CH 3 + 6 + 3(1) - 1 = 8
HaO* 3(1) + 8-1 = 10 \ /
C
NH 3 7 + 3(1) = 10 H2
CH 3~ 6 + 3(1) + 1 = 10 (C 6H 120) (C6H 10)
Since H 30 + NH 3 and CH 3"
,
are isoelectronic, they
100 g cyclohexanol = = 1 mol
have similar structures.

5. Rules for calculating O.N. 1 mol cyclohexanol yields 0-75 mol cyclohexene
(i) Electrons pair shared between identical atoms are (yield = 75%)

divided equally to calculate charge on an atom. 0-75 mol cyclohexene = 0-75 x 82 = 61 -5 g

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 78

i
Copyrighted matei
9. Theoretical density of a cubic crystal can be calcu- 13. The presence of m-directing groups in benzene
lated from the equation. nucleus simply decreases electron density at o- and
nM p- whereas no change in electron density is noticed
P = NV at m-position.

n = number of atoms in the unit cell In nitro benzene (- N0 2 is m-directing)

=O O N O N O"
N = Avogadro number
M = Molar mass
0<- N
6 i
^ "
O"

V = Volume of unit cell

In body centered unit cell eight atoms are at eight

corners and one atom is at the centre of the cube.

1
n = g x 8 (corner atoms) + 1 (central atom) = 2
O N-,01 -O N=0"
M = 23 g (for sodium) 11

V = a 3 = (4-24 x ICT^cm 3

V = 7-62 x 10"23 cm 3 a-
P
6 02 x 10 23 x 7-62x1
2 x23

0"23 g/cm-< (Resonating structures)

14. Rosenmund's reaction involves reduction of acid

P 1 002 g cm -3
chlorides to aldehydes by the action of H2 in
10. Bond energy is defined as the change in enthalpy presence of Pd /BaS0 4 .

(AH) when one mole of bonds between two atoms BaS0 4 acts as poison for catalyst Pd and prevents
down to form constituent gaseous atoms.
are broken further reduction of aldehyde to alcohol.
Hence statement (C) is true.
{Continued from Page 76 )

COOH
11. I -> CO + C0 2 + H 20 49. Edge length of cube = a
COOH
COOH
CH, -> CH3COOH + C0 2
COOH
CH 2 COOH CH 2 CO
h> I
^0 + H 2 0
CH 2 COOH CH 2 CO
Oxalic acid forms both C0 2 and H 2 0, while malonic AC = a
acid gives C0 2 and succinic acid yields H 2 0.
AB = Va 2 + a 2 = Via
Note Two COOH on one carbon atom on heating BC2 = AB2 + AC 2
lose C0 Two COOH on adjacent carbon atoms
2 .

lose H 2 0. BC2 - 2a 2 + a 2 = 3a 2

12.
or, BC = V3a
CH 2 CI CH 2 OH V3a v BC

r = (
I
4

50. NH 3 + H 20 =^ NH 4 +
+ OH~
() CM l-SxIO^M I SxIO^M (at ^)
(Benzyl alcohol)
[NH 4 +] [OH-]
CH 3 CHCI; CHO Kb =
[NH 3]

NaOH (1-5 x 1Q- 3 ) (15 x 1Q- 3 )

CI- i-8xirr 5 =
C
hv
(Benzaldehyde) (15) 2 x 10" 6
C =
1-8 x 10" 5
CCI3 COOH
I
= 1-25x1(r 1 = 0-125 M
NaOH Hence initial concentration of NH 3
= {0-125 + 1-5 x 10" 3 M}
(Benzoic acid)

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 79

Copy
 1 Topic on Zoology i i

The common Indian earthworm, Pheretima posthuma, Colouration Earthworm is of a glistening deep-
serves well to illustrate the principal characteristics of the brown in colour. Dorsal surface is darker than the ventral
annelids. Earthworms are found almost all over the world surface and carries a dark coloured median line due to
in the temperate and tropical regions whereever there is dorsal blood vessel which isseen through the integument.
plenty of moisture in the ground. They prefer loamy or Brown colour of worm is due to the pigment porphyrin
partly sandy soil rich in humus. Dr. K.N. Bahl thoroughly present in body wall and it protects the body against bright
worked out the anatomy of Pheretima posthuma. An and ultraviolet radiation of sunlight.
earthworm is usually studied as a type of Annelida
because it is easily available almost everywhere.
Segmentation Soft and naked body of earthworm
is divided into 100 to 120 similar segments, called meta-
Habits and Habitat meres The body segmentation in earthworm
or somites.
is calledmetameric segmentation (metamerism)', due
Pheretima posthuma is a terrestrial earthworm living
to the presence of similar body segments along the
in burrows made in moist soil (earth). It prefers to live in
longitudinal axis of the body. The segments are without
burrow during day and comes out at night in damp cloudy
parapodia, and segments are separated from each other
weather. It is thus nocturnal in habit.
by distinct ring-like grooves. External segmentation
Earthworm makes its burrow partly by boring with its
corresponds with the internal segmentation of body.
pointed anterier end and partly by sucking and swallowing
the soil. feeds on dead organic matter present in soil.
It

Head The earthworm has no distinct head and no
Food and are ingested together and the latter, along
soil conspicuous sense organs on the head. The first segment
with undigested food is finally egcsted in the form of at the anterior end of the body is called buccal segment

worm castings. Earthworms are hermaphrodite, but they or peristomium bearing the terminal crescentic mouth. It

undergo copulation for exchange of their spermatozoa. is prolonged anteriorly into a fleshylobe, the prostomium

Fertilization and development occur inside a cocoon. which overhangs the mouth.
Earthworm possess great power of regeneration.
Hind end The last segment of the body is known as
the anal segment and carries the terminal anus.
External Morphology

Shape and size Earthworm isbisymmetrical animal.
Clitellum In mature worms, a conspicuous external
feature is a girdle-like thick band of glandular tissue, the
Itsbody is cylindrically elongated, pointed in front, blunt clitellum or cingulum, which completely surrounds seg-
behind and thickest a little behind the anterior end. It is ments 14 to 16. Due to its presence, the body is distin-
well-adapted for burrowing. A mature worm measures guished into pre-clitellar, clitellar, and post-clitellar regions.
about 150 mm in length and 3 to 5 mm in width. The segments forming clitellum are not distinct. Clitellum
is glandular organ which secretes mucus, albumen and
an egg-case or cocoon for eggs.

Setae About the middle ofeach segment there is a

ring of tiny curved bristles, called setae or chaetae,
formed of a horny nitrogenous organic substance, known
as chitin. About 80 to 120 setae are present on each
segment. Each seta is embeded in a small pit in body
wall, called setigerous or setal sac. It is formed by a
single formative cell present in the basal part of sac. It
has a faint yellow colour and is shaped like an elongated
'S' with a swollen middle part, called nodulus. About one-

third of its length projects above the surface of skin in a

contracted segment. The setae are operated by special
muscles and help the worm in locomotion by securing a
firm grasp of the soil on surface of the ground. They can
be moved in any direction and extended or withdrawn by
the action of these muscles. Worn out setae fall out of the
bodywall and get renewed repeatedly. There are no setae
DORSAL VIEW VENTRAL VIEW
A B in the and the last segments and also in the clitellum
first

of a mature worm. The arrangement of numerous setae in

Fig. Pheretima posthuma. AEntire worm in dorsal view.
:

B Entire worm in ventral view. C Anterior end in dorsal a ring in each segment is known as perichaetine
view. DAnterior end in lateral view. arrangement, as found in Pheretima.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 80

Copyrighted material
External apertures elude numerous mucous cells and a few albumen cells
packed with secretory granules. Basal cells, which are
The various apertures present on the body of earth-
small and rounded or conical, lie in spaces between inner
worm are as follows :

ends of supporting cells and gland cells. Receptor cells

1 . Mouth The mouth is a crescentic aperture
occur in groups with their outer ends giving out fine hair-
situated at the anterior end. It is surrounded by the first
like processes. Epidermis rests on a thin basement
segment of the body (i.e., peristomium).
membrane.
2. Anus The last segment of the body

segment bears the terminal anus, which is a

or the anal
vertical slit-
Muscles Musculature lies below epidermis. It con-
sists of an outer thin layer of circular muscle fibres running
like aperture.
around the body, and an inner thick layer of longitudinal
3. Dorsal pores Minute openings, the dorsal pores, muscle fibres running along the length of body. Longitu-
lie along the mid-dorsal line, one pore in each inter- dinal muscle fibres lie in parallel bundles, separated by
segmental groove behind the 12th segment, except the connective tissue and strengthened by collagen fibres.
last. By means of these pores the coelom communicates The muscle fibres are unstriped, long and spindle-shaped.
with the exterior.When the worm is disturbed, coelomic When the circular muscle fibres contract, the diameter of
fluid may be ejected through these pores for defense, to the body is narrowed and the worm elongates. When the
increase the surface moisture or to moisten and lubricate longitudinal muscle fibres contract, the diameter of the
the walls of the burrow. body becomes greater and the worm shortens. The two
4. Nephridiopores A large number of veryminute kinds of muscle fibres are antagonistic, because the
nephridiopores or the openings of the integumentary contraction of one goes with the relaxation of the other.
nephridia are scattered all over the body except the first Setal musculature Two additional types of muscle
two segments. also occur inserted at the base of each setal sac bearing
5. Spermathecal poresThe spermathecae open to a seta. These are a pair of protractor muscles passing
the exterior through four pairs of small elliptical apertures, outwards to join the circular muscle layer, and a single
the spermathecal pores, situated ventro-laterally in the retractor muscle, passing inwards to join another thin
inter-segmental grooves 5/6, 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9 segments. sheet of circular muscles forming a ring below the longi-
Through these apertures spermatozoa are received from tudinal muscles. All the muscle fibres are unstriped.
other worm during copulation.
Coelomic epithelium
6. Female genital pore
The oviducal or female
genital pore a single median aperture opening on the
is
The innermost layer of the body-wall is the somatic
ventral surface of the clitellum on 14th segment, in a peritoneum or the parietal layer of coelomic epithelium,
saucer-shaped depression. which also forms the outer lining of the body cavity. It
consists of a single layer of flat or pavement cells which
7. Male genital pore A pair of crescentic male
are recognizable by their nuclei only.
genital pore, or the opening of the common prostatic and
spermatic ducts, one on either side on the ventral sur-
lie Functions of body wall
face of the 1 8th body segment.
1 . Maintains body form due to its elasticity.
8. Genital papillae There are two pairs of conspi-
2. Protects against mechanical injuries.
cuous rounded elevations, the copulatory genital papillae,
one pair on the ventral surface of each of the 17th and 3. The mucus secreted by the epidermal glands keeps

19th body segments and in line with the male genital the surface slimy, clean and free from harmful organisms,

pores. Each papilla bears no aperture but a shallow cup- and also helps in plastering the internal walls of the

like depression at the top. During copulation, the genital burrows.

papillae function as suckers. 4. The albumen serves as food for the developing
embryos in the cocoons.
Body wall
5. Sensory epidermal cells serve for reception of
Body wall of earthworm comprises a thin cuticle, an external stimuli.
epidermis, a well-developed musculature and a coelomic
6. The muscles help in movements.
epithelium or parietal peritoneum.
Lodges setae which help locomotion.
Cuticle The body wall is covered externally by a
7. in

thin elastic cuticle. It is non-cellular and finely striated,

8. Body wall is moist, thin, highly vascular and
irridescent, double-layered, and is secreted by underlying permeable to gases. Thus it serves as respiratory organ.
epidermis. It consists of collagenous protein and a poly- 9. The parietal layer of coelomic epithelium secretes
saccharide along with a little quantity of gelatin. It bears coelomic fluid.

many perforations, through which open the epidermal

mucous glands. It protects the body from physical and Coelom
chemical injuries. Body cavity of earthworm is a true coelom which lies
Epidermis It is single-layered and lying just beneath between body wall and alimentary canal. It is lined by
the cuticle. Cells of epidermis are of various types, coelomic epithelium derived from mesoderm. It communi-

performing different functions. Supporting cells, forming cates with the exterior through reproductive, nephridial
bulk of epidermis, are of columnar type. Gland cells in- and dorsal pores.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 81

Copyrighted material
 Septa Coelom is divided into a series of coelomic during longitudinal contraction and retract during circular
chambers by transverse intersegmental septa. Each sep- contraction. When the direction of waves is reversed, the
tum consists of a thin layer of interlacing muscle fibres, worm crawls backwards.
covered on both surfaces by coelomic epithelium. The During locomotion, coelomic fluid serves as a kind of
septa are perforated by numerous apertures, through hydraulic skeleton. When compressed due to contra-
which communication is set up between adjacent coelo- ction of circular muscles, it provides stiffness to body and
mic chambers. The septa are absent in the first four aids in relaxation of longitudinal muscles.
segments. The first septum, lying between segments 4
and 5, is thin and membranous. The next five septa Digestive system
between segments 5/6, 6/7, 7/8, 8/9 and 10/11 are thick, The digestive system includes the alimentary canal
muscular and cone like. The septa 11/12, 12/13 and 13/14 and the associated digestive' glands.
are thin and without perforations.
prostomium
Coelomic fluid Coelom is filled with an alkaline,
colourless or milky coelomic fluid containing water, salts,
some proteins and at least four types of coelomic corpu-
scles as follows
1. Phagocytes Largest and more numerous are
the nucleated amoeboid corpuscles or phagocytes.
oblique
2. MucocytesThese are elongate cells, each
having a broad, fan-like process, attached to a narrow
nucleated body.
3. Circular cells About 10 per cent of coelomic
clitellum

corpuscles are rounded, nucleated and blood corpuscle-

possessing clear protoplasm and characteristic
like cells pretyphlosolar
intestine
markings on surface.
4. Chloragogen cells Also known as yellow cells, ^J! intestinal caecum
these are star-shaped, small-sized cells. They are suppo-
sed to be excretory in function removing excretory pro- /_J) typhlosolar
y~Jt intestine
ducts from coelomic fluid.
-

f^j^i
"~~ ^intestinal
n j' *
.^r="-
Functions of Coelomic fluid cut open
raSljfg
1 . Helps in locomotion by turgescence.
^;i>typhlosole
2. Its circulation from one chamber to another helps
in distribution of digested food.
3. Coelomic fluid exceeding through dorsal pores,
posterior
keeps the body surface moist, thus helping in respiration.
end of
4. It destroys harmful bacteria and other parasites of body
soil.

5. Forms a protective, shock-proof covering around

internal organs of body.
rig. . fnereuma. uissecuon oi aiimeniary
6. Its chloragogen cells help in removing excretory
products out of body. Alimentary canal Alimentary canal is a complete
and straight tube running along the entire length of body
7. It causes luminescence in some earthworms.
Mouth and anus constitute its anterior and posterior open-
Locomotion ings respectively. It is functionally regionated into various
parts which are buccal chamber, pharynx, oesophagus,
Movement earthworm involves the musculature of
in
gizzard, stomach and intestine.
body wall and setae. According to the studies of Gray and
Lissman (1938), the worm's body undergoes extension, Buccal chamber Crescentic mouth, situated ven-
anchoring and contraction during the course of its tral to prostomium at the anterior end of peristomium,
progression. A wave of contraction, affecting circular mus- leads into a short and narrow protrusible buccal chamber,
cles, begins at the anterior end and travels posteriorly. extending upto middle of third segment. Its lining epithe-
This causes the body to become thinner and longer. This lium is thrown into longitudinal folds,

is followed by another wave of contraction affecting Pharynx Buccal chamber leads

a spacious into
longitudinal muscles causing thickening and shortening of pear-shaped muscular pharynx, which extends up to the
body. This is again followed by the wave of thinning and fourth segment. Its anterior end is marked by the nerve
the process is repeated alternately. Each wave of circular ring placed in a transverse groove between it and buccal
contraction causes the segments affected to move chamber. Its cavity is somewhat dorso-ventrally com-
forward. But the segments in a state of longitudinal pressed due to the presence of large glandular pharyn-
contraction do not move as they are anchored to the geal mass producing a salivary secretion. Lateral walls of
ground by the protruded setae. Setae always protrude pharynx are pushed inside, thus divide the pharyngeal

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 82

Copyrighted material
cavity into a dorsal salivary chamber and a ventral coo capillaries in the intestinal wall. Presence of typhlosole in

ducting chamber. Salivary secretions contain mucus and greater part of intestine increases the surface both for
proteolytic enzymes which are poured into the salivary digestion and absorption. Undigested food and the soil
chamber. are eliminated through anus to outside in the form of
Oesophagus Behind pharynx lies the oesophagus worm-castings.
or gullet. It is a short, narrow, thin-walled tube. It extends Circulatory system
up to the seventh segment.
Circulatory or blood vascular system of earthworm is
GizzardOesophagus is modified into a prominent, a closed system consisting of blood vessels and capilla-
oval, hard and thick-walled muscular organ, the gizzard, ries which ramify to all parts of the body. Blood is
lying in ninth segment. Its muscular wall consists of composed of fluid plasma and colourless corpuscles. The
circular muscle fibres. It is internally lined by a tough red respiratory pigment, haemoglobin (or erythrocruorin)
cuticle. occurs dissolved in plasma. It gives a red colour to blood
Stomach Gizzard is followed by a short narrow and aids in the transportation of oxygen for respiration.
tube, the stomach, which extends from segments 9 to 14,
Blood vessels
witha sphincter at each end. Its walls are highly vascular
Blood vessels of Pheretima posthuma may be conve-
and glandular and thrown into internal transverse folds.
niently grouped into three types, longitudinal, lateral
Intestine Region next to stomach is the intestine,
and intestinal plexuses.,
i.e.,

which is a long, wide and thin-walled tube extending from

Longitudinal blood vessels These are five in
15th segment to the last. Its internal lining is ciliated,
number and run lengthwise in the body.
folded, vascular and glandular. Intestine is divisible into
three parts 1 . Dorsal vessels It is the largest blood vessel of
body running mid-dorsally above the alimentary canal. It
Pre-typhlosolar regionThe anterior part of
1.
has thick, muscular and rhythmically contractile wall and
intestine lying between segments 15 to 26 is known as
is provided with a pair of valves in front of the septum in
pre-typhlosolar region. From 26th segment are given out
each segment. Blood flows through it from backward to
externally a pair of forwardly-directed lateral conical out-
forward. Behind 13th segment, dorsal vessel is a colle-
growths, the intestinal caeca. These are richly vascular
cting vessel, receiving blood through two pairs o! commi-
and internally thrown into villi-like processes.
ssural vessels from sub-neural vessel in each segment. In
2. Typhlosolar region This region lies between each of 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and 8th segments, a pair of stout
27th upto 23-25 segments infront of anus. This is charac-
pulsating branches send blood to the pharyngeal neph-
terized by the presence of a highly glandular and vascular
ridia, oesophagus and gizzard. In front of 13th segment
longitudinal ridge. This is called the typhi osole.
(anteriorly), it distributes blood to the anterior regions of
3. Post-typhloso1ar regionThe last part, also alimentary canal and through the so-called hearts to
known as rectum, and is of 23-25 segments. It opens ventral vessels.
outside through the terminal anus.. 2. Ventral vessel It is a large vessel, runs mid-
Food and feeding mechanism ventrally below alimentary canal. Its walls are thin and
Earthworm feeds on dead organic matter, particularly
non-contractile and valves are altogether absent. Blood
vegetation along with soil. It ingests food by the pumping flows through it posteriorly. Ventral vessel is principally a
distributing vessel. Besides in each segment behind 13th,
action of its presses its mouth
pharynx. For feeding, it

ventral vessel gives off a median ventro-intestinal vessel

against soil and the contractile sucking action of pharyn-
to intestine.
geal wall draws fragments of soil into buccal chamber.
3. Lateral oesophageal vesselsThese are two
Physiology of digestion vessels lying one on either ventro-lateral side gut, running
Ingested food is pressed to move posteriorly. No from the anterior end of body up to 13th segment. These
digestion takes place inside buccal chamber. While receive a pair of ventro-tegumentary vessels in each

passing through the ventral conducting chamber of segment. Flowing posteriorly, some of its blood passes to
pharynx, it meets salivary secretion. It contains mucin, the supra-oesophageal vessel. Rest of blood flows back-

which lubricates the food and an enzyme protease which ward into sub-neural vessel.

digests the proteins. Food then passes into gizzard. The 4. Sub-neural vessel It is a slender vessel which
gizzard, acting asa grinding machine, pulverises the food runs immediately beneath the nerve cord in mid-ventral
mass. This is facilitated by the contractile movements of position. It extends from 14th segment upto the posterior
its muscular wall which cause the food to roll about. In end and formed by the union of two lateral oesophageal
is

stomach, a chalky secretion of calciferous glands located vessels. Flow of blood is from infront backwards. It is a

in stomach wall, neutralizes the humic acids present in collecting vessel. It pours blood via a pair of commissurals

soil. Intestine is the principal site of digestion. Intestinal in each segment, into dorsal vessel.
wall consists of glandular cells which secrete digestive 5. Supra-oesophageal blood-vessel it is a short

juice containing pepsin, trypsin, amylase, lipase and thin-walled collecting vessel lying mid-dorsally above sto-
cellulase. Digestion is extracellular in earthworm, as in mach and confined to segments 9 to 13. It is connected to
higher animals. Intestine also functions for absorbing the lateral oesophageal vessel through 2 pairs of anterior
digested nutrients. After being absorbed by the absorptive loops and to ventral vessel through two pairs of latero-
cells of intestinal epithelium, nutrients are passed to blood oesophageal hearts. At places <t divides into separate

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 83

Copyrighted material
vessels which unite to form a single vessel. It collects Blood Glands
blood from stomach, gizzard and pumps it through lateral
In segments 4, 5 and 6, lying above pharyngeal mass
oesophageal hearts into ventral vessel.
and connected with pharyngeal or salivary glands, are
Lateral or transverse blood vessels All the longi- found small, red-coloured,follicular bodies, called blood
tudinal blood vessels are interconnected with one another, glands. Each gland consists of a mass of loose cells
directly or indirectly, through numerous segmentally surrounded by a capsule with a syncytial wall. Blood
arranged transverse or lateral blood vessels. Lateral blood glands serve for the manufacture of blood corpuscles
vessels of anterior region (first 13 segments) and those of and haemoglobin. They are also regarded to be excre-
posterior region (behind 13 segment) of body are des- tory by some workers.
cribed separately.
Circulation of Blood
Lateral blood vessels of anterior region
(First 13 segments) Blood flows from behind to forward in dorsal vessel

1. Hearts In each segments 7, 9, 12 and 13

of the
and from front to backwards in ventral, latero-oesopha-
geal, supra-oesophageal and sub-neural vessels.
is, found a pair of large, thick, muscular and rhythmically

contractile vertical vessels, called hearts. They pump Ventral vessel is the main distributing vessel, supply-
blood from dorsal to ventral vessel, while flow in opposite ing blood to all parts of body. In first 13 segments, it
direction is prevented by internal valves. Hearts of 7th and supplies blood to body wall, septa, nephridia and
9th segments connect dorsal and ventral vessels only, are reproductive organs through ventro-tegumentaries. Behind
called lateral hearts. Those of 12th and 13th segments 13th segment, it supplies blood to body wall and nephridia
connect both dorsal and supro-oesophageal vessels with through ventro-tegumentaries and to gut wall through
ventral vessel, are designated as latero-oesophageal ventro-intestinals.

Sub-neural, lateral oesophageals and supra-oeso-

2.
Anterior loops There is a pair of thin-walled,
non-pulsatile, non-muscular and loop-like broad vessels,
without valves, in each of the 10th and 1 1th segments.
These vessels, known as anterior loops, carry blood from
lateral-oesophageals into supra-oesophageal vessel.
3. Ring vessels These are characteristic circular
vessels of stomach situated within its muscular coat,
about 12 vessels per segment. Through these vessels,
blood of lateral oesophageals reaches the supraoesopha-
geal.
phageals are the main collecting vessels. Lateral oeso-
phageals collect blood in first 13 segments from alimen-
tary canal, body wall, nephridia, septa and reproductive
organs, and discharge into supra-oesophageal through
anterior loops and ring vessels. Supra-oesophageal also
collects blood from gizzard and stomach, and pours it into
ventral vessel through latero-oesophageal hearts. Sub-
neural collects blood in the intestinal region from ventral
body wall and sends into dorsal vessel through commi-
ssurals.

4. Ventro-tegumentary vessels Ventral vessel Dorsal vessel functions both as a collecting and a
gives off a pair of ventro-tegumentary vessels in each distributing vessel. In the intestinal region, it collects blood
segment to body wall, septa, nephridia and reproductive through dorso-intestinals from gut wall and through
organs of the same segment. commissurals from sub-neural vessel, septa and nephri-
Lateral vessels of intestinal region dia. In first 13 segments, it distributes some blood through
branches to alimentary canal and pours the remaining
(behind 13th segment)
blood through hearts into ventral vessel.
1. Commissural vesselsThere is a pair of these
Digested food absorbed through the intestinal wall is
vessels in each segment. They collect blood from body

wall and each gives off a small septo-intestinal branch to distributed to different parts of body by the circulatory
the intestine.
system, whereas C0 2 and nitrogenous wastes are carried
to nephridia, skin and coelomic fluid for elimination.
2. Dorso-intestinals Two pairs of them in each
segment carry blood of the intestine to the dorsal vessel. DORSAL VESSEL
3. Ventro-intestinalsA single, median ventro-intes- pharynx dorso-
tinal in each segment carries blood from the ventral vessel oesophagus intestinal
pharyngeal
to the ventral gut-wall.
'gizzard
nephridia \
4. Ventro-tegumentaries
The ventral vessel gives
LATERAL OESOPHAGEAL
intestinal

off a pair of ventro-tegumentaries, one on either side, S i

t
\
.
septo- \
posteriorly in each segment. f
antenor ring SUBNEURAL intestinal!
loops vessels,septa
Intestinal Plexus / i \ I /
II SUPRA I
commissural /

Wall of intestine contains many blood capillaries OESOPHAGEAL! anterior ^

vessels /

arranged in two networks, the plexus. One, the external

\T body-wall
Vlateral
* . nephridia
*
posterior
body-wall /
/
plexus, lies on the surface or gut. It receives blood from oesophageal
ventro
nephridia /
ventral vessel through ventro-intestinals and septo-intes- hearts , ventro-
12 13 tegumentary
intestinal
tinals, and passes it on to the internal plexus. The latter is \^ vessels
situated between circular muscles and enteric epithelium.
VENTRAL VESSEL
Internal plexus passes on blood along with absorbed
nutrients, to dorsal vessel through dorso-intestinals, Fig. : Pheretima. Course of circulation of blood.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 84

Copyrighted material
Excretory or Nephridial System nephridium through a short, narrow and ciliated tube-like
neck. Body consists of two parts, a short straight lobe and
In Pheretima, excretion is effected by segmentally
a long twisted lobe with a narrow apical part. The twisted
arranged nephridia. These are typically unbranched and
lobe consists of a proximal limb and a distal limb. Pro-
their inner ends open into coelom by a ciliated funnel,
ximal limb is joined to the neck. Distal limb of nephridium
called nephrostome. Such a nephridium, opening by a
ends in terminal duct. Terminal ducts open into a pair of
ciliated funnel, istermed as metanephridium. In Phere-
septal excretory canals. These canals discharge their
tima, nephridia occur in all body segments except the first
contents into a pair of supra-intestinal excretory ducts.
three. According to their location in body, these are
These ducts open into intestine in each segment. Septal
distinguished into 3 types Pharyngeal, Integumentary
nephridia are thus also ente, onephric.
and Septal.
Physiology of excretion
Pharyngeal nephridia
Nephridia are abundantly supplied with blood vessels.
These occur as paired tufts on either side of pharynx Their gland cells extract excess of water and nitrogenous
and oesophagus in the 4th, 5th and 6th segments. Each wastes from blood. Septal nephridia also eliminate excre-
tuft consists of hundreds of coiled branched tubules
tory material from coelomic fluid. Integumentary nephridia
without nephrostomes. In each tuft, the terminal ducts o f being exonephric, discharge excretory material to outer
all tubules join to form a single thick-walled common duct. body surface through nephridiopores. Pharyngeal and
Thus there are 3 pairs of common pharyngeal nephridial septal nephridia being enteronephric, discharge excretory
ducts, which run anteriorly parallel to the ventral nerve from where the
material into lumen of alimentary canal,
cord. Ducts of 4th and 5th segments open into pharynx, excretory wastes are eliminated with faeces. Terrestrial
while that of 6th segment open into the buccal chamber. earthworms excrete urea (ureotelic). However earthworms
Pharyngeal nephridia are thus enteronephric. are less ureotelic than other terrestrial animals. Chlorago-
gen cells are also said to be concerned with deamination
ducts of of proteins, formation of ammonia and synthesis of urea.
V-v pharyngeal
S>X nephridia
Respiration
Respiration takes place by diffusion of gases through
^lilX -
tufts o!
/^jL-p- pharyngeal general body surface. Gaseous exchange takes place
nephridia
between blood capillaries of outer moist epidermis and
surface film of moisture. Haemoglobin dissolved in plasma
integumentary of blood acts as a respiratory pigment, transporting 0 2 to
nephridia
the body tissues.

forests of
Nervous system
integumentary
nephridia
Nervous system is well developed and concentrated.
It partsCentral, Peripheral and Sympa-
consists of three

intestine -
2q septal nephridia
thetic nervous systems.

Central nervous system

Fig. : Pheretima. Location of the three types of nephridia. It comprises an anterior nerve ring and a posterior
ventral nerve cord. Nerve ring comprises paired cerebral
Integumentary nephridia - ganglia, circumpharyngeal connectives and subpharyn-
geal ganglia.
These nephridia lie scattered on the entire inner or
A pair of closely united white, pear-shaped cerebral
parietal surface of body
each segment, except the
wall in
or supra-pharyngeal ganglia, forming the so-called brain,
first two. There are 200-250 nephridia in each segment
lie dorsally in the 3rd segment. A pair of thick stout
but the segments of clitellum (segments 14 to 16), their
circum-or peri-pharyngeal connectives arise from them
number increases to more than 2000. Integumentary
laterally and meeting ventrally in a pair of fused sub-
nephridia are V-shaped and lack nephrostomes. Their
pharyngeal ganglia beneath the pharynx in 4th segment.
terminal ducts open on body surface independently
In this way, a complete nerve ring is formed around
through minute openings known as nephridiopores. Inte-
pharynx. Ventral nerve cord arising from the sub-pharyn-
gumentary nephridia are thus exonephric.
geal ganglia, runs backwards in mid-ventral line to the
Septal nephridia posterior end of body. Ventral nerve cord appears to be
single but it is double, consisting of two compactly united
These are the largest nephridia of Pheretima. They
right and left cords. Each segmental ganglion also repre-
are attached to both the faces of each intersegmental
sents the fusion of a pair of ganglia, one belonging to
septum behind 15th segment.
each cord of the double ventral nerve cord. Histologically,
A typical septal nephridium consists of three main the nerve cord consists of nerve fibres and nerve cells.
parts Nephrostome, body and terminal duct. is covered by a layer of visceral
Externally the nerve cord
Nephrostome is a ciliated funnel communicating with peritoneum, beneath which lies a thin layer of longitu-
the coelom. Nephrostome leads into the main body of dinal muscle fibres, surrounding a fibrous capsule of

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 85

Copyrighted material
epineurium. Fibres form the core of the cord. In the
regions of segmental ganglia, the two cores of nerve
fibres are completely fused along the middle line.
sides and below cores of nerve fibreslie the nerve cells.
These are two types motor neurons and associa-
of
tion neurons. Nerve cells occur more in the ganglia.
Nerve cells and nerve fibres lie embeded in a mass of
connective tissue, called neuroglia.
Peripheral Nervous System
Each cerebral ganglion gives off laterally 8 to 10
nerves which innervate the prostomium and buccal
chamber. Nerves from peripharyngeal connectives supply
the peristomium and buccal chamber, while nerves from
sub-pharyngeal ganglia supply structures in the 2, 3 and 4
segments. Each segmental ganglion of ventral nerve cord
receptor consists of a single ovoid ceil, with a nucleus and
clear cytoplasm containing a network of neurofibrillae
On the and a small transparent L-shaped lens or optic organelle
or phaosome, made up of a hyaline substance. Lens
focusses light rays from all directions on neurofibrils.
Neurofibrils converge to an afferent nerve fibre which
leaves the cell at its base to join the central nervous
system. Photoreceptors enable worms to judge the
intensity and duration of light.
General behaviour
Earthworms do not have special sense organs, yet they
show some sort of behaviour to all kinds of stimuli such
as touch, jarring, light and noxious chemicals. Their epi-
dermal receptors are extremely sensitive to touch (tactile)

gives off 3 pairs of lateral nerves, one pair in front and two and mechanical vibrations. When touched, their body
pairs behind the row of setae, which innervate the gut immediately rolls over.

wall, body wall and other internal organs of their seg- With the help of buccal receptors, earthworms display
ments. chemical responses comparable to taste (gustatory) and
smell (olfactory), in the choice of food. Unpleasant and
Nerves are of mixed type, consisting both afferent or
irritating chemical vapours cause them to withdraw imme-
sensory fibres and efferent or motor fibres.
diately into the burrow. When irritated they eject coelomic
Sympathetic nervous system fluid through the dorsal pores.
It consists of an extensive nerve plexus spread Photo-receptors, occurring in clusters enable worms to
beneath epidermis, within muscles of body wall and on judge the intensity and duration of Earthworms are
light.

alimentary canal. These plexus are connected with the negative phototrophic to strong and positive
light

peripharyngeal connectives. phototrophic to weak light. They avoid strong day light
and will atonce recede into burrow if flashed with a torch.
Sense organs
Earthworms respond and very high tempera-
to very low
Earthworms have well-developed sense organs or tures by burrowing deeper They like moisture and
in soil.
receptor organs which are quite simple in structure, con- avoid dryness, but come out of their burrows when they
a single cell or a group of specialized ectoder-
sisting of get flooded during rainy season. They give no evidence of
mal Pheretima has three types of sense organs
cells. sense of hearing and evidently do not perceive mere
Epidermal receptors, Buccal receptors and Photo-recep- sound vibrations in air.
tors.

Epidermal receptors Reproductive System

They are over epidermis but are more
distributed all Earthworms do not reproduce asexually. The earth-
abundant on the lateral sides and ventral surface of body. worms monoecious (hermaphrodite) but they cannot
Each receptor has an elevated cuticle covering a group of fertilize their own eggs because they are protandrous. As

tall, slender and columnar receptor cells, bearing small a rule, cross-fertilization takes place. It is preceded by
hair-like processes at their outer ends and connected with copulation and cocoon formation.
nerve fibres at their inner ends. They are surrounded on
allsides by ordinary supporting epidermal cells, are
separated from each other by spaces, have nuclei at
and possess internally a few basal cells.
different levels
spermatheca
They are tactile in function and according to some, they
also respond to chemical stimuli and changes in tempera- testis

ture. testis sacs

spermiducal
Buccal receptors funnel
These are confined to the epithelium of buccal cham- seminal vesicle
ber. They are similar to epidermal receptors except that ovary
oviducal funnel
they possess broader outer ends, better developed sen-
oviduct
sory hairs and more deeply situated nuclei. They are vasa deferentia
gustatory and olfactory and probably also respond to accessory gland
chemical stimuli. common
prostatic and
Photo-receptors spermatic duct
accessory gland
Photo-sensitive organs, restricted only to dorsal sur- prostate gland
face, aremore numerous on prostomium and peristomium
and gradually reduce in number towards posterior end of
body. They are totally absent in clitellum. Each photo- Fig. : Pheretima. Reproductive system.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 86

Male reproductive organs spermiducal funnels, travel along vasa deferentia and
These include testes, testis sacs, seminal vesicles, pass out through genital pores during copulation.
finally

vasa deferentia, prostate glands and accessory glands. Female reproductive organs

Testes Two pairs of minute and lobed testes are The female reproductive organs consists of ovaries,
present, one pair in 10th and the other pair in 11th seg- oviducal funnels, oviducts and spermathecae.
ments. They lie ventero-laterally beneath the alimentary
canal, close to mid-ventral line, on either side of nerve
Ovaries A pair of small white digitate ovaries lies in

13th segment attached to the posterior face of septum

cord and attached to the anterior wall of their respective
testis sacs. Testes are well formed only in young worms,
12/13 form of
in it, one on either side of ventral nerve
cord. Each ovary is a white compact mass made of finger-
but become degenerated in adults.
processes which ova are arranged in a linear series
Testis sacs Both the testes of each segment are
like

in
in

various stages of development.

enclosed within a wide, thin-walled testis sac. Thus, there
are two testis sacs situated in segments 10 and 1 1 Each .
Oviducal funnels A large saucer-shaped oviducal
testes sac encloses a pair of testes and a pair of ciliated funnel, with much folded and ciliated margins, lies imme-
spermiducal funnels and also communicates behind, by a diately behind each ovary in the 13th segment.
pair of tubular connections, with two seminal vesicles of
Oviducts Each aviducal funnel leads behind into a
succeeding segment. Testis sac of 11th segment is large The two oviducts
short conical ciliated tube, the oviducts.
enough so as to enclose also the seminal vesicles of that run backwards, perforate septum 13/14 and converge to
segment. meet in ventral body wall beneath nerve cord, forming a
Seminal vesiclesThere are two pairs of large, very short common oviduct. It opens to the exterior
seminal vesicles lying in segments 11 and 12 respec- through the female genital aperture, situated mid-ventrally
tively. They are also referred to as septal pouches since on 1 4th segment.
they grow as outgrowths of the septa. Testis sac of 10th
SpermathecaeThere are 4 pairs of small flask-
segment communicates with seminal vesicles of 11th
shaped structures, called spermathecae or receptacula
segment and testis sac of 11th segment with seminal
seminalis. These are present ventro-laterally, one pair in
vesicles of 12th segment. Seminal vesicles of 11th
each of the segments 6, 7, 8 and 9. Each spermatheca
segment enclosed within testis sac of the same
lie
has a broad pear-shaped body, the ampulla, and a short
segment, while those of 12th segment lie free.
narrow neck, which gives off a narrow elongated blind

Spermiducal funnels There are two pairs of cilia-
caecum or diverticulum before opening to the exterior.
ted spermiducal funnels (or spermosettes), one of them
Thus 4 pairs of spermathecae open to outside by 4 pairs
lying behind each testis in the same segment and enclo-
of separate spermathecal pores situated ventero-laterally
sed within the same testis sac.
in the grooves between 5/6, 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9 segments,
Vasa deferentia Each spermiducal funnel leads
respectively. Spermathecae receive sperms from another
behind into a slender, ciliated, thread-like sperm duct or
worm during copulation, and store them in their diverticula
vas deferens. Two vasa deferentia of same side run close in Pheretima and in ampullae in other earthworms.
together posteriorly along the ventral body wall up to 1 8th
segment to join the prostatic duct. Mature ova shed from ovaries are entangled by ovi-

Prostate glands Prostate glands are a pair of flat,

ducal funnels, travel along oviducts, and pass out to the
exterior through the female genital aperture, to be laid
and lobulate masses, lying one on either
solid, irregular
inside the cocoon.
and extending from 16th or*17th segment upto
side of gut
20th or 21st segment. Immediately on emergence of Copulation and Fertilization
prostatic duct from the inner side of gland, it is enclosed in
Earthworms are bisexual, still self-fertilization does
a common muscular sheath, along with the two vasa
not occur because they are protandrous. A reciprocal
deferentia on its own side, forming a
spermaticcommon
one worm are transferred to another
cross-fertilization of
and prostatic duct, within which the three tube remain
during a process, termed copulation. During copulation,
separate. Both common ducts curve inwards to open to
two worms apply each other by their ventral surfaces with
the exterior independently by a pair of male genital pores
head endo pointing in opposite directions, so that the
ventrally on 18th segment. Prostate glands manufacture a
male genital pores of each lie against a pair of sperma-
fluid, the prostatic fluid, of unknown function.
thecal pores of other. Areas surrounding the male genital
Accessory glands
In each of the 17th and 19th
apertures are raised into papillae, which are inserted
segments, is found a pair of rounded white fluffy masses, successively from behind to forward into the spermathecal
the accessory glands, on ventro-lateral body wall, one on
pores of other worm and discharge spermatozoa, which
either side of nerve cord. They open to the exterior by a
are storedin spermathecae.
number of ducts on two pairs of genital papillae, situated
After this mutual interchange of sperms, the two
externally upon the 17th and 19th segments, one on
worms separate and later lay their eggs in cocoons.
either side of mid-ventral line. Their secretion helps
Fertilization is thus external taking place in the
probably in uniting the two worms during copulation.
cocoons.
From testes, spermatogonia or sperm-mother cells
are shed into testis sacs. From here they enter seminal Cocoon formation
vesicles to undergo maturation and develop into sperma- Cocoon is secreted as a viscid and gelatinous subs-
tozoa. Mature sperms move back into testis sac, enter tance by clitellar glands, forming a broad membranous

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 87

*
band or girdle around clitellum. It hardens gradually on Economic Importance
exposure to air into a tough but elastic tube which
Earthworms are of great economic importance to
becomes the cocoon or egg capsule. A slime tube is also
man. They are directly or indirectly useful to us as
secreted by epidermal mucous cells of clitellum over
follows :

cocoon. As the worm wriggles behind, the slime tube and

cocoon are slipped forward over the head. On its way the
1 . As
bait and food All over the world, they are
used as They form the best food of fish in
bait for fishing.
cocoon receives ova from female genital pore and sperms
aquaria. They are also used a food by .various uncivilized
of other worm from spermathecae, so that cross-fertili-
people in many parts of world. They also form food for
zation is ensured and zygotes are formed. An albuminous
certain birds, frogs, reptiles, centipedes and other preda-
fluid is also deposited inside cocoon by the glands of
tory invertebrates
anterior segments of body. Finally, when cocoon is thrown
off the head, its elastic ends close up and a yellowish 2. In Agriculture Earthworms are in general benefi-
rounded cocoon is formed. cial to Although they may sometimes do
agriculture.
damage young and tender plants, yet they are good
to
Fertilizationoccurs after the cocoon has been depo-
friends to the gardner and farmer as they. Continuously
sited in a moist place. Cocoon of Pheretima is a small,
plough and manure the soil. Their habit of burrowing and
spherical body. Cocoon formation takes place in Phere-
swallowing earth increases fertility of soil. Their burrows
tima in summer, especially during and after the monsoon.
permit penetration of air and moisture in porous soil,
Many cocoons may be formed in succession after each
improve drainage, and make easier the downward growth
mating, so that all sperms stored in the spermathecae are
of roots. Earthworms are continuously dragging dead
not passed out at once.
leaves into their burrows to eat them. They are partially
Development digested and their remains are thoroughly mixed with the.

Cocoon may contain many fertilized eggs but only castings, thus add humus to soil. Excretory wastes and

one embryo develops, growing at the expense of other other secretions of worms also enrich soil by adding

eggs serving as nurse cells and albumen stored in nitrogenous matters that form important plant food. One

cocoon. Cleavage is holoblastic and unequal and deve- acre of ground may contain 50000 earthworms and the
lopment is direct without any free larval stage. A hollow quantity of earth brought up from below and deposited on

blastula is formed and later a gastrula by invagination. the surface as worm castings has been estimated by
Mesoderm develops from two large cells of blastula, Darwin to be as 18 tons per acre per year. In recent
called mesoblasts. They divide form two mesoblastic
to
years, there is stress on the importance of culturing

bands, which coelomic epithelial

later give rise to the
earthworms to build up soil to a high degree of fertility.
lining. Young worms, when grown, crawls out of
fully 3. In medicines Earthworms were used variously
cocoon in about two or three weeks. Newly hatched as medicines in the past. Hamdullah Mustaufi of Qazwin
young worm receives no parental care and resembles the in 'Naizat-ul-Qutub' written in A.D. 1340, and Damari in

adult except for size and absence of clitellum. Hayat-ul-Haiwan' written in A.D. 1371 told about medi-
cines prepared from earthworms to cure stones in bla-
Regeneration and Grafting dder, pyorrhoea, piles, rheumatism, sexual impotency etc.
Earthworms do not reproduce asexually, but they Even to this day the Chinese, Japanese and Indians are
great capacity for regeneration. If ends of body are cut said to use earthworms in various fancy medicines.
accidently or removed experimentally, a head or tail is 4. In
laboratory Earthworms are easily available
regenerated to replace the lost part. and are of convenient size for dissections. They are,
Earthworms can also be grafted like Planaria. Experi- therefore, universally employed for class-room studies.
mentally, some abnormal types have been produced such 5. worms In some cases, earthworms
Harmful
as worms with two tails, short worms by grafting together become may cause
harmful. Exceptionally, their burrows
two terminal parts or exceptionally long worms by joining loss of water by seepage from ditches in irrigated lands.
end to end pieces of several worms. However such freaks Their castings on sloping lands tend to be washed away
do not survive as they cannot feed. by rain and thus contribute to soil erosion, though to a

Significant facts of Earthworm

Earthworms are well-adapted for a subterranean or burrowing mode of life.

Elongated, slender, cylindrical and streamlined body is well-suited for burrowing in soil.
Setae and musculature serve for locomotion as well as for anchoring body firmly in burrow.
Secrete mucus for plastering the internal walls of burrow.
Coelom. fluid oozing through dorsal pores keeps skin moist for gaseous exchange in the absence of respiratory organs.
Amoebocytes of coelomic fluid kill harmful bacteria and other parasites and protect body.
Nocturnal and burrowing habits provide safety from predators.
Sensory organs such as many photosensitive organs are present on dorsal surface, numerous on prostomium and peristomium.
Earthworms are negatively phototrophic to strong light and positive to weak light.
Hermaphroditism and regeneration ensure continuity of species against many hazards in. life.
Formation of cocoon for fertilization and development are adaptations for reproduction on dry land.
Their habit of burrowing and swallowing soil increases fertility of soil in many ways, thus they are friends of farmers.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 88

Copyrighted material
lesser extent. Certain species live as external parasites of parasite carries a virus, which together with a bacterium,
frogs. Sometimes, they bury in the dead bodies of burned causes hog-influenza or swine influenza. Some species
animals and bring the disease-germs to surface, where become pests of plants. Pheretima elongata is suspected
they may infect other animals. Earthworms are said to of damaging the roots of the Betel-wine (Piper Betel) in.
serve as intermediate hosts in the transmission of some Coimbatore. Malabaria podudicola and Aphanascus
such as tapeworm (Amoebotaenia sphenoides)
parasites, oryzivorus are said to damage the roots of paddy in
and gapeworm {Syngamus) of chicken and lung nema- Malabar. A species of Pehonyx damages cardamon
tode (Metastrongylus elongatus) of pigs. The latter stems grown on the Anamalai Hills.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. The arrangement numerous
of 7. Which of the following nephridia (B) 8th and 9th
setae in a ring in each segment are exonephric in earthworms ?
(C) 7th and 9th
of Pheretima is known as (A) Pharyngeal
(D) 5th and 7th
(A) Lumbricine (B) Septal
(B) Oligochaetine 14. What is the function of porphyrin
(C) Integumentary
in earthworm ?
(C) Otochaetine (D) Pharyngeal and integumen-
(A) To protect against harmful
(D) Perchaetine tary
germs
2. In earthworm, the first segment 8. In earthworm, the fertilization
(B) To help in respiration
in which the mouth is situated is takes place in

known as (C) To help in excretion

(A) Oviduct
(A) Prostomium (B) Spermathecae (D) To protect against harmful
ultraviolet rays
(B) Peristomium (C) Clitellum

(C) Protostomium (D) Cocoon 15. Spermathecal in earthworm are

meant for
(D) Stomium 9. Which of the blood vessel is the
largest in earthworm and posse- (A) Producing sperms
3. Which of the following is the pri-

mary characteristic of phylum sses valves ? (B) Storing its own sperms
Annelida ? (A) Sub-neural vessel (C) Storing sperms of other
(B) Oesophageal vessel earthworm after copulation
(A) Metameric segmentation
(C) Dorsal blood vessel
(B) Excretion by flame cell
(D) None of the above
(D) Ventral blood vessel
(C) Trochophore larva in life
Earthworm has no skeleton but
ANSWERS
cycle 10.
during burrowing the anterior end 1.(D) 2.(B) 3. (A) 4.(C) 5. (A)
(D) Body covered by ciliated 6. (C) 7. (C) 8.(D) 9.(C) 10. (B)
becomes turgid and acts as a
epithelium
hydraulic skeleton. It is due to 11. (B) 12. (A) 13. (C) 14. (D) 15. (C)

4. In earthworm, which of the follo- (A) Setae

wing cells function like that of (B) Coelomic fluid
liver cells of vertebrates ? (C) Circular muscles
(A) Amoebocytes (D) Longitudinal muscles
(B) Mucous cells
AT THE START
11. In earthworm typhlosole helps Of YOUR CAREER
(C) Chloragogen cells
(A) To accommodate dorsal
(D) Epidermal cells
blood vessel
5. What term is used for the nephri- (B) To increase absorptive area
dia which discharge their excre- in alimentary canal
tory prdducts into the lumen of (C) To secrete enzymes
gut? (D) None of the above
(A) Enteronephric
12. Photoreceptors of earthworm are
(B) Exonephric
present on
(C) Exocrine
(A) Dorsal surface
(D) Holocrine
(B) Ventral surface
6. Insome earthworms, calciferous
glands are restricted to (C) Clitellum

(A) Oesophagus (D) All the above

IMPORTANT THAN WHAT
(B) Rectum 13. Lateral hearts of earthworm are YOU EARN.
(C) Stomach found in the segments
(D) Typhlosole (A) 6th and 8th

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 89

 Introduction Poisonous Snakes
Snakes have long, cylindrical body without limbs,
Cobra It is highly venomous snakes of the family
movable eyelids and tympana. They are insensitive to air- Elapidae that expand the neck ribs to form a hood.
borne sound but can perceive earth-borne vibrations. Cobras are found in warm regions. They are favourites of
Eyes of the snakes are covered with a transparent scale snake charmers, who tease them into assuming the
and lack eyelids. This enables them to give an unwinking upreared defense posture. The snake sways in alert
stare. Tongue is slender, forked and protrusible. It acts as response to the charmer's movements, not to the sound
an additional organ of smell. It flicks in and out, carrying of his pipe-snakes are deaf to high frequencies.
chemicals from air or ground to sense organs (called Common Indian Cobra is Naja naja and kills several
Jacobson's organs) located in the roof the buccal cavity. people every year, mostly because it visits houses at
Pit vipers and some boas have heat detecting organs on twilight to catch rats. In India, this species has a spectacle-
the head. These enable them to strike warm-blooded prey like mark on its exceptionally wide hood.
accurately in dark nights or in deep burrows. Jaw bones
Cobras are extremely variable in colouration and
are movable, enabling the snakes to swallow a large prey.
markings. Three races are recognised on the basis of the
Long flexible ribs help maintain body shape. hood pattern. The binocellate Cobra of peninsular India
The snakes are generally nocturnal and commonly (Naja naja naja) is yellowish, brownish or black above with
carnivorous. Snakes hibernate during winter. They or without a black and white mark on hood, a black and
periodically cast off their horny layer of skin as a white spot on the inside of the hood with one or two black
continuous slough. They often produce a hissing sound by crossbars below hood. Sri Lankan and South Indian
forcibly expelling air through the nares after inflating the cobras are usually of shades of brown with well-defined
lungs. Snakes run quite fast on rough surface but are hood marks. Cobras of North India are more often black.
helpless on hard smooth surface. Most snake species
Monocellate Cobra [Naja naja kaouthia) has only a
move by throwing the body into curves. Scales on the
single yellow or orange O-shaped mark on the hood. The
ventral side or curves of the body itself, provide traction.
Black Cobra of North is Naja naja oxiana.
All snakes swim well by lateral undulations of the body

and most of them can climb also.

King Cobra The world's largest venomous snake is

the King cobra, or hamadryad (Ophiophagus hannah). It

Majority of snakes are non-poisonous and are useful
preys chiefly on other snakes. The primary feeding cue is
as they feed on rodents in crop fields. They may bite but
scent. King cobra has earned for itself an unenviable
do not have poison to inject into the victim. Poisonous
reputation for aggressiveness and courage and is largely
snakes have additional poison teeth, called fangs,
diurnal.
specialised for injecting poison from poison glands
It in the dense forests of the Western Ghats,
occurs
present in their head.
plains an estuaries of Orissa, West Bengal and Assam. It
Unlike birds and mammals, snakes grow conti-
nuously, though at decreasing rates, throughout their
is common snake in India.
not a

lives. All snakes feed on other animals, especially The King cobra, one of the very few nest-building
vertebrates. The commonest prey are mammals, birds snakes, drags dead vegetation into a low heap by bending
its body. The eggs are laid in a cavity at the centre of
and earthworms, insects, fish, bird's
frogs; others include
nest. Other snakes deposit their eggs in holes they have
eggs. Prey always swallowed whole; no snake has
is

teeth adapted for chewing. In several groups the salivary
glands have become modified into poison glands, the
venom being delivered by means of hollow or grooved
fangs.
Snakes reproduce by egg laying (Oviparity). Sea-
scooped out of sand or soft earth with their snout.
The spitting of venom by certain African cobras, the
ringhals (Hemachatus haemachatus), and the black-
necked cobra (Naja nigricollis) is a purely defensive act
directed against large enemies. A fine stream of venom is

snakes are generally viviparous. Little parental care is forced out from each fang. Usually a spitting cobra raises
practiced but in some cases the eggs are guarded by the its head and the forepart of its body in the characteristic
parent. cobra defensive posture prior to spitting, but venom can
be ejected from any position. The effect on skin is negli-
Snakes of India gible; the eyes, however, may be severely damaged, and
The common poisonous snakes of India are Cobra, blindness can result unless the venom is washed out
Krait, Viper and Sea-snakes. The non-poisonous snakes quickly.
are Typhlops (Blind snake), Python, Ptyas (Rat snake), The poison of cobra acts mainly as a neurotoxin and
Tropidonotus (Common pond or grass snake), Eryx blood and cell destroyer. The neurotoxin paralyses the
(Sand Boa), Dendrophis (Tree snake). respiratory centre and is the chief cause of death. Other

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 90

V i
'
Copyrighted material
effects are loss of clotting power of the
destruction of red blood cells.
KraitThe common Indian krait is scientifically
known as Bungarus Caeruleus. They have lustrous black
or bluish black above with paired narrow white crossbars
indistinct or absent anteriorly. The common krait inhabits
fields, low scrub jungles and is common in the vicinity of
human habitation, often taking up residence inside houses.
It is nocturnal and of a placid temperament, biting usually
blood and aggressive and to bite. The young are often cannibalistic.
The Russel's viper is viviparous. Fangs are movable and
become errected when mouth opens.
The venom is transparent, acidic in reaction and
tastes like gum arabic. The poison acts as a depressor of
the vasomotor centre and a destroyer of the blood. The
blood pressure drops and heart weakens. The red blood
corpuscles are destroyed, the clotting power of the blood
is reduced and the lining of the blood vessels destroyed

only under provocation. Many instances are on record of leading to extensive internal haemorrhages with pain and
people sleeping on the ground being bitten when vomiting and bleeding from the body's openings.
unknowingly rolling on or placing a leg or hand in their Saw-scaled Viper (Echis carinatus) Distinguished
sleep on a Krait moving nearby. from other Indian snakes by the absence of shields on the
Krait feeds mainly on snakes including other kraits. head. Mainly inhabits arid country. In India, it is commonly
Occasionally feeds frogs, lizards, rats etc. kraits show found south and west of Ganges. Though essentially a
Cannibalistic tendencies. The secretion of the anal desert snake, it occurs in semi-desert and broken scrub
glands which has a disagreeable smell to man may country. It is an alert little snake, largely diurnal, and is
perhaps help in recognition. capable of quick movement when necessary. Feeds
The venom is more toxic than that of the cobra and largely on centipedes, scorpions, larger insects, mice,

acts both as a neurotoxin and haemotoxin, para-lysing shrinks, geckos and frogs.

the respiratory centre, and centres concerned with the
lips, tongue, throat and voice and phrenic nerves.
blood corpuscles are destroyed as also the lining of the
smaller blood vessels. The major cause of death is
asphyxia through paralysis of the respiratory centre. Krait
venom is considered to be 15 times more virulent than the
The Saw-scaled viper is viviparous producing 3 to
The red 15 young at a time. The fangs of this snake are
remarkably long for its size. The almond shaped poison
glands are placed behind the eye. The poison acts mainly
as an anti-coagulant, a destroyer of blood cells and lining
of blood vessels, a cardiac depressor and generally as a

cobra's, and the krait is one of the deadliest among the depressor to nerve cells. The local symptoms are similar
poisonous snakes of the world. to those of the Russel's viper. The venom acts directly on

Symptoms are a 'fiery' pain at the site of the bite cardiac muscles also. Death results from heart failure.

which disappears after some time, later violent abdominal Green or Bamboo Pit Viper ( Trimeresurus grami-
pain probably due to haemorrhage and paralysis sets in. neus)The head is flattened and appears unduly broad
The eyelids, and lower lip droop and the person is unable owing to the constricted neck. Tail is prehensile. It is

to walk and to breathe. Often there is no immediate found in forests of hills. In the Western Ghats of India,
reaction and the bite is ignored with fatal results. Death they are usually seen during rains. The poison's action is

may result in five to twelve hours after the bite. feeble but painful and swelling of the bitten part, nausea,
Banded Krait Banded krait is scientifically known vomitting and fever, the symptoms diappearing in about
as Bungarus fasciatus. This has alternating yellow and 48 hours. It is viviparous.
black bands. This krait can be confused with the harmless Himalayan Pit Viper (Agkistrodon himalayanus)
(non-poisonous) Yellow-banded Wolfsnake (Lycodon The loreal pit identifies it as a pit viper, from other pit

fasciatus). It can be distinguished by the enlarged vipers by the presence of large shields instead of uniform
vertebrals entire subcaudals, ridged spinal area and blunt small scales on top of head. Occurs commonly in the
tail. Occurs fairly commonly throughout the North-east Western Himalayas. It is viviparous. The poison is not
peninsular India and northern parts of India. It is largely particularly virulent and the bite of the snake is not fatal to
nocturnal, and is found in grass, pits or drains during the man.
day. Frequents moist places and the vicinity of water. It is Shaw's Sea-snake {Lapemis curtus) The only
extremely sluggish and remains lethargic even under Indian sea-snake with parietal shields on head broken up
provocation. Most commonly seen during the rains. into smaller shields. It is commonly found in Persian Gulf
It feeds mainly on snakes and among those eaten are to Malay Archipelago. Common along the Malabar and
rat-snake or dhaman. This snake is poisonous as other Tamil Nadu coasts. It is viviparous. Its poison action is
common kraits. Its poison is said to be less virulent than similar to that of cobra, but the respiratory failure is more
cobra poison. pronounced.
Russell's Viper (Vipera russelli) Its head is covered Hook-nosed Sea-snake {Enhydrina schistosa)The
with small scales and without shields. Body massive, oar-shaped tail distinguishes this from other sea snakes. It

cylindrical, narrowing at both ends, head flat triangular is abundant on both coasts of the Indian peninsula. It is
with short snout. Widely distributed in Indian sub-continent the commonest. Indian sea snake being very numerous
and north to east Himalayas. Uncommon to rare in ail along the coast and ascending considerable distances

Ganges valley. It is common in inhabited areas, the on the tidal rivers. They feed entirely on fish. Its poison is
attraction being the rodents. said to be ten times more potent than cobra venom. It is

Normally sluggish and does not strike readily unless viviparous.

irritated. Usually it contends itself with hissing sounds. It is Yellow Sea-snake (Hydrophis spiralis)It is largest
largely nocturnal. The young are more prone to be among the sea snakes and tail is laterally compressed.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 91

Head in young is black with more or less distinct yellow 2. Poison DuctsA narrow poison duct leads
horseshoe mark on the crown. These are abundant in the anteriorly from each poison gland to the base of a poison
Persian Gulf and common on the east coast. Feeds largely fang to enter its groove or canal.
on eel fishes. It is highly poisonous and viviparous. 3. Fangs Fangs are certain specialized teeth
Non-Poisonous Snakes attached to maxillary bones. They are long, curved, sharp
1. Blind Snake (Typhlina bramina) All Typhlina and pointed. They serve as hypodermic needles for
have a slender worm-like shape and undifferentiated body injecting poison into the body of victim. When a functional

scales.Eyes indistinct. Other species of Blind snakes are fang is lost or damaged, it is replaced by one of the
Typhlina acutus and Typhlina diardi. reserved fangs. On the basis of structure and position,
3 types of fangs occur in poisonous snakes
Oceliate rough-tailed snake (Uropeltis ocella-
:

2.
tus) Distinguished by the obliquely truncated
Neck tail.
(a) Solenoglyphous In vipers and rattle snakes, a
region similar in girth than the body. Eye small and large functional fang occurs on the front of maxilla. Its

contained in ocular or eye-shield. Feeds almost exclu- base covered on all sides by a sheath containing a few
is

sively on earthworms. It is ovo-viviparous. reserve and developing fangs. The fang is movable and
3. Indian Python (Python moluru Normally a turned inside to lie close to the roof of mouth when it is

jungle dweller occurring in dense as well as in open

closed. A hollow poison canal through the fang opening at
forests. Feeds on mammals, birds, reptiles, but seems to the tip.

prefer mammals. Pythons are long lived. Python has (b) Proteroglyphous
In cobras, kraits, coral and

vestigial pelvic girdle. sea snakes, fangs are small, at the front of maxillae and
4. Dhaman or Common Ratsnake (Ptyas muco- permanently erect. Each fang is grooved all along its
sus) It is a common in all parts of India. Diurnal in habit. anterior face.
An unusual behaviour, which has not been recorded in (c) Opisthoglyphous In some poisonous snakes,
any other species of Indian snakes, is the 'Combat in family Colubridae, fangs are small, lie at the back of
Dance', between males. maxillae and each grooved along its posterior border.
5. Tree Snake (Dendrelaphis tristis)-^Common in the
Himalayan foothills. It is an active snake and ascends Significant Facts of Jaws and Fangs
trees with amazing speed.
6. Common Wolfsnake (Lycodon aulicus) It is most The
heavily
jaws of snakes are highly mobile and are usually
armed with teeth.
often seen near and in human habitation. The readiness
The upper jaw can move to and fro on hinged joints and
with which it bites and its habit of living in houses make
can also rotate slightly.
this snake responsible for a large number of snake bite
In most snakes, the upper jaw is connected to the lower
cases in India every year. It is most often confused with jaw by a joint that acts as a pivot point, and in eating all
the common krait from its almost identical colour pattern. toothed bones on one side of the mouth move forward as
It is non-poisonous. Any fatality resulting from bite of wolf a unit.
snake is purely the result of fright. e In some tree snakes, the connection between upper jaw
7. Boa (Eryx johni)Widely distributed in the plains and the quadrate bone is lost, and there are four
of India. It appears to be of a gentler temperament being a independent units rather than two.
particularly inoffensive creature. The maxillary bone of most snakes is elongated, with
8. Flying Snake (Chrysopelea ornata) Commonly many
and
teeth, but in the family viperidae (vipers, pit vipers
rattle snakes), only one functional fang remains on a
found in the forests of the Andamans and Western Ghats.
It is an arboreal snake and diurnal in habit. Several
short, blunt, rotable maxillary. The position usually
occupied by the maxillary has been taken by the
instances are available of their ability to spring horizontally
pterygoid bone.
and upwards and to glide from a height to the ground or to
e In the family Elapidae (Cobras and relatives) the
another tree.
maxillary bears a single fang in a fixed position,
Water Snake (Enhydris enhydris)A thoroughly
9.
sometimes followed by a few smaller, solid teeth. The
aquatic snake frequenting rivers, estuaries, lakes, posterior one or two teeth on maxillary have enlarged
marshes and perhaps wet fields. Feeds mainly on fish. and changed, usually into fangs to conduct the flow of
Poison Apparatus venom. These are the rearfanged snakes.
e The two rami of lower jaw are loosely connected
All trje poisonous snakes have in their heads a
anteriorly by an elastic ligament.
poison apparatus which is not found non-poisonous
snakes. This apparatus includes (1) a pair of poison
Snake Venom
glands, (2) their ducts, (3) fangs and their muscles.
1 .
Poison Glands Two sac-like poison glands are Snake venom or poison is secreted by certain poison
situated one on either inner side of the upper jaw, below glands found in the head region of snakes and injected in
the eyes and somewhat behind them. These are possibly the body of bitten prey through the fangs serving as
the modified superior labial or parotid salivary glands. hypodermic needles. It is clear sticky liquid of faint yellow
Each gland is thickly encapsulated with fibrous connecting or greenish colour. It is tasteless and odourless and acidic

tissue and mostly covered by a fan-shaped constrictor in reaction. a complex mixture of enzymes and
It is

muscle, often referred to as temporal or massetor. Its specific toxins and

is a good digestive juice. It is fatal only

stretching during biting squeezes poison from glands into when mixed in blood. It is precipitated in reagents such as
its ducts, silver nitrate and potassium permanganate. It can be dried

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 92

Copyrighted material
and kept indefinitely retaining its poisonous properties. It (haemolysis) and paralysis of trunk and limbs occur
can be dissolved in water, salt solutions or glycerine. followed by death within 6 to 24 hours.

Symptoms Snake bite

of Viper bite Venom of viper is mainly haemotoxic
affecting the circulatoryand nervous system more seve-
The Venom of different snakes has its own rely. Symptoms include local swelling and discolouration
characteristic effect. Degree of virulence differs not only in
of bitten part with acute burning pain. A red fluid oozes out
different snakes but in the same snake under different from wound due to massive tissue destruction (necrosis)
circumstances. The bitten person may die or recover
which frequently necessitates amputation. Pupils dilate,
depending upon the amount injected and its virulence. It is
pulse rate increases profuse vomiting occurs and victim
customary to regard two categories of snake venoms
loses conciousness. Death may result due to paralysis of
Neurotoxic and Haemotoxic. Neurotoxins are typical of
vaso-motor centres and exhaustion from profuse bleeding.
elapsids (Cobra and Krait) and sea snakes. The cause of
death by paralysis of respiratory muscles and asphyxia- Antivenom
tion. Haemotoxins are typical of vipers. They cause tissue Antivenom (Antivenin) is serum that contains antitoxin
destruction and widespread haemorrhage. The effects of for snake venom. The best cure for snake bite is an
venom or symptoms of snake bite in case of 3 most antivenom serum or antivenin which is injected into the
common poisonous snakes of India are as follows : body of the victim to counteract snake venom. Different
Cobra bite Poison of Cobra is neurotoxin attacking antivenins are required against different snakes due to

nerve centres and causing paralysis of muscles differences in the qualities of their venoms. An antivenin is

especially those of respiratory muscles.
include piercing pain and burning sensation ending
numbness of bitten part which turn bluish. Person suffers
from giddiness, weakness in legs, high pulse rate,
speechlessness, drooping of saliva and eyelids, contrac-
tion of pupils, vomiting and laboured breathing. Death
results within few hours due to failure of respiration
Symptoms prepared by injecting a horse with gradually increasing
in
doses of a snake venom until the horse becomes fully
immunized to any amount of venom injected. The blood
serum of these immunized horses is collected and
preserved. This is antivenom serum or antivenin which
has developed sufficient antibodies to neutralize the effect
of that particular snake venom. Most of the antivenin is

(asphyxia) or heart failure. Late Prof. K. N. Bahl prepared in Haffkine Institute, Bombay, and Central
described cobra bite poisoning by the word CO BRA, Research Institute, Kasauli (Simla Hills).
indicating that spinal cord (CO) and brain (BRA) are Distinction between poisonous and non-poiso-
affected. Coagulation of blood (COB) is reduced (R), so nous snakes
that wound bleeds for hours and death occurs by Most of the Indian snakes are non-poisonous and
asphyxia (A). harmless creatures. The poisonous snakes are distin-
Krait bite Kraits are most dangerously poisonous guished from non-poisonous snakes on the basis of the
snakes because their bite injects a very large quantity of shape of their tails and size and arrangement of scales
poison. Symptoms are very similar to those of cobra bite, and shields on their body. A simple workable key of
except that the victim complains of unbearable abdominai identification of Indian poisonous and non-poisonous
pain due to internal haemorrhage. Destruction of RBCs snake is given in the following table :

Key to Identify Poisonous from Non-Poisonous Snakes of India

Structures Characters Nature Snakes

1. Tail (a) Tail laterally compressed, oar-like Poisonous Sea snakes
Hydrophis, Enhydrina
(b) Tail cylindrical, tapering. Poisonous or nonpoisonous Land snakes
Examine further

2. Belly scales (a) Belly scales small, continuous with dorsals Non-poisonous Pythons
or ventrals (b) Ventrals not fully broad to cover belly Non-poisonous
(c) Ventrals broad, fully covering belly Examine further

3. Head scales, (a) Head scales small. Head triangular. No loreal pit Poisonous Pitless vipers

loreal pit, sub- (i) Subcaudals double Poisonous Vipera russelli

caudals (ii) Subcaudals single Poisonous Echis carinata
(b) Head scales small. A loreal pit present between Poisonous Pit vipers

nostril and eye Lachesis, Ancistrodon

(c) Head with large shields. No loreal pit. Examine further

4. Vertebrals, (a) Vertebrals enlarged, hexagonal Poisonous Krait, Bungarus

4th infralabial, 4th infra-labial largest
3rd suprala- (b) Vertebrals not enlarged. 3rd supra-labial
bial touches eye and nostril Poisonous
(i) Neck with a hood and spectacle mark Poisonous Cobra, Naja
Hood absent. Coral
(ii) spots on belly Poisonous Coral snakes, Callophis
(c) No such characters Nonpoisonous

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 93

 POISONOUS OR NON-POISONOUS SNAKES
Significant Facts of Snakes
1.
cylindrical tail

Study of snakes is known as Ophiology.

SEA SNAKES (POISONOUS) LAND SNAKES
Eyelids are absent in snakes.

~A Fangs are poisonous teeth, which are modified maxillary

unrlorm small
enlarged K.
belly s
ventral Zt^z^A teeth.
shields
fc^rd
(NON- POISONOUS Poison glands are modified salivary glands.
(NON-POISONOUS) (NONPOISONOUS) OR POISONOUS)
large Tympanum and middle ear is absent in snakes.
no loreal pit I cephalic
eye ^/ shields Hydrophis and viper dryophis snakes are viviparous.

Cobra and krait venom is neurotoxic.

HEAD in side view
HEAD in side view HEAD in side view (NONPOISONOUS
Viper venom is haemotoxic.
PITLESS VIPER (POISONOUS) PIT VIPER (POISONOUS) OR POIS
Antivenin is used for the treatment snake bite.

Hoffkin's Institute, Bombay is well known for antivenin

production.

Snakes can perceive sound waves passing through solid

3rd supra-labial shield

terrain of earth only.
BODYindorsa/wev.
HEAD in lateral mew HADinvwKrs/wew
(POISONOUS) Jacobson's organs are the olfactory organs of snakes.
COBRA (POISONOUS) KRA.IT

Venom is proteinous and acidic in nature.

Fig. : Diagrams for identification of poisonous and non-
Snakes can digest hairs, feathers and horns.
noisonous <.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Antivenom injections for snake 7. In poisonous snakes the fangs 12. In snakes
bite are prepared at are developed on (A) Eyelids are absent
(A) I. A. R. I. New Delhi (A) Mandibles (B) Maxilla (B) Immovable eyelids present
(B) N. D. R. I. Lucknow (C) Quadrate (D) Squamosal (C) Movable eyelids present
(C) N. D. R. I. Karnal 8. Krait (Bungarus) can be differen-
(D) None of the above is correct
(D) Haffkine's Research Insti- tiated from other snakes by its
tute, Bombay (A) Shields on head 13. Olfactory organ of snake is

(B) Size (A) i Jacobson's organ

2. Laterally compressed tail is pre-
sent in (C) Colouration of body (B) Johnston's organ

(A) Cobra (B) Krait (D) Enlarged hexagonal verteb- (C) Organ of Bojanus
(C) Hydrophis (D) Boa ral scales (D) None of the above
9. The largest Indian poisonous
3. Which of the following snake has 14. Fangs of snakes are
snake is
vestigial pelvic girdle ? (A) Monophyodont
(A) Krait
(A) Bungarus (B) Eryx (B) Diphyodont
(B) Russell's viper
(C) Natrix (D) Python
King Cobra (C) Triphyodont
(C)
4. Which one of the following is a (D) Polyphyodont
(D) Python
marine snakes ?
10. The poisonous glands of a poiso- 15. Which of the following snake is
(A) Bungarus (B) Natrix
nous snakes are modified viviparous ?
(C) Hydrophis (D) Eryx
(A) Buccal glands (A) Python
5. Head is covered by scales in (B) Salivary glands (B) King Cobra
(A) Cobra (C) Palatine glands
(C) Viper dryophis
(B) Krait (D) Lacrimal glands
(D) Krait
(C) Viper
11. If the fang of a poisonous snake
(D) All the above
is pulled out or broken off, they ANSWERS
6. Which one of the following is are
non-poisonous snake ? (A) Never replaced 1.(Q) 2.(C) 3.(D) 4.(C) 5.(C)

(A) Sea snake (B) Replaced by another fang 6. (D) 7. (B) 8. (D) 9. (C) 10. (B)

(B) Bungarus (C) Replaced by teeth but not 11. (B) 12. (A) 13. (A) 14. (D) 15. (C)

(C) Viper fang

(D) Python (D) Lost for ever

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 94

Copyrighted materia
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations 16. Which of the following gland sec-
retes life saving hormone ?
(A) Adrenals (B) Thymus

ZOOLOGY 17.
(C) Thyroid

Hypocalcemia
(D) Pineal

is caused by
under secration of

(A) Parathormone
1 . Proteinous cells in cartilage and (B) Haustellum (B) Testosterone
collagen matrix are (C) Basiproboscis
(C) Thyroxine
(A) Chondrocytes (D) Labella (D) Glucagon
(B) Choanocytes
9. Role of mutations in evolution 18. Protonephridial system is found
(C) Amoebocytes
is in
(D) Lymphocytes
(A) Reproductive isolation (A) Fasciola (B) Earthworm
2. Mammals generate much heat
(B) Genetic variation (C) Ascaris (D) Nereis
metabolically in a process
(C) Genetic drift
called 19. The study of parasites and their
(A) Thermogenesis (D) None of the above relationships to one another and
their hosts is called
(B) Endogenesis 10. Sexual dimorphism is found in
(C) Ketogenesis (A) Ascaris (B) Amoeba (A) Xenology (B) Teratology

(D) All the above (C) Phenology (D) Rheology

(C) Pheretima (D) All of these
3. The excretory unit of the verte-
1 1 Sertoli cells are involved in
20. Which one of the following is the
.

brate kidney is key intermediate compound link-

(A) Nutrition of developing
(A) Nephron ing glycolysis to the Krebs
sperms
cycle ?
(B) Nephrocytes
(B) Excretion
(C) Nephridium (A) NADH (B) ATP
(C) Respiration
(D) All the above (C) Malic acid (D) Acetyl CoA
(D) All of these
4. HCI is secreted from 21 . The RNA that picks up specific
12. The production of ATP from amino acid pool in the cytoplasm
(A) Kuffer cells
phosphate and ADP in aerobic to ribosome during protein syn-
(B) Mast cells
respiration is called thesis is called
(C) Choanocytes
(D) Oxyntic cells
(A) Oxidative phosphorylation (A) m-RNA (B) f-RNA
(B) Deoxygenation (C) r-RNA (D) RNA
5. A camel show resistance against
(C) Oxidative polymerisation 22. Centromere is a part of
heat of a desert by
(A) Storing water in itshump (D) Oxidative epimerisation (A) Ribosomes
(B) Shunting blood into its hump (B) Mitochondria
13. An enzyme that catalyses the
(C) Allowing its body tempera- partial hydrolysis of proteins to
(C) Chromosome
ture to drop at night polypeptides is (D) Endoplasmic reticulum
(D) None of the above (A) Renin (B) Pepsin 23. Which is most stable eco-
6. Continental drift explains the (C) Trypsin (D) Lipase system ?
occurrence of (A) Forest (B) Mountain
14. An enzyme that converts the
Desert Ocean
(A) Mass extinctions (C) (D)
soluble protein fibrinogen into the
(B) Distribution of fossils on 24. Infective stage of Plasmodium
fibrous fibrin during blood clot-
earth is
ting is
(C) Geological upheavals like
(A) Trophozoite
(A) Thyrotrophin
earthquake
Thrombin (B) Merozoite
(B)
(D) All the above are correct
(C) Sporozoite
(C) Collegenase
7. Body cavity of Hydra is (D) Metacryptozoite
(D) Oxygenase
(A) Coelenteron
25. Which of the following harmone
(B) Haemocoel 15. Which of the following scientist
is/are secreted by pituitary
(C) Archenteron discovered jumping genes ?
gland ?
(D) All of these (A) HugodeVries (A) Somatotrophic hormone
(B) Barbara McClintock (B) Follicle stimulating hormone
8. In house fly pseudotracheae are

formed by (C) Keith Porter (C) Growth hormone

(A) Rostrum (D) Milton Rand (D) All the above

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 95

Copyrighted material
26. Demonstration of first condi- (A) Sclera (B) Cochlea (B) Two sets of centromere
tioned reflax was made by (C) Choroid (D) Retina (C) Two generative nuclie
(A) Karl Von Frisch (D) Diploid and tetraploid chro-
36. The introduction of foreign DNA
(B) Robert Brown into vector DNA to produce mosomes
(C) Pavlov r-DNA requires which enzyme ? 46. The body cavity of coelenterates
(D) Pasteur (A) Reverse transcriptase is

27. Acetylcholine is responsible for (B) Restriction enzyme (A) Coelenteron

transmission of nerve impulses (C) DNA ligase (B) Coelom
through (D) Both (B) and (C) (C) Pseudo coelom
(A) Cytons (B) Dendrites (D) Haemocoelom
37. The fluctuation of allele frequen-
(C) Axons (D) Synopses cies in a small population entirely 47. A nitrogenous base found in

28. Who discovered that blood trans- due to chance is known as DNA and RNA. It is also a cons-

fusion is successful only when (A) Genetic drift (B) Speciation

tituent of certain coenzymes e.g.

blood of the donor resembles

NAD and FAD
(C) Fitness (D) Altruism
that of the recipient (A) Cytosine (B) Adenine
38. Translation of proteins require
(A) Karl Marx (C) Guanine (D) Uracil
(A) m-RNA
(B) Neel and Beet 48. Precipitin test is performed to
(B) Ribosomal RNA
(C) Karl Landsteiner detect
(C) f-RNA
(D) Mukusick (A) Fats
(D) All of the above
(B) Carbohydrates
29. Sebaceous glands are
39. Tube feet are locomotory organs (C) Lipids
(A) Apourine (B) Holocrine of (D) Specific antigens
(C) Mesocrine (D) Endocrine (A) Starfish (B) Jellyfish 49. The osmoregulatory tissue in all

30. A dicentric chromatid at meiotic (C) Crop fish (D) Silver fish animals is

anaphase I would result in the

40. Number of cervical vertebrae (A) Epithelial (B) Connective
formation of Nervous (D) Muscle
found in mammals are (C)
(A) Supernumerary chromo- (A) 5 (B) 6 50. The term genotype was propo-
somes
(C) 7 (D) 11 sed by
(B) Chromatin bridge (A) T.H.Morgan (B) Boveri
Ring chromosomes
41. The typhlosole in earthworm is
(C) (C) Sutton (D) Johannson
related with
(D) V-shaped chromosomes
(A) Excretion
31 Which one is a myeloid tissue ?
ANSWERS
.
(B) Absorption
(A) Blood 1.(A) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4.(D) 5. (C)
(C) Respiration
(B) Lymph (D) Reproduction 6. (D) 7. (A) 8. (D) 9. (B) 10. (A)

(C) Bone marrow 11. (A) 12. (A) 13. (B) 14. (B) 15. (B)
42. The conversion of absorbed food
(D) Spleen 16. (A) 17. (A) 18. (A) 19. (A) 20. (D)
material into protoplasm, is ter-
21. (B) 22. (C) 23. (D) 24. (C) 25. (D)
32. A neopallium is found in the brain med as
26. (C) 27. (D) 28. (C) 29. (B) 30. (B)
of (A) Digestion
31. (C) 32. (A) 33. (B) 34. (A) 35. (C)
(A) Mammals (B) Birds (B) Absorption
36. (D) 37. (A) 38. (D) 39. (A) 40. (C)
(C) Fishes (D) Frogs (C) Assimilation
41. (B) 42. (C) 43. (C) 44. (C) 45. (A)
33. Asthama is a disease of (D) Defaecation
46. (A) 47. (B) 48. (D) 49. (A) 50. (D)
(A) Blood 43. The pseudopodia of Amoeba are
(B) Bronchial tubes locomotory organelleles. These HINTS
are tipped by
(C) Muscles
3. Nephron is the structural and
(A) Pellide (B) Cuticle
(D) Kidney functional unit of the kidney, con-
(C) Hyaline cap (D) Plasmasol
34. Small pox vaccine was invented sisting of a renal corpuscle

by- 44. Bladderworm is the larva of (a glomerulus) and a urinife-

(A) Liver fluke rous tubule. Water, salts, nitro-

(A) Edward Jenner
genous wastes etc. are filtered
(B) Reukart (B) Planaria
across the walls of glomerulus
(C) Muller (C) Tapeworm and collected by the Bowman's
(D) Rockstein (D) Roundworm capsule.

35. The vascular pigmented middle 45. Genome is

layer of the eyeball is called (A) Haploid set of chromosomes (Continued on Page 99 )

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 96

Coc
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations 15. The hepatic portal vein is located
between the
(A) Hepatic portal vein and the

ZOOLOGY (B)
vena cava
Mouth and the stomach
(C) Pancreas and the small
intestine

1 . Antlers are the horns of (C) Are involved in the poduc- (D) Small intestine and the liver

(A) Goat (B) Rhino tion of ATP

16. Carbon dioxide is carried in the
(D) All of these are correct plasma
(C) Ox (D) Deer
9. Crossing over occurs between (A) In combination with methae-
2. Proteins which are tightly asso-
(A) Sister chromatids of same moglobin
ciated with DNA in the chromatin,
are chromosomes (B) As the bicarbonate ion

(A) Spectrins (B) Ankyrin

(B) Two different bivalents (C) Combined with carbonic an-

(C) Non sister chromatids of a hydrase

(C) Histones (D) Elastin
bivalent (D) All of these are correct
3. Anticoagulant Heparin is secre- (D) Two daughter nuclie 17. ADH causes individuals to ex-
ted by crete
10. Restriction fragment length poly-
(A) Mast cells
morphisms (RFLPs) (A) Sugars
(B) Fibroblasts (A) Identify individuals geneti- (B) Less water
(C) Plasmocytes cally (C) More water
(D) Adipocytes (B) Is the basis for DNA finger- (D) Both A and C are correct

prints 18. A spinal nerve carries impulses

4. Cross bridges, which connect the
(C) Can be subjected to gel (A) TotheCNS
molecules of a fibril during mus-
electrophoresis
cle contraction, are made of (B) Away from the CNS
(D) All of these are correct
(A) Actin (C) Both to and away from the

(B) Collagen
1 1 . The osmoregulatory tissue in all ANS
animals is (D) Only inside the CNS
(C) Myosin
(A) Epithelial (B) Connective
(D) Creatine phosphate 19. A virion is a
(C) Nervous (D) Muscular
(A) Virus
5. The phenomenon of 'metachro-
12. Hypotension or chronic blood (B) Viral ribosome
sis' is found in
pressure may develop from
(C) Viral lysosome
(A) Mammals (A) Not enough blood proteins (D) Viral gene
(B) Amphibia due to low-protein diet
20. Aldosterone causes the
(C) Birds (B) High-fat, high cholesterol
(A) Kidneys to excreto pota-
diet
(D) All of the above ssium ions
(C) Too much emotional stress
6. LH and FSH hormones together (B) Kidneys to reabsorb sodium
(D) Too much caffeine or nico-
ions
are called
tine
(C) Blood volume restoration
(A) Emergency hormone
13. The theory behind the use of
(D) All of these are correct
(B) Gonadotrophic hormone lymphokines in cancer therapy is

(C) Neurohormones that 21. Down syndrome

(D) Outstress hormone (A) Ifcancer develops, the im- (A) Is always caused by non-

mune system has been in- disjunction of chromo-

7. Which nerve innervates the mus- some-21
effective
cles of tounge, jaws and hyoid ?
(B) Lymphokines stimulate the (B) Shows no overt abnormali-
(A) Vagus ties
immune system
(B) Hypoglossal (C) Is more often seen in child-
(C) Cancer cells bear antigens
(C) Facial
be recognizable ren of mothers attaining the
that should
(D) Glossopharyngeal by cytotoxic T-cells.
age of forty and above

(D) All of these are correct

(D) Both A and C are correct
8. Electron transport systems
(A) Are found both in mitochon- 14. Which vitamin helps in formation 22. When a population is small, there

dria and chloroplasts of Red blood cells ? is a greater chance of

(B) Release energy as electrons (A) Vitamin B 12 (B) Vitamin B 6 (A) Gene flow

are transferred (C) Vitamin A (D) Vitamin C (B) Genetic drift

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 97

Copyrighted material
 (C) Natural selection (B) Krebs cycle (B) Acetyl groups, which enter
(D) Mutations occurring (C) Electron transport system the krebs cycle

23. When two or more nonallelic (D) Both A and B (C) Amino acids, which excrete
gene pairs affect the same ammonia
31 . Systole refers to the contraction
characters in the same way, this of the (D) All of these are correct
is called
(A) Major arteries 38. In a DNA molecule, the
(A) Polygenic inheritance (B) SAnode (A) Bases are covalently bon-
(B) Pleiotropy (C) Atria and ventricle ded to the sugars
(C) Total penetrance (D) All of these are correct (B) Sugars are covalently bon-
(D) Additive expressivity
32. The blood Cortisol level controls
ded to the phosphates
24. Which of these systems contri- the secretion of (C) Bases are hydrogen-bonded
bute to homeostasis ? (A) Releasing hormone from the toone another
(A) Digestive and excretory hypothalamus. (D) All of these are correct
system (B) Adreno-cortico tropic hor- 39. RNA processing is
(B) Respiratory and Nervous mone (ACTH) from the ante- (A) The same as transcription
system rior pituitary.
(B) An event that occurs after
(C) Nervous and Endocrine (C) Cortisol from the adrenal
RNA is transcribed
system cortex.
(C) The rejection of old, worn-
(D) All of these are correct (D) All of these are correct.
out RNA
25. Morphogenesis is best associa- 33. When the action potential begins (D) Both B and C are correct.
ted with sodium gate opening and allow-
40. the sequences of bases
(A) Overall growth ing Na + to cross the membrane,
If in

the polarity changes to DNA is TAGC, then the seque-

(B) Induction of one tissue by nce of bases in RNA will be
one another (A) Negative outside and posi-
tive inside
(A) ATCG
(C) Genetic mutations
(B) Positive outside and nega-
(B) TAGC
(D) All of these are correct
tive inside (C) AUCG
26. Which one of these does not (D) Both A and B are correct
(C) There is no difference in
pertain to B-cells ?
charge between outside and 41. Which stage of Mitotic cell divi-
(A) Have passed through the inside
sion is longest ?
thymus
(D) Any of these could be correct (A) Anaphase (B) Telophase
(B) Specific receptors
34. Excretion of a hypertonic urine in (C) Prophase (D) Metaphase
(C) Antibody-mediated antibody
humans is associated with the
(D) Synthesize and liberate anti-
42. Which one of the following is
(A) Glomerular capsule immortal ?
bodies
(B) Proximal convoluted tubule (A) Germ cell
27. Pressure filtrate is associated (C) Loop of the nephron (B) Somatic cell
with the
(D) Distal convoluted tubule (C) Pituitary cell
(A) Glomerular capsule
(B) Distal convoluted tubule
35. Which two of these chromosomal (D) Glomerular cell
mutations are most likely to
(C) Collecting duct 43. Hermit crab and sea anemone
occur when homologous chromo-
(D) All of these are correct association is called
somes are undergoing synapsis?
28. The (A) Inversion and translocation (A) Commensalism
function of cerebellum is

(B) Deletion and duplication (B) Symbiosis

(A) Muscle coordination
(C) Deletion and inversion (C) Mutualism
(B) Balance coordination
(D) Duplication and translocation (D) None of these
(C) Transmitting impulses
(D) All of the above 36. The transition reaction 44. The process by which the deve-
(A) Connects glycolysis to the loping notochord causes dorsal
29. Antibodies are synthesized by ectoderm above it to form a
krebs cycle
(A) B lymphocytes (B) Gives off C0 2 neural plate is known as
(B) Phagocytes Induction
(C) Utilizes NAD+ (A)
(C) Helper T lymphocytes (D) All of these are correct (B) Invagination
(D) Killer T lymphocytes (C) Differentiation
37. Fatty acids are broken down to
30. Substrate-level phosphorylation (A) Pyruvate molecules, which
(D) Morphogenesis
takes place in take electrons to the elec- 45. Transformation of a non-motile,
(A) Glycolysis tron transport system unspecialized spermatid into a

C.S.V./March/2000/98

Copyrighted material
 prise chromatid, forming the bulk 15. Barbara McClintock proposed
motile and specialized mature
sperm is called of eukaryotic chromosome. the theory of jumping genes or
transposable elements which can
(A) Spermatogenesis 21. Down syndrome is congenital
transfer their protein in the gene
(B) Spermatogonia disorder of people caused by
from one place to another.
(C) Spermiogenesis trisomy of chromosome 21.
Char- 16. Adrenal cortex secretes Cortisol
(D) Spermatocyte (often by non-disjunction).
which serve to maintain the body
acterized by mental retardation,
46. Segments of DNA, which are in living condition and recoup it
mongoloid facial features, simian
capableof moving into and out of from the severe after effects of
palm and reduced life expec-
a chromosome are called stress reactions. Thus on increa-
tancy. It is more often seen in
(A) Transposons sed output of Cortisol is life sav-
children of mothers attain the
(B) Template ing in shock conditions.
age of forty and above.
(C) Replicon 17. When there is under secretion of
36. In transition reaction molecule
(D) Muton parathormone, the lend of cal-
has undergone a partial chemical
cium in ECF falls (hypocalcemia)
47. The ovulation is started with the reaction in which CO2 is given off
and that of phosphate rises.
stimulation of and NAD + Such type
is utilized.
Such a condition is responsible
(A) Luteinizing hormone of reactions connect glycolysis to
for neuromuscular hyperexcitabi-
(B) FSH the krebs cycle.
Itty.

(C) Estrogen 46. Transposon is a DNA segment

20. Acetyl CoA produced in glyco-
(D) All of the above which can move from one posi-
lysis enters in Kreb's cycle
tion in the genome to other.
48. Spermatogenesis is stimulated through various steps in mito-
by- chondria as a result of different
(A) Estrogen reactions, taking place in a cyclic

(B) Progesterone manner, the complete oxidation

CoA-takes place.
of acetyl
(C) Gonadotropins (Continued from Page 96 )

(D) All of the above 22. Centromere is the region of the

chromosome that becomes atta-
49. Which one of the following is first
ched to the nuclear spindle
larval stage involved in the life 4. The mucosa of stomach is highly
during mitosis and meiosis. It
cycle of Fasciola hepatica ? folded and the single layered
mucous membrane of the infold- does not stain with basic dyes. It

(ft) Miracidium
is also called primary constric-
ings forms tubular and often
(B) Planula
tion.
branched gastric glands in the
(C) Redia
lamina propria. Each gland has
(D) Trochophore
three types of secretory cells,
31. Red bone marrow attached to

mucus, argyrophil fibres which form wide

50. A nephridium of an earthworm i.e., neck cells secreting
from oxyntic cells secreting HCI and
meshes containing scattered fat
drains materials directly
cells, erythroblasts, myelocytes,
the zymogen cells secreting pepsino-
gen pro-enzyme. and mature myeloid elements.
(A) Gut (B) Coelom
(C) Blood (D) Lymph 11. Sertoli cells are large pillar like 40. Cervical vertebra pertain to neck
cells located in the epithelium of region in mammals. In mammals
ANSWERS the vertebrate testis, which nou- these are 7 in number.
rish developing spermatozoa.
1. (D) 2.(C) 3. (A) 4.(C) 5.(B)
12. The production of ATP from 41 . Typholosole helps in absorption.
6. (B) 7. (B) 8. (D) 9. (C) 10. (D) increases the absorptive area
phosphate and ADP in aerobic It

11. (A) 12. (A) 13. (D) 14. (A) 15. (D) respiration. Oxidative phospho- of intestine.

16. (B) 17. (B) 18. (C) 19. (A) 20. (D) rylation occurs in mitochondria, 47. A nitrogenous base found in
21. (D) 22. (B) 23. (A) 24. (D) 25. (B) the energy being provided by DNA and RNA. It is also a consti-
steps in the electron transport tuent of certain enzymes e.g.,
26. (A) 27. (A) 28. (D) 29. (A) 30. (D)
31. (C) 32. (D) 33. (A) 34. (C) 35. (B)
chain. NAD and FAD and when com-
13. It is by the gastric
secreted bined with the sugar ribose it
36. (D) 37. (B) 38. (D) 39. (B) 40. (C)
glands of stomach in an inactive forms nucleoside adenosine
41. (C) 42. (A) 43. (A) 44. (A) 45. (C) found in AMP, ADP and ATP.
form, pepsinogen and is activa-
46. (A) 47. (D) 48. (C) 49. (A) 50. (B) ted by hydrogen ions. At pH 50. The term genotype was pro-
value of 4-6 and less pepsin acti- posed by Johannson (1909) for
HINTS vates pepsinogen e.g., it is auto- heredity or genetic constitution of
basic proteins catalytic. Pepsin initiates the
2. Histones are an individual.
digestion of proteins, splitting

which package the eukaryotic
them into smaller fragments.
DNA. DNA and histones com-

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 99

Cop
 Best Fifteen Questions

1 . The light producing by fireflies, is (B) Disulphide bonds (B) Plasmid reproduces daugh-
the result of a light producing (C) Both A and B ter nuclie
reaction involving luciferin and (D) None of the above (C) Carry recombined gene
ATP and is catalyzed by en- (D) All the above
7. Nervous stimulation of mus-
zyme
cles 12. RNA retroviruses have a special
(A) Luciferase
(A) Occurs at neuromuscular enzyme that
(B) Protein Kinase
junctions (A) Disintegrates host DNA
(C) Collagenase
(B) Results in an action potential (B) Polymerizes host DNA
(D) Trypsin
(C) Causes be
calcium to (C) Transcribes viral RNA to
2. Stomach mucosa cells release released from storage sacs cDNA
enzyme
the inactive
(D) All of these are correct (D) Translates host DNA
(A) Pepsinogen
8. Diabetes mellitus is associated 13. Which of the following molecule
(B) Renin
with initiates nerve impulses, resulting
(C) Gastrin
(A) Too much insulin in the in the sensation of pain, and sti-
(D) All the above
blood mulates most cells to release
3. The energy rich hydrogen atoms (B) Too high a blood glucose histamine ?
are transported to the electron
level (A) Erythropoietin
system by a carrier molecule
(C) Blood that is too dilute (B^ Bradykinin
known as
(D) All of these are correct (C) Interferon
(A) CTP (B) NAD
ATP (D) cAMP 9. Retinal is (D) Lymphokines
(C)
4. The total number of C0 2 mole- (A) Sensitive to light energy 14. Which one of these is not a func-
cules released from the Krebs (B) A part of rhodopsin tion of the liver in adults ?

cycle (C) Found in both rods and (A) Produce bile

(A) 4 (B) 2 cones (B) Store glucose

(C) 8 (D) 10 (D) All of these are correct Produce urea
(C)
5. Which one of the following is not 10. ATP synthase complex is found (D) Make red blood cells
in
a communicable disease ? 15. An animal must have some way
(A) Tuberculosis (A) Mitochondrial matrix
of moving air or water across its
Influenza (B) Cristae of mitochondria
(B) gas-exchange surfaces, a pro-
(C) Botulism (C) Cytoplasm cess known as
(D) Common cold (D) Endoplasmic reticulum (A) Countercurrent exchange

6. Antibodies differ principally in 1 1 . Gene cloning is achieved when a (B) Ventilation

their host cell takes up (C) Facilitated diffusion
(A) Type of heavy protein chain (A) The recombined plasmid (D) Active respiration

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(A) 2. (A) 3.(B) 4. (A) 5. (C) molecules of C02 . Because two chains forming mirror images of
6. (A) 7. (D) 8. (B) 9. (D) 10. (B) acetyl groups are utilized so the each other and joined by a
11. (D) 12. (C) 13. (B) 14. (D) 15. (B) total C0 2 molecules synthesized flexible hinge region involving
are four in number. disulphide bridges.
3. The energy-rich hydrogen atoms
are transported to the electron 6. Five major classes differ princi- 10. ATP synthase system complex is
transport system by a carrier heavy chain,
pally in their type of
found in cristae of mitochondria
molecule known as NAD (Nicoti- and the degree which the to
which synthesize ATP by an
namide adenine dinucleotide). molecule is a polymer of immu-
ATP synthase. ATP leaves the
As a result, NAD changes to noglobulin 'monomers'. Each
NADH. matrix by way of a protein
immunoglobulin unit comprises
During the krebs cycle, the C2 channel.
4. two identical H (heavy) and two
acetyl group is oxidized to two identical L (light) polypeptide

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 100

 Topic on Botany

THE BOUNDARY AROUND THE PLANT CELL

Dipanjan Ghosh
Plant cells are characterised by the presence of a Outermost layer = Si
non-living envelope outside the cell membrane called the Central layer = S2
cell wall. This boundary is very much rigid and thick
Innermost layer = S3
which ensures the tolerance of the turgor pressure due to
absorption of water by the cell, and is taken as an The S 2 or central layer is the thickest. The secondary
outstanding point of difference between plant and animal cell wall in some cases show more than three layers.
cells. Frey-Wyssling (1976) recognised an innermost lame-
llate tertiary wall. This wall layer is differentiated into
Structure of the Cell Wall
two strata : membranogenous stratum and warty
Cell wall consists of three distinct layers. These are : stratum.
(i) Middle lamella or intercellular substance
Chemical Nature of the Cell Wall
(ii) Primary wall
(iii) Secondary wall From the chemical point of view the plant cell wall
(including algae and higher plants) is made up of cellu-
Primary Tertiary lose, hemicellulose, pectin, lignin, glycoproteinand diffe-
Secondary
cell wall ^sc&W wall \ wall layer
is the unbranched chain
rent types of proteins. Cellulose
/ \ ofpolysaccharides made up of the aggregation of roughly
10000 glucose monomer through a-1 4-glucosidic bonds. ,

The cellulose chains which form the crystalline region of

Middle S, s3
i
U Warty
^{stratum
\
the cell wall

cellulose strands
100 cellulose chains
are associated together forming a network of
in the
is
cell wall. An association of about

termed as a micelle, 20 micelles

Membranous constitute a microfibril, an aggregation of 250 microfibrils
stratum
is called a fibril.

Fig. : Different layers of plant cell-wall.

Tertiary wall
Cellulose
layer
molecular Mjce e
Fibni

Fig. : Diagrammatic representation of the

composition of fibril

Secondary
Q
4<^3>1 4<^^>t 4<^7 >
cell wall
1 G
3 2 3 2 3 2

Fig. : Structure of Cellulose

This cellulose forms the microfibrillar structure at the

outer boundary of plant cell. Hemicellulose is also a

branched polysaccharide binds with the surface of the

cellulose microfibrils forming hydrogen bond and thus
Fig. : 3-D Diagram of Cell Wall. giving the boundary a network system. Pectin is another
branched polysaccharide and makes cross linking in the
Middle Lamella It is the cementing material that
network. But pectin is negatively charged component and
holds the individual cells together to form tissue. Middle
traps water molecules imparting the gel nature of the cell
lamella is located in between two primary walls of
wall.
adjacent cells.
In secondary cell wall the cellulose microfibrils are
Primary Wall It is the first true wall that develops on arranged in a particular fashion and it is the major
the new cell. In case of parenchymatous cell it is the only component of the secondary cell wall ranging from 50-
cell wall.
80% of the wall materials. Hemicellulose is also present in

Secondary Cell WallThe wall layer located inside small amount. But another additional phenolic residue
the primary wall is known as the secondary cell wall. It is lignin is present in the secondary wall increasing its tencil

very thick and consists of three distinct layers in fibres and strength which is required in the cells involved in

tracheids conduction and mechanical support.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 101

Copyrighted material
 Daughter
Nuclei

O oooeoo
'

hi, milium
)
oo o o o o e>
1 o J I
o J
Formation of
Cell Plate

O
////////////////////

Fig. : Physico-Chemical Nature of Cell Wall (Hemicellu-

o
/\ Centrifugal
loses Bind to the Surface of Cellulose Microfibrils,
Forming A fibrous Network that is embedded ^/Growth
r
of
Cell P'
in a Gel-like matrix of pectins) '

0
] 1
Primary cell wall remains at the extreme outside of
the 'plant cell and it can expand with the increase in o . i
o I
volume of the cell due to presence of cellulose, hemicellu- Formation of
lose and pectin in equal proportions. Pn^a^CeHWall Middle Lamella

Fig. : Origin of cell wall (Diagrammatic Representation)

Primary Cell Wall Secondary Cell Wall

Growth of the Cell Wall
Cellulose, hemicellu- Lignin is present ins- Cell walls mostly show centripetal growth but in
lose and pectin are tead of pectin. case of sporoderm stratification the growth is centrifugal.
present in roughly Deposition of wall materials in layers is known as
equal amount. apposition. Growth by apposition is usually centrifugal,
Presence of cellulose Presence of cellulose occurring from outside. The secondary wall formation
is comparatively lower is huge. takes place when the cell ceases its growth or expansion.
than the secondary Cell Exterior

wall.
Primary
3. Arrangement of cellu- 3. Arrangement shows
lose microfibrils are specific pattern,
random.
Secondary
4. Gel-like in nature 4. Not gel-like in nature.

The middle lamella is made up of calcium and

magnesium pectate. The pectic substances are solubi-
lized here by pectinase and chemical reagents.
The fungal cell wall is made up of chitin and the Centrifugal Growth

bacterial cell wall is made up of muramic acid and Fig. : Centripetal Development of cell Wall.
glucosamine.
There are different views regarding the probable
Origin of the Cell Wall:
method of the growth of cells in surface area. Usually
modes of cell growth. These are
there are three different :

In eukaryotic plant cell, nuclear division is followed by

(i) Intussusception In this process new wall mate-
cell wall formation. It is known as cytokinesis. During
rials are laid down between particles of the existing
cytokinesis cell wallis formed in between two daughter
substance of the expanding wall in some localised areas.
cytoplasmic masses. Here at first endoplasmic reticula
(ii) Multinet Growth According to this view (as
accumulate in the equatorial region of the cell. The
proposed by Houwink and Roelofsen, 1954), loosening
endoplasmic reticulum, phragmoplast and Golgi appa-
of the microfibrils is followed by deposition of new wall
ratus secrete pectic substances in the form of droplets.
layer.
Later these droplets cohere to form the Cell plate. Now
the cell plate grows centrifugally forming the middle
lamella. Primary cell wall is deposited on the middle
lamella by the activities of the daughter cytoplasmic
masses. The primary cell wall is deposited throughout the
Second layer
middle lamella except some areas.These areas are
First layer
known as Primary pit fields. Through these primary pit
fields, the daughter cytoplasmic masses maintain the (iii) Mosaic
Growth According to this view (as
continuity in the form of cytoplasmic strands. These are postulated by Frey-Wyssling and Stecher, 1951), cell
the Plasmodesmata. grows by multinet as well as intussusception.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 102

Copyrighted material
 Growth of cells may show symplastic or intrussiye (d) Aspirated Pit A non-functional pit in which the
pattern. In the former there is no new area of contact~but pit aperture is blocked by the torus is called an aspirated

in the latter new areas of contacts are produced. P,

(e) Vestured PitA pit in which the pit chamber is

Symplastic Growth Growth
Intrussive blocked by minute outgrowths from the rim of the pit
Various Modifications of the Cell Wall aperture and the pit membrane is known as vestured pit.
Outgrowths
Cell walls are variously modified to perform different
functions. Certain portions of the cell wall remain thin
even as the secondary cell wall is formed and they,
therefore, consist only of the primary cell wall. These are
known as pits. Pits provide a channel through which
adjacent cells communicate. Generally each pit has a
complementary pit exactly opposite in the wall of the

neighbouring cell. These two complementary pits are (f) Compound/Unilateral Compound PitA large
known as pit pair. Pits may be of different types. Few pit which is complemented by two or more small pits on

interesting modifications of pit are as follows :

the adjacent side is called Compound pit.

(a) Simple PitThe pit in which the pit aperture as

well as the pit chamber are equal in diameter is known as
Simple pit. ,Pitaperture

(g) Blind PitA pit without any corresponding pit on
r -Cell Wall
the adjacent wall is called a blind pit.

Pit Chamber -

(b) Pit
The pit in which the
Bordered pit chamber is

over-arched by the secondary wall and the pit membrane

Secondary cell wall materials are deposited variously
is differentiated into torus and margo is known as
to form annular, spiral, scalariform or reticulate thickening
bordered pit. The torus regulates the functional activities
on tracheids or trachea of vascular plants.
of the bordered pit.
Pit Aperture
E=J
c=t
1=3
d>
a
1

i=i
nzi

a
c=t

a
cr> a
1=3
:=:

Pit Chamber
Annular Spiral Scalariform
Presence of torus is characteristic in the bordered
pits of gymnospermsConiferales, Ginkgo and Tracheids of gymnospermous wood show 'inear or
Gnetales. They occur rarely in other groups of vascular more or less circular thickening on the primary wall and
plants. middle lamella on two sides of the bordered pits. These
are referred as Crassulae or bars of Sanio. Crassulae
represent the borders of the primary pit fields of young
cells.
Bars of Sanic
Pit Membrane

(c) Half Bordered PitA pit and

with half bordered
the rest half with a simple pit is known as half bordered
pit.

!
11 i

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 103

ipyrighted material
 A rod-shaped thickening of the cell wall traversing the 30. Gypsum on heating to about
lumen of the cell may be sometimes encountered is some 120C forms the plaster of Paris.
plants. It is termed as trabeculae, which usually occurs in What is the composition of plas-
long radial series of cells. ter of Paris ?

(A) 2CaS0 4 -3H2 0

(B) CaS0 4 H 2 0
TRABECULAE (C) 2CaS0 4 H 2 0
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS (D) CaS0 4

1 . Plant cells differ from animal cells 8. The plane of cell wall formation is 31 . The setting of the cement is a
in one of the following important determined by (A) Exothermic reaction
ways (A) Endoplasmic reticulum (B) Endothermic reaction
(A) Plant cells are not so specia- (B) Nucleus (C) Neither exothermic nor
lized
(C) Golgi bodies endothermic
(B) Plant cells are comparatively
(D) Microtubules (D) None is correct
bigger
(C) All plant cells possess chlo-
9. Pectin, a carbohydrate, is the
32. Which of the following subs-
polymer of
rophyll tances is not a drying and dehy-
(A) Cutin
(D) Plant cells have a rigid cell drating agent ?
wall (B) Mannose (A) Silica gel
(C) Glucose (B) P2 05
2. The function of amyloplast is to
(D) Galacturonic acid (C) Cone. H 2 S0 4
(A) Store fats
(B) Absorb water 10. The 'torus' of bordered pits is (D) Hydrated CaCI 2
(C) Absorb light
made up of
(A) Phospholipids 33. If fire-work gives green flame,
(D) Store starch
(B) Glucose which one of the following
3. Cell walls of adjacent cells are
(C) Cutin radicals may be present in the
connected by fire-work ?
(D) Suberin
(A) Primary cell wall (A) Na (B) K
(B) Secondary cell wall ANSWERS (C) Mg (D) Ba
(C) Middle lamella
1.(D) 2.(D) 3.(C) 4. (A) 5.(B)
(D) Cellulose 34. The electrolysis of
6. (A) 7. (A) 8. (D) 9. (D) 10. (D)
KCIMgCI 2 -6H 2 0 gives
4. The chemical substance abun-
dantly present in middle lamella (A) Mg
is (B) K
(A) Pectin (B) Lignic (C) K and Mg both
(Continued from Page 57 )
(D) MgandCI 2
(C) Suberin (D) Cutin
\

5. Continuity of cytoplasm from cell

35. Which is the correct increasing
to cell is maintained through
(C) Both (A) and (B) order of solubility ?
(A) Middle lamella
(D) None of these (A) CaC03 < KHC0 3 < NaHC0 3
(B) Plasmodesmata
27. Bone ash contains (B) NaHC0 3 < KHCO3 < CaC03
(C) Vascular cambium
(A) CaO (B) CaSC-4 (C) KHCO3 < NaHC0 3 < CaC03
(D) None of the above
(C) Ca 3 (P0 4 )2 (D) Ca(H 2 P04 ) 2 (D) CaC03 < NaHCG-3 < KHCO3
6. A multinucleate cell is called
(A) Coenocyte 28. Which of the following salts does
(B) Thallus not impart characteristic colour to ANSWERS
Synaptoneme the flame ?
(C) 1.(0 2. (A) 3.(D) 4. (A) 5.(D)
(D) Coenobium (A) MgS0 4 (B) CaCI 2
6. (D) 7. (D) 8. (B) 9. (C) 10. (C)
(C) Sr(NC>3) 2 (D) BaCI 2 11. (D) 12. (C) 13. (B) 14. (C) 15. (D)
7. During the formation of cell wall
16. (C) 17. (C) 18. (D) 19. (A) 20. (D)
the secreted outermost layer of 29. Gypsum has the composition
21. (C) 22. (D) 23. (D) 24. (C) 25. (C)
cellulose is as
26. (C) 27. (C) 28. (A) 29. (D) 30. (C)
(A) Primary wall (A) 2CaS0 4 -2H 2 0
31. (A) 32. (D) 33. (D) 34. (D) 35. (D)
(B) Secondary wall (B) 2MgS0 4 -2H 2 0
(C) Middle lamella (C) CaS0 4 -3H 2 0
(D) All of the above (D) CaS0 4 -2H 2 0

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 104

 ^^^^^^^^^i^ Topic on Botany ^^^mmmmm^^^atm^^^^^m

SOIL EROSION AND CONSERVATION

a complex of living and non-living components.
Soil is (a)
Sheet Erosion It occurs on the smooth and
It a medium of anchorage and sustenance for the
is gentle slopes. The top soil is removed in thin layers or
plants. Fertility of soilis reduced by growing continuously. sheets. No conspicuous water channels are formed so
Soil fertility is also lost by transportation of the soil by that sheet erosion is not easily discernible. It is, however,
many natural agents like water, air etc. Man is one of the most widespread and occurs in serious proportions on
major agents which causes transportation by using unprotected soils having 1-2% slope. Sheet erosion
modern mechanical methods of agriculture. This transpor- causes thinning of surface layers of soil. It gives rise to
tation of upper fertile layer of the soil is often called as areas of light colour or galled spots.
soil erosion. The methods used for checking the trans- (b) Rill Erosion The run off water has a great
portation or loss of soil are together known as soil cutting and carrying power. Whenever it meets loose or
conservation. tilted soil and uneven area, causes cutting of soil. The
it

cuts initially appear in the form of finger like or groove like

Soil Erosion
narrow depressions called rills. The rills function as
Top soil is about 15-20 cm deep. It takes about 500- narrow water channels in which flowing water picks up
1000 years for the formation of 2-3 cm top soil by natural more speed and higher cutting power.
methods. Generally, there remains a balance between (c) Gully Erosion
Rills join to form deeper and
process which form soil and those processes which cause wider channels called gullies. Formation of gully is
its loss. However, this balance get disturbed there is if
assisted by the presence of natural depressions, field
sudden and heavy loss due to wind, water etc. furrows, animals trails, wheel marks or marks of
agricultural implements. Gullies are either V- or U-shaped.
Types of Soil Erosion
(2) Wind ErosionThis occurs commonly in dry
There are two types of soil erosion
regions like deserts. High velocity winds carry soil parti-
(i) Geological or Normal Soil Erosion In such a cles from one place to another. This occurs by following
type of soil erosion the top soil is removed by physical three methods
agencies of water or wind under normal conditions of
Suspension The fine soil particles, less than the
(a)
physical, biological and hydrological equilibria. The rate of size of1 mm, get suspended in wind. They are carried as

soil erosion is slow. In this type the rate of soil formation dust. The dust stroms contain these particles in large
and soil loss are both balanced. This erosion often number. They are deposited several kilometres away
produces a wavy or undulating surface with alternate when the wind velocity decreases.
ridges and depressions. (b) Saltation It occurs in case of particles having a
(ii) Accelerated Soil Erosion The removal of top size of 1 0-1 -5 cm. The particles are forced to roll along
soiloccurs at a much faster rate as compared to the the ground for some distance and then suddenly kicked
formation of new soil from below. It results in the perma- up into the air However, because of
by the force of wind.

nent loss of fertile part of the soil. Accelerated erosion their weight they can not remain suspension for long. in

occurs due to both physical and biotic factors. Amongst After about a height of cm
fall back to the
30 the particles
the most important physical factors are excessive rainfall ground into an almost straight line. On striking the ground
and drought. Pimental et al (1995) have estimated that these particles may rebound and undergo another salta-
one third of arable land of world has been lost through soil tion or sink to the surface.

erosion during last forty years. (c) Surface Creep

Large sized and heavy soil
particlescan not be blown into the air. These are only
Major Soil Erosion Agents pushed due to great velocity of wind. This type of erosion
Following are' the types of soil erosion based on forms sand dunes.
agents involved
The formation of desert is controlled by several factors.
(1) Water erosion
Dry weather, drying of rivers overgrazing, clean tilling, fire
(2) Wind erosion and falling of trees are some of the important causes of
(3) Land slides formation and spread of deserts. Thar desert of Indian sub-
(4) Stream bank erosion and continent (Rajasthan, and Sind area of Pakistan) has been
Overgrazing and deforestation formed by the combination of all these factors. It has
(5)
suffered at least 5 arid periods since the stone age (Legris
(1 )
Water Erosion Water erosion occurs during the
and Meher Homji 1975). Part of the area got temporarily
melting of snow and heavy rainfall which can not be
submerged under sea. Some of the rivers flowing through
absorbed by soil. Soil cover and the slope of the area the area changed their courses or become dry.
determine the degree of water erosion. In the absence of
soil cover rain drops bombard the soil directly and churn (3) Land Slides
Parts of the hills become heavier
up the same. This takes place by following three due to continuous and heavy rains. These parts either fall
methods or shade downwards due to gravitational pull..

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 105

 (4) Stream Bank or Riparian Erosion The flood tional farmings or advanced agronomical methods
water strike constantly against the river banks. This which are given as below
results in causing through the banks and new water Contour FarmingThis method is practiced in
(a)

channels are formed. The river may now change the the hilly regions or on the slopes. The rain water, in such
course and water begins to flow in different directions. areas, is absorbed in very little amount because of its

Overgrazing and DeforestationThe top soil quick downward movement on the slopes. If these slopy
(5)
gets removed and soil fertility decreases due to overgra-
areas are ploughed up and down the slope, the heavy
zing. One
of the major reasons for the formation of rainfall may cause gully development. Taking this defect
Rajasthan desert is said to be overgrazing. in consideration, the slopy areas are ploughed and
seeded against the slope i.e., in circular furrows around

Soil Conservation the slopes. This process is termed as contour farming.

The contours (circular or peripheral furrows) catch the
Soil conservation is the practice of arresting and downwardly moving water until it is absorbed in the soil.
minimizing artificially accelerated soil deterioration. Its
Therefore, contour farming reduces run off, saves more
importance has grown because cultivation of soils for water for crops, reduces soil erosion and results into more
agricultural production, deforestation and forest cutting, yielding of crops.
grazing of natural range, and other substances of the
(b) Strip Cropping Strip cropping is an important
natural cover and position of the soil have increased
method which employs all the advanced cultivation prac-
greatly in the last one hundred years. Soil conservation is
ticessuch as cover cropping, proper tillage, crop rotation,
defined as "the management of soil to prevent or reduce
mulching and contour farming.
soil erosion and depletion by wind and water or bio-
chemical agents."
Strip cropping is very effective and practical means
for soil conservation. It is of the following types
Principles of Soil Conservation (i) Contour Strip Cropping It a special kind of is

contour farming in which soil exposing crops are grown on

The actual act of soil conservation is based on certain the strips across the slope on the level of contour and in
basic principles, which include the following heads
the following seasons soil protecting crops are sown on
I. Protection of soil from impact of rain drops. the strips on which soil exposing crops were grown in the
II. Prevention of water from concentrating and previous season. This practice is useful because it checks
moving down the slope in a narrow path. the fast flow of run off water, increases the water infiltra-
III. To slow down the water movement when it flows tion in the soil and checks soil erosion.

along the slope. (ii) Field Strip Cropping It is a kind of farming in

IV. To grow the strips of stubble or other vegetation more or less parallel strips across fairly uniform slopes but
cover which might catch and hold the moving soil not on the exact contour.
particles. (iii) Temporary or Permanent Buffer Strip Crop-

V. To encourage more water to enter the soil.

ping It is a special type of contour strip cropping in
VI. Reduction in the wind velocity near the ground which attention is paid to check the soil erosion. In such
by growing vegetation and riding the land. type, crop rotation practice is not applied and on the strip
perennial legumes and grasses are planted on temporary
VII. To increase the size of soil particles.
or permanent basis.
Accelerated erosion due to misuse of resources of
land, water and soil is today one of the most difficult and (iv) Wind Strip Cropping In this case tall growing
pressing problems before man. The problem has received plants alternating with short growing crops are sown in

the attention of forest ecologists, soil scientists and soil

long straight stips right across the direction of wind
engineers only recently. regardless of contour.

In India soil conservation is supervised by a central (c) Tillage Operation and Land Fallow Mainte-
soil conservation board which has 9 research centres nance Recentely several researches support the view
spread over the country Dehradun, Kota, Ootacamund, that in dry areas, shallow plouging gives comparatively
Bellary, Vasad, Agra, Chandigarh, Jodhpur and good crop yields. Shallow ploughing removes the weeds
Chakrotta. and enables the soil to absorb water. If the land is left
uncultivated and grazing animals are allowed to graze and
Methods of Soil Conservation sit over for sometime, the soil becomes fertile.
it

methods of soil conservation are grouped

Practical (d) MulchingMulching means covering the soil sur-

under biological measures and mechanical or engineering face by straw leaves or grasses. Mulches of various sorts

methods. check soil erosion, increase soil fertility and also minimize
moisture evaporation from the top soil.
(A) Biological Methods
Crop Rotation Sowing of Legumes and Mixed
(e)
The biological methods of soil conservation include
Cropping Rotation of crop is an important method for
methods-
the following p'ractices or checking soil erosion and maintaining productivity of soil.

Agronomic PracticesThe important agricultural After every two years crop in the same growing field

practices which contribute to the conservation and pro- should be changed. A good rotation should include a
ductivity of cultivated lands are referred to as conserva- cultivated row crop, densely planted small grasses and

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 106

spreading legume. Selection of crops for rotation shguld- (C) Mechanical Methods
be made taking into consideration the climate, soil types,
The mechanical practices of soil conservation include
soil texture, slopes, etc. Deep-rooted crops should be
various engineering techniques and structures which are
rotated by shallow-rooted crops. Deep-rooted crops
adapted to supplement the biological methods when the
absorb nutrients from the deeper strata of the soil. Thus
latter alone are not sufficiently effective.
the minerals of top soil remain stored for future use by
Mechanical methods for soil conservation are as
shallow-rooted plants. When the deep-rooted crops die,
follows
they add humus in the soil which is store house for future
plant nutrients.
(i) Pan Breaking Soils, in certain areas, become
impervious to water and are less reproductive because of
Leguminous plants play active role in increasing the
formation of hard sheet of clay a few feet below the
nitrogenous contents in the soil because of the fact that
surface. Such areas can be made productive and water
bacteria inhabiting their root nodules fix the free nitrogen
permeable by breaking hard clay pans by means of pan
of atmosphere into nitrogenous compounds such as
breaker on contour at a distance of about 5 feet.
nitrates, nitrites, ammonium salts, amino acids and pro-
(ii) Sub-soiling Hard soil, in this method, is broken
teins. The nitrogenous compounds return to the soil by
way of death and decay of underground nodulated roots deeply by means of an implement called sub-soiler
of these legumes. without involving the conversion of soil. This process
enhances absorption of rain water in the soil and makes
the soil more loose and fit to allow luxuriant growth of
Importance of Crop Rotation
crops.
Controls the recurrence of weeds and disease.
(iii) Basin Leaching In method, a number of
this
Improves crop production in a given ploughing field
small basins (water reservoirs) are made along the
Enriches the soil and its fertility.
contour by means of an implement called basin blister. It
Improves the soil texture.
collects and retain rain water for long period.
Improves the water holding capacity of the soil.
The minerals of top soil remain stored for future use by (iv) Terracing Sometimes
Contour drainage
shallow-rooted plants. channels or properly spaced ridges or soil mounds are
formed along the contour to check soil erosion. These are
Mixed cropingis another important method for increa- called terraces. Terracing may be of the four types
sing productivity of the soil. In this practice, one main crop Channel terracing, narrow based ridge terracing,
and one or two subsidiary crops are grown together on broad-based ridge terracing and bench terracing.
the same ploughing field. (v)
Ponds and Reservoirs Small ponds and water
reservoirs or dams should also be made at suitable places
(B) Agrostological Methods
for irrigation and some other purposes.
The important agrostological methods for soil conser-
vation are as follows
(vi) Gully and Ravine Control Heavy rainfall,
rapidly running water and transporting water may result in
(i) Retiring the Land Areas of heavy soil erosion
deeper cavities or grooves called gullies. Gully formation
should necessarily be put under thick cover of grasses.
can be checked by the following methods
Under favourable climatic conditions grazing should also
be allowed for certain (short) periods. Grasses have good By growing suitable soil-binding vegetation on the
soil binding capacity. Grasses, such as Cynodon dactylon,
gullies to check soil erosion.

Dectylis glomerata, Eragrostic amabitis, are proved most Diversion trenches should be made available
effective in binding the soil and in stabilizing the reserves around gullies.

of the bench terrace and sodding water channels. By making perimeter bunds around gullies to
(ii) and ReforestationAfforestation
Afforestation check flow of water through it.

means growing forests at places where there were no (vii) Stream Bank ProtectionTo grow vegetation
forests before owing to lack of seed trees or due to alongside the river bank, to construct drains, concrete or
adverse factors such as unstable soil, aridity or swampi- stone pitching etc. for checking the cutting and caving of
ness. Reforestation means replanting of forests at places river banks.
where they have been destroyed.
Trees as windbreaks are planted in deserts which Soil Conservation Facilitation
check the velocity of wind. Windbreaks are planted across
The erosion of Siwaliks has been studied by Glover,
the area at 90 to the prevailing wind. They check the Hamilton and Gorrie (1951) and suggested contour
spread of sand dunes or desert conditions or blowing trenching method for soil conservation. This method
involves making of a series of deep pits (2' x 1') or
away of the fertile top soil. Afforestation is applied deserts,
trenches across the slope at convenient distance.
where such plants as Thevetia neriifolia, Tamarindus
indica, Dalbergia sissoo, Lowsonia alba, Acacia catechu
Puri (1954) analysed the problems from different angles
and suggested that soil should be kept under tree
serve as useful windbreaks. vegetation in order to check erosional losses and
(iii)
Lay Farming This method of soil conservation landslides.
aims togrow grasses in rotation with the field crops, which The Central Arid Zone Research Institute (CAZRI) in
helps inbuilding up the structure of soil and its conserva- collaboration with UNESCO
is attempting to check
erosional losses in desert region of Rajasthan.
tion, preventing soil erosion and improving its fertility.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 107

Epilogue natural cover. It not only checks soil erosion but improves
Soil is formed very slowly. It provides us with useful amount of rain, reduces floods, increases soil fertility and
plants. Indiscriminate cutting of plants causes soil ero- also provides us with many useful articles. If all possible
sion. This results in reduction of soil fertility, decrease in measures are now taken and implemented seriously and
crop yield, increase in flood, land slides etc. It is, there- honestly it would save future generation for more serious
fore, very essential that soil is protected by growing consequences.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Soil conservation is useful 8. Mulching is a process that helps 10. Process of soil conservation
because in involves
(A) It maintains efficient use of (A) Moisture conservation (A) Addition of fertilizers
land and its fertility (B) Weed control (B) Aeration of soil

(B) It establishes useful and (C) Soil fertility (C) Protection of soil against
scientific agriculture (D) Improvement of soil struc- loss

(C) It keeps the soil placed ture (D) Soil erosion

accordingly 9. Which of the following functions

(D) All of the above performed by a forest helps most

in controlling drought ?
2. Soil conservation is the process
ANSWERS
(A) Act as water sheds
whereby 1.(D) 2.(D) 3. (A) 4.(B) 5. (A)
(B) Prevention of soil erosion
(A) Soil is aerated
(C) Forest bring rain 6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (A) 9. (B) 10. (C)
(B) Sterile soil is converted to (D) Forests have many water
fertile soil
plants
(C) Soil erosion is allowed
(D) Top fertile soil is protected UPKAR'S
against loss
M.P. Pre-Medical Test
3. Soil erosion is greater where
Combined Guide Rs. 280/-
(A) Rainfall is

Rainfall
heavy
low
AT A GLANCE
(B) is
Highlights
(C) There are no winds at all
** Objective Questions with Explanatory Answers
(D) None of the above w Quick Revision of Entire Syllabus. Help to Remember
4. Eroded soils are all Important Facts. *" Provides Opportunity of Self-
Assessment. Latest Facts and Discoveries.
(A) Unaltered in plant nutrients
Purchase from nearest bookseller or gel the copy by V.P.P. sending M. O. of Rs. 150/- on the following address
(B) Devoid of plant nutrients
UPKAR PRAKASHAN 2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, Agra-282 002
(C) Rich in plant nutrients

(D) None of the above

5. The loss of fertile top soil upon

which the productivity of agricul-
tural crops, forests and the vege- Numerical Physics
tation

(A)
depend
Soil erosion
is called if iIm^(Medical & Engineering Exams.)
(B) Soil conservation By : Dr. R. V. S. Chauhan & Dr. H. P. Sharma Price : Rs. 150/-

(C) Terracing
This book has been candidates
written for the benefit of
(D) Contour terracing appearing at various competitive examinations for entry to Medical
6. Terracing is an effective method and Engineering Courses. At present almost in all such competitive
of soil conservation in examinations objective type questions are asked. How to solve
(A) Desert areas these questions within the short time given ? Keeping this fact in view
and incorporating all the aspects of the syllabus, the present book
(B) Hilly areas
has been made available in the market for the competitors. The
(C) Plain areas
book consists of plenty of typical numerical examples relating to all
(D) None of these topics in Physics as per syllabus and is written exhaustively as it

7. Sheet erosion is caused by mentions relevant formulae and theoretical concepts. It is

(A) Fast running rivers
comprehensive in style and serves the purpose of students of all
categories. After having gone through this book there will be no
(B) Wind
need for any other book or guide.
(C) Heavy rains
(D) Glaciers UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-
.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 108
 ^^^^i^B Topic on Botany MHHMHHH^^^^BHBHBHHl

PHYSICAL BASIS OF LIFE : PROTOPLASM

All living things are composed of the essential living 3. Granular theory : This theory was proposed by
substance, protoplasm, which has been very aptly Altman in 1893. According to this theory, the protoplasm
described by T. H. Huxley (1868) as 'the physical basis of consists of numerous fine granules dispersed uniformly in
life'. Protoplasm is a soft, jelly-like substance which is a homogeneous fluid medium.
always in a state of motion. Protoplasm is composed of theory This theory was suggested by
4. Fibrillar :

water and various substances like proteins, fats, Fisher (1894) and Flemming (1897). This theory main-
carbohydrates and inorganic salts, but it is, by no means, tains that protoplasm consists of numerous minute fibrils
a mixture of all these materials, which make up 95% by or thread-like structures dispersed in a fluid medium.
weight of the body. Protoplasm is made up of both
inorganic and organic substance. Water the main Alveoli
inorganic substance, varies from 5% to 90% in different
tissues, with an average of 70% to 75%.
The following table shows the proportion of various
elements in protoplasm

Element Weight
Trace elements 0760
Iron 0010
Oxygen 62
Carbon 20
Hydrogen 10
Nitrogen 3
Calcium 2-50 4. Fibrillar 3. Granular

Phosphorus 1 14
Fig. : (1 to 4) Showing nature of protoplasm
Magnesium 007 according to old theories..
Sulphur 0-14
The old theories are of historical importance only.
Sodium 0-10 According to these theories protoplasm is supposed to
Chlorine 0-16 have a fixed or permanent appearance. The present idea,
Potassium 011 however, shows that in many instance the protoplasm
can change from one condition to another.
Iodine 0014
B. Modern Colloidal Nature (Theory) of Proto-
Physical Nature of Protoplasm plasm :

Protoplasm a is greyish, translucent, jelly-like, odour- The modern view is that the protoplasm is a poly-
less and viscous substance. It is heavier than water and in phasic colloidal system. This suggested by R. A.was first

contact with it (water) forms a delimiting membrane. It Fisher and Hardy (1899), but supported by Wilson latter

behaves as a moderate conductor of electricity. The (1925). If consists of a fluid matrix or ground substance
physical appearance of protoplasm has been the object of (liquid phase) and globules of solid and semisolid
study with many a scientist whose observations have particles (dispersed phase). The solid and semisolid
been formulated as various theories. particles range in diameter from 0-001 to 0-1 u.. They are
A. Old Theories thus too big to dissolve in the matrix to form a true solu-
During the nineteenth century, the following theories tion or crystalloid and too small to settle down to form a
were propounded to explain the physical appearance of suspension. Thus they remain suspended throughout the
protoplasm matrix forming a colloidal system.

1. Alveolar theory : This theory was advanced by The liquid phase of protoplasmic colloids consists

Butschli (1892). According to this theory, protoplasm mainly of water having dissolved inorganic ions and small
consists of bubbles or alveoli of a fluid of lesser density molecules. The dispersed phase comprises mainly the
distributed in a fluid of greater density. As a result, the large molecules of proteins, carbohydrates and lipids.

protoplasm looks like a foam or emulsion. Protoplasm has several following colloidal properties
2. Reticular theory This theory was postulated by
: 1. Colloidal particles are in a constant state of motion.
Hastein, Klein and Carnoy. This theory holds that proto- The movement, which can be seen under microscope, is
plasm consists of numerous minute fibrils interwoven to called Brownian movement, named after its discoverer
form a network or reticulum in a fluid medium. Robert Brown (1829). It is an irregular movement of

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 109

 due to the random bombardment by
Colloidal particles whereas in circulation the course of movement is irre-

liquid phase (water). The intensity of the

molecules of the gular.
CYTOPLASM NUCLEUS CHLOROPLASTS
Brownian movement depends upon temperature, size of
particles and viscosity.

2. Colloidal particles have the property of scattering

light. When a beam of light is passed through a Colloidal
solution becomes visible (Tyndal effect).
it

3. Sol and gel state Colloidal systems possess the

:

property of undergoing changes in consistency or rigidity.

A Colloidal suspension can be watery at one time and
jelly-like at another. The watery condition is called sol

state and the semisolid condition the gel state. These two CELL WALL VACUOLE
states are reversible. In the sol state the solid particles of Fig. Streaming movement (rotation) of
:

the disperse phase are separate or discontinuous, while protoplasm in a cell of Vallisneria leaf.

the fluid of the dispersion medium is continuous. In the gel

stale the solid particles are continuous while the watery is
NUCLEUS
discontinuous. Both sol and gel states are found in

protoplasm. The conversion from the gel state to the sol

state is called solation, while the conversion from the sol VACUOLES
state to the gel state is called gelation.

separate external spongy

solid liquid liquid network of
particles phase solid particles

Fig. : Streaming movement (circulation) of protoplasm

OWO s-\ o in a cell of staminal hair of Rhoeo discolor.
o o o (Jo
SOL STATE GEL STATE Besides the movements stated above, commonly
called Cyclosis, the streaming movements of slime
moulds have been observed due to rhythmic contraction
and relaxation of protoplasm. This type is called amoe-
boid movement. Rather rapid movement caused by highly
sensitive whip-like protoplasmic extensions called Cilia, is

commonly found in many lower organisms. This move-

SOL STATE GEL STATE ment is known as Ciliary movement.

Fig. : Sol and gel phases of a colloid. Noteworthy

charge
4. Electrical : Protein molecules repulse Felix Dujardin (1835), French protozoologist, studied

each other because their overall charge is similar. All the jelly-like substance in protozoa and called it sarcode.

molecules are either positively charged or negatively J. E. Purkinje (1839, 40) named the living substance in

charged. If, however, the molecules approach one ano- the embryos of animals as protoplasm.

ther close enough so that valency forces can act, they Hugo Von Mohl (1846) applied the term protoplasm to
may be attracted to each other. the contents of the embryonic cells of the plants.

5. Viscosity : The viscosity at the ground. substance A German scientist, Max Schultze (1861) established
the essential similarity that existed between the sarcode
of the cell is variable. It may be as low as that at water, or
and protoplasm.
may be very high in the gelating cytoplasm.
O. Hertwig (1892) founded the protoplasmic theory
6. Irritability and conductivity
: Protoplasm has the
according to which all living matter, out of which animal
property of responds to stimuli like heat,
irritability, e.g., it
and plants are formed, is protoplasm,
light and chemicals. It also has the property of conducti-
de Barry and Sachs were of opinion that a multicellular
vity, i.e., of conducting impulses produced by stimuli.
body was a continuous mass of protoplasm which was
7. Protoplasmic movements Protoplasm exhibits : incompletely subdivided into small centres of activities
Streaming movements at different types which are the cells, during the development of the body.
usually noticed in amoeba, slime moulds and particularly
in the plant cells with large vacuoles. Rotatory movements
Chemical Nature of Protoplasm
in the cells of leaves of aquatic plants like Vallisneria and

Elodea and circulatory movements in the staminal hairs of The chemical composition of protoplasm, itself a
Rhoeo discolor are the glaring examples. In rotation dynamic system, can not be determined by destroying it

protoplasm moves in a definite direction along the cell wall during analysis process. According chemical analysis,

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 110

Copyrighted material
protoplasm chemically consists of elements, organic and (a) Simple lipids : Simple lipids contain C, H, and O,
inorganic compounds. but with much less oxygen. Their one molecule is formed
by the combination of one molecule of glycerol and three
1. Elements
molecules of fatty acids.
Nearly 25 elements are reported to occur in proto- The common true fats are triacetin (C 9 H 14 0 6 ),
plasm. Out of these carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen and oxy- tripalmitin (C 51 H 98 O e and) tristearin (C 57 H 110 0 6 ).
gen are found greatly concentrated in the protoplasm and (b) Compound lipids : Compound lipids are fat-like

make up about 99% of all living material. Other essentially substances containing other substances, like phosphoric
occurring elements are phosphorus, calcium, iron, magne- acid, simple sugar or nitrogenous base (choline), etc., in
sium, potassium and chlorine. The remaining few other addition to fatty acid and glycerol or any other alcohol.
elements are iodine, cobalt, boron, manganese, solenium, The common compound lipids are phospholipids (lecithin),

chromium, molybdenum, silicon and vanadium. Because lipoproteins and glycolipids (sphingosine).
these latter elements are present in tiny amount (0-1%), Proteins : Proteins, after water, are the most
(iii)
they are termed as trace elements. abundant constituent of protoplasm. They are made up of
carbon, oxygen, hydrogen and nitrogen, but sulphur,
2. Compounds
iodine, and some other elements may also occur in them
In protoplasm most elements occur as chemical com- in traces. Proteins are long chain compounds; their
pounds, both inorganic as well as organic compounds. simpler components or basic building units are the amino
Inorganic Compounds acids. Proteins occur in simple, conjugated and derived
forms.
(i) Water
Water provides the liquid phase for colloi-
:

dal protoplasm, a medium for chemical activity in the cells, A simple protein consists of about 100 amino acid
and the solvent for other substances. It is an indispen- molecules. However their number varies from 300-1 000
sable constituent of the protoplasm making up about 75% H
to 80% of its bulk. This percentage may, however, be as R 1

H
low as 7% to 8% (dormant seeds) and as high as 95% / H-f-N COOH
^C X
| |

(jelly fishes). 7 cN / /

(H) Inorganic salts Inorganic salts regulate the

: h2 n co;oh/
I ^
osmotic pressure of the protoplasm. Their percentage in
protoplasm varies from 1% to 4%. The most common
in different proteins. Molecular weight of some protein

inorganic salts are carbonates, bicarbonates, phosphates

may reach upto 5,00,000.

and chlorides of calcium, magnesium, iron, sodium and Proteins are very essential to physical and chemical

potassium. Mostly they occur as ions in solution with changes. These are the main constituents of the proto-
water, e.g., sodium chloride (NaCI) occurs as Na + + CI" plasm and control several vital activities of the cell. They
+
ions, KCI as K + Cl~ and so on. These ions are essential
may also serve energy-rich fuel compounds. Enzymes or

for normal metabolism of cells. the organic catalysts are, in fact, proteins.

(iii) Gases : Carbon dioxide and oxygen frequently (iv) Nucleic acids The nucleic acids are highly
:

occur in the protoplasm. The latter enters protoplasm for complex polymeric compounds containing carbon, hydro-
oxidation of complex molecules and the former is pro- gen, oxygen, nitrogen and phosphorus. These are of two
duced as a by-product in the process.
types of nucleic acids Deoxyribose nucleic acid (DNA)
and Ribose nucleic acid (RNA). These constitute 1% of
Organic Compounds the protoplasm.
The organic matters presentin protoplasm are pro- Each nucleotide has three components nitroge-
carbohydrates and nitrogen-base derivatives.
teins, fats, nous bases (Purine or Pyrimidine), Pentose sugar
They are very complex matters, composed of carbon, and Phosphoric acid.
(ribose or deoxyribose)
hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, often sulphur and sometimes (v) Other substances Besides the above major
phosphorus. The nucleo-proteins occurring in the nucleus constituents pigments, hormones, enzymes, alkaloides,
in particular are of special significance. latex etc., are also found in the protoplasm.
<i) Carbohydrates : Carbohydrates are made up of
carbon, hydrogen and oxygen. According to the number of
Protoplasm Doctrine
carbon atoms present, carbohydrates are termed mono-
saccharide (simple sugars), disaccharides (double Von Modi's observations about the importance of proto-

sugars) and polysaccharides (complex sugars). Carbo- plasm certainly put the cell theory on a strong foundation.
hydrates serve as an important structural material in some Schultze in 1861 put forward the 'protoplasm doctrine',

animals and plants. The carbohydrates which directly stating that all masses of protoplasm are the units of organi-

enter into actual constitution of protoplasm are the pen- sation and that protoplasm, in general, is similar in all orga-

tose sugars. nisms. The cell was thought to be the mass of protoplasm
with a nucleus, which would originate from a pre-existing
(ii) Fats (lipids) : Fats of protoplasm are hetero-
cell. To this organised mass of protoplasm Hanstein (1880)
geneous compounds. They are composed principally of C,
applied the term protoplast. The protoplasm doctrine got
H, O, but they may sometime contain N and P also. Unlike
carbohydrates they have a much smaller proportion of
support from many biologists.

oxygen. Lipids fall under the following categories :

(Coutinued on Page 130)

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 111

 (A) Blocking of photosystem-l
Model Paper For Various Medical Entrance Examinations
(B) Blocking of photosystem-ll

(C) Blocking of xylem

BOTANY 15.
(D) Blocking of

Who
phloem
observed that other ope-
1

rons in E. coli usually exist in the

on rather than off condition ?
1 . Paddy blast is caused by (A) Protein (A) Kleckner
(A) Algae (B) Fungi (B) DNA (B) Watson and Crick
(C) Bacteria (D) Viruses (C) Both DNA and protein (C) Morgan
2. 'Stem Canker' is caused by (D) None of the above (D) Jacob and Monod
(A) Air borne pathogens 8. New complementary nucleotides 16. Roots have various adaptations
(B) Waterborne pathogens are positioned by the process and associations to enhance
(C) Soilborne pathogens
of their ability to
(D) All of the above (A) DNA replication (A) Store the product of photo-
(B) DNA distigration synthesis
3. In which of the following condi-
(C) Complementary base pairing (B) Anchor a plant
tions the photosynthesis is maxi-
mum ? (D) None of the above (C) Absorb water and minerals
(A) Intermittent light 9. Which of the following is not con- (D) All of the above
(B) Continuous strong light cerned with the fructification
17. The first layer of cells within the
(C) Continuous weak light
among Myxomycetes ?
vascular cylinder is
(D) None of the above (A) Glochidium
(A) Cortex
(B) Sporangium
4. Which one of the following (B) Pericycle
(C) Aethalium
statements is not true ? (C) Endodermis
(A) Oogamous sexual reproduc- (D) Plasmodiocarp
(D) Epidermis
tion means fusion of motile 10. The seed known by the name of
and a nonmotile gametes 18. Which of the following mode of
'Chilgoza', that is used as dry
most
nutrition is likely utilized by
(B) The photochemical reac-
first fruit belongs to
a decomposer ?
tion in photosynthesis is the
(A) Zamia oestica
evolution of molecular oxy- (A) Saprophytic
(B) Cycas revoluta
gen (B) Parasitic
(C) Finus gerardiana
(C) The monomeric unit nucleo- (C) Ingestion
tide in RNA is termed as (D) Dolichas lablub
(D) Both B and C
ribotide 1 1 . The male gamete of Pinus is
19. The aerobic breakdown of pyru-
(D) Proteins and RNA during in-
(A) Biciliated vate within mitochondria results
terphase are synthesized in
(B) Nonciliated into
G 2 -phase
(C) Ciliated or nonciliated de- (A) Water
5. Equal distribution of extra nuclear pending upon presence or
(B) C02
material of a cell is brought about absence of water
by- (C) 34 ATP
(D) Muticiliated
(D) All of the above
(A) Translation
12. Maximum transpiration occurs
(B) Transduction through
20. Diverse complex organisms
(C) Cytokinesis appeared in the fossil record of
(A) Cuticle
(D) Karyrokinesis about
(B) Lenticels
(A)
'
600 million years ago
6. If the C0 2
were withdrawn from (C) Stomata
(B) 600 billion years ago
the biosphere which organism
(D) Epiblema
would first experience negative (C) 1 million year ago
effects ? 13. In succulent plants, the value of (D) 4-5 million years ago
(A) Producers R.Q. is
21. Various ribosomes move along
(B) Primary consumers (A) Zero
the same m-RNA at a time which
(C) Secondary consumers (B) More than one are collectively called
(D) Tertiary consumers (C) One (A) Template DNA
(D) Less than one (B) Central dogma
7. According to Hershey and Chase
experiment, the genetic material 14. The common mode of action of (C) Polysome
of J 2 bacteriophage is herbicide is (D) Nucleosome

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 112

Copyrighted material
22. The antisense RNA is transcri- (C) Both A and B (A) Young cells

bed from the (D) None of the above (B) Bacteriophage

(A) Repressible operon (C) Mature cells
30. An ecological community is an
(B) Template DNA strand assemblage of (D) None of the above
(C) CAP (A) Family unit 38. Conifers are well adapted to
(D) None of the above (B) Interacting populations withstand extremes of

What happens when tryptophan (C) Food webs (A) Temperature

23.
present ? (D) Closely related species
is (B) Humidity

(A) Repressor becomes able to 31. Root cap has no role in water (C) Wind strength
bind to the operator absorption because (D) All of the above
(B) Repressor becomes unable (A) It has no cell containing
chloroplast
39. A which develops from a
fruit
to bind to the operator
single ovary of a single flower
(C) Transcription of structural (B) It bears no root hairs
is
genes occurs (C) Ithas loosely arranged cells
(A) Simple fruit
(D) None of the above (D) It has no direct connection
with the vascular system
(B) Accessory fruit

24. Brachysclereids originate from (C) Pseudocarp

the 32. Absorption of water by root is
(D) Single fruit
Dermatogen increased with the
(A)
(A) Increase in transpiration 40. Marketed edible part of cashew-
(B) Phelloderm
(B) Decrease in salt uptake nut is
(C) Phellogen
(C) Increase in rate of photosyn-
(A) Seed
(D) None of the above
thesis (B) Cotyledons
25. The earliest prokaryotes must (C) Treated thalamus
(D) Decrease in transpiration
have been Thalamus
(D)
(A) Lipotrophs
33. The first link in any food chain is

a green plant because 41 . Lomasome is a membranous in-

(B) Photoantotrophs
(A) They are firmly fixed to the vagination of the plasmalemma
(C) Chemoheterotrophs
soil of a/an
(D) Chemoautotrophs
(B) They alone have the capa- (A) Bacterial cell
26. Geometrically multiplying, rapid city to fix the atmospheric (B) Algal cell
population growth rate is known carbon dioxide in the pre- (C) Fungal cell
as sence of sunlight.
(D) All of the above
(A) Exponential growth (C) They are abundantly distri-

buted 42. Parasitic ascomycetes cause

(B) Population
(D) All of the above (A) Leaf curl of peaches
(C) Demographic transition
(B) Apple scrap
(D) Biotic potential 34. The study development of an
of
organism from the egg to the (C) Chestnut blight
27. Process by which substances
adult stage is known as (D) All of the above
become more concentrated in

organisms in the higher trophic (A) Genetics 43. How many sub-phyla are there
levels of the food chain is (B) Evolution inTracheata according to Tippo's
called (C) Mutation classification of plantae king-

(A) Green house effect (D) Embryology dom?

(B) Biological magnification Golgi bodies are absent
(A) 2 (B) 4
35. in

(C) Acid deposition (A) Bacteria

(C) 6 (D) 8
(D) All of the above (B) Plants 44. Which of the following characte-

28. To which Division 'golden-brown (C) Animals ristics is specific for 0 x 174 and
algae' belong ? (D) All eukaryotic cells M-13 types of viruses ?

(A) Phaeophyta 36. Chromatin consists of (A) Single stranded DNA

(B) Euglenophyta (A) RNA (B) Causes cancer
(C) Chrysophyta (B) RNA and histones (C) Single stranded RNA
(D) None of the above (C) DNA and histones (D) Double stranded DNA
29. Conversion of nitrate to nitrous (D) DNA 45. To be considered essential, an
oxide and nitrogen is called 37. In which of the following the element must fulfill the criteria
(A) Denitrification endoplasmic reticulum is more (A) No other element can substi-
(B) Nitrification developed ? tuteand fulfill the same role

CSX. I March/ 2000/ 113

Copyrighted material
 (B) It must have an identifiable HINTS sexual reproduction, diverse com-
nutritional role plex organisms appeared in the
1. Paddy caused by the
blast is
fossil record about 600 million
(C) A deficiency of the element
fungus Pyricularia oryzae. It
causes the plant to die with- years ago.
spreads rapidly under favourable
out completing its life cycle
weather conditions. Leaf blast, 22. The antisense RNA can control
(D) All of the above neck blast and node blast are the expression of a gene in pro-

different phages. karyotes (bacteria). Antisense

46. Which of the following is correct
RNA is transcribed from the
regarding transition reaction ? 2. Certain plants, e.g., Mulberry
sense DNA strand.
(A) It utilizes NAD+ mows mainly raised by stem-
cuttings are greatly aflicted by 23. Tryptophan, when present, binds
(B) It connects glycolysis to the
soii-borne pathogens Botry- to the repressor. The repressor
krebs cycle
dipodia theobromae. causes is then able to bind to the opera-
(C) It gives off C0 2 It

torand transcription of structural

stem canker.
(D) All of the above are correct genes does not occur.
4. During interphase, proteins and
47. Genetic engineering is the use RNA are synthesized in G t - 24. The brachyslereids found em-
of technology to alter the phase. bedded in the cork originate from
(A) Genome of living cell the phellogen.
7. Hershey and Chase (1952) ex-
(B) Genome of non-living cell
periment showed that DNA and 29. The process of denitrification is

(C) Both A and B not protein is the genetic material the conversion of nitrate to nitrous
of the T 2 bacteriophage. oxide, while the production of
(D) None of the above
nitrate is nitrification.
48. Cotton dust produces pneumo- 8. New complementary nucleotides,
always present in the nucleus, 30. The community is a general term
coniosis or lung fibrosis called
are positioned by the process of covering any naturally occuring
(A) Hemolysis
complementary base pairing. group of different organisms living
(B) Bysinosis together in a certain environment
9. There are three types of fructi-
(C) Thrombosis and interacting with each other.
fications among Myxomycetes,
(D) None of the above the sporogonium, aethalium, 35. Golgi bodies are absent in bac-
49. The community that initiates the and plasmodiocarp. teria and blue-green algae.
process of succession in a habi- 12. Leaves possess many minute 36. The chromatin contains DNA,
tat is known as pores called stomata through histones (e.g., H 2 A, H 2 B, H 3
(A) Biotic community which water vapour diffuses out and H 4 ) and different types of

(B) Abiotic community into the atmosphere. It is called non-histones.

stomatal transpiration. Of the 38. Conifers, which usually have
(C) Pioneer community
total water lost about 88% water
(D) All of the above evergreen needle-like leaves,
is lost by stomatal transpiration.
are well adapted to withstand the
50. The specific sequence of deve-
13. In succulent plants like Opuntia extremes of temperature, humi-
lopment of a community relating dity and wind strength.
and Bryophyllum there is incomp-
to particular (specific) set of
lete oxidation ofcarbohydrates 41 . Lomasome is a membranous in-
physical and chemical condition as a result no C0 2 is produced,
is called
vagination of the plasmalemmaof
hence the value of respiratory
a fungal cell or hypha. It occurs
(A) Succession quotient (R.Q.) is zero. groups and situated
singly or in
(B) Climax 15. According to Jacob and Monod, between the rest of the plas-
(C) Sere other operons in E. coli usually molemma and the wall material.
(D) None of the above exist in the on rather than off
43. According to Tippo's classifica-

ANSWERS
condition. For instance, the pro-
karyotic cell (E. coli) produces
tion of kingdom Plantae, there
are four sub-phyla in Tracheata.
five enzymes that are needed for
The sub-phyla are Sphenopsida,
1.(B) 2.(C) 3. (A) 4.(D) 5.(C) the synthesis of amino acid tryp-
Psilopsida, Pteropsida and Lyco-
6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (C) 9. (A) 10. (C) tophan. If this enzyme is present
psida.
in the medium, the rest of the
11. (B) 12. (C) 13. (A) 14. (B) 15. (D)
enzymes are not produced. 44. The micro organisms like <|>x 174
16. (D) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (D) 20. (A)
1 6. Roots have various associations and M-13types of viruses are
21. (C) 22. (D) 23. (A) 24. (C) 25. (D)
and adaptations to perform their bacteriophages with single stran-
26. (A) 27. (C) 28. (C) 29. (A) 30. (B) DNA
functions, such as anchorage, ded as their genetic mate-
31. (D) 32. (A) 33. (B) 34. (D) 35. (A) storage of carbohydrate, absorp- rial.

36. (C) 37. (A) 38. (D) 39. (A) 40. (B) tion of water and minerals.

41. (C) 42. (D) 43. (B) 44. (A) 45. (D) 20. Probably due to the evolution of
46. (D) 47. (A) 48. (B) 49. (C) 50. (C) multicellularity in association with (Continued on Page 130 )

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 114

 (B) Exarch
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations
(C) Endarch
(D) None of the above

BOTANY 16. To evolve

oxygen in
one molecule
photosynthesis, the
of

!
number of quanta of light

required is

1 . Whisk ferns have no (B) Oenothera lamarckiana by (A) One

(A) Roots de Vries (B) Two
(B) Leaves (C) Pisum sativum by Darwin (C) Thirty eight

(C) Both (A) and (B) (D) Acetabularia crenulata by de (D) Thirty six
Vries
(D) Rhizome 17. Which of the following bacteria
Sleep movement occurs in res-
9. The most favourable range of do not give off oxygen ?
2.
wavelength of light used by
ponse to (A) Purple sulphur bacteria
bacteria for photosynthesis is
(A) Dark (B) Green sulphur bacteria
(A) 70 jim- 100 urn
(B) Light (C) Both (A) and (B)
(B) 500 -600 um
(C) Both (A) and (B) None of the above
(D)
(C) 700um-900um
(D) Temperature
(D) 0-25 um- 3-0 um 18. In Rhizopus, the main horizontal
3. Who produced a procedure for hypha is
placing bacteria into either a
10. The yellow vein mosaic of bhindi
is a (A) Stolon
gram-negative or gram-positive
(A) Bacterial disease (B) Columella
type?
(B) Viral disease (C) Rhizoid
(A) Pasteur
(C) Fungal disease (D) Sporangiophore
(B) Bateson
(D) None of the above 19. The science of improving the
(C) Cuenot
11. The botanical name of water- genetic constitution of the gene
(D) None of the above
melon is pull is known as
4. W.H. 147 is a double dwarf (A) Prunus ariculatum (A) Palindrome
(A) Wheat (B) Cotton
Cencrus graseolata
(B) (B) Euphenics
(C) Rice (D) Sugarcane Melonjana pubescens
(C) (C) Eugenics
5. Who coined the term 'pureline' (D) Citrullus lanatus
(D) None of the above
for the first time ?
12. Red rot of sugarcane is caused 20. DNA fragments can be denatured
(A) Poehlman by- in alkali and the two strands of
(B) Dobhzansky
(A) Azospirillum flexile the DNA isolated by
(C) Johanssen
(B) Cenchrus debaryanum (A) Denaturation
(D) Darlington
(C) Colletotrichum falcatum (B) Polynucleotide kinase
6. Genes are responsible for growth
(D) None of the above (C) Autoradiography
and differentiation in an organism
(D) Electrophoresis
with the help of regulation of 13. Difference between one amino
(A) Translation acid and another is found in 21. A radioisotope used to label

(B) Transcription (A) Peptide bond proteins differentially from nucleic

(B) R-group acid is

(C) Both (A) and (B)
14
(C) Carboxyl group (A) C (B) 15 N
(D) Transduction
(D) Amino group (C) ^P (D) ^S
7. A mutation in bacteria results in
non-formation of mesosomes. 14. Which of the following phages 22. If the cut end of a plant is put in

The expected result will be invades the host cell but does eosine solution, we observe
not destroy the host ? that
(A) Only replication of DNA will

occur (A) Lytic phage (A) Phloem gets coloured due to

(B) Only cell division will occur (B) Temperate phage ascent of sap

(C) Only karyokinesis will occur (C) Virulent phage (B) Xylem gets stained due to

(D) All of the above (D) Cyanophage ascent of sap through it

8. Mutation was used for the first 15. Vascular bundles in which the (C) Leaves remain fresh but
time for studies on protoxylem pointing towards the ascent of sap is checked

(A) Oenothera lamackiana by centre are called ? (D) Leaves wilt as ascent of sap
Lamarck (A) Radial stops

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 115

Copyrighted material
 23. In which kingdom would you place 30. Endospores develop in 39. Which of the following plants
multicellular land organisms that (A) Clostridium and Saccha- show ridges and grooves, sun-
carry on photosynthesis ?
romyces ken stomata and chlorenchyma
(A) Fungi (B) Plantae* (B) Mucor and Bacillus in the stem ?
(C) Protista (D) Animalia (C) Bacillus and Clostridium (A) Opuntia (B) Casuarina
Concepts, (D) Clostridium and Monococcus
24. based on the (C) Calotropis (D) Nerium
conclusions of experiments and 31. In angiosperms, free nuclear Polymers are broken down
observations, are termed as
40. by
division can occur during the (A) Condensation
(A) Theories formation of
(B) Dehydration synthesis
(B) Data (A) Flower (B) Embryo
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(C) Hypothesis (C) Gamete (D) Endosperm
(D) Hydrolysis
(D) Scientific method 32. Asexually produced organism
41. Which of the following is com-
25. Which of the following statements inheriting all the characters of the
monly called the table sugar ?
is/are correct ? parent is
(A) Glucose
(A) The term 'theory' in science (A) Clone (B) Variety
(C) Hybrid (D) Offspring
(B) Fructose
is reserved for those hypo-

theses that have proven to (C) Sucrose

33. Auxenotriolic acid was isolated
have the greatest explana- by- (D) All of the above
tory power
(A) Haagen Smith and Went 42. Which of the following is /are
(B) A theory is simply a hypo- (B) Kogl and Haagen Smith common polysaccharide in living
thesis needs further
that (C) Boysen^Jensen and Kogl beings ?
experimentation and obser- (D) None of the above (A) Starch
vation
(B) Glycogen
34. Which of the following groups of
(C) Theories are hypotheses that (C) Cellulose
plants produce fibres of great
have failed to be supported (D) All of the above
economic value ?
by experimentation and ob-
(A) Glycine, Gossypium, Brassica 43. Which of the following is a C4
servation
plant ?
(B) Cannabis, Hibiscus, Gossy-
(D) All of the above
pium (A) Pea (B) Maize
26. Enzymes carry out (C) Cassia, (C) Papaya (D) Potato
Gossypium, Lyco-
(A) Condensation of macromole- persicum 44. Which of the following enzymes
cules used for carboxylation of
(D) None of the above is

(B) Hydrolysis of micromolecules RuBP?

35. Which of the following cell orga-
(C) Both (A) and (B) (A) Peroxidase
nelles is associated with photo-
(D) None of the above respiration ?
(B) Carboxidismutase
(C)Phosphopentokinase
27. A hydrophilic group is (A) Peroxisome
(D) Hexose kinase
(A) Found in fatty acids (B) Glyoxysome
45. Which of the following plant cells
(B) Attracted to water (C) Mesosome
will show totipotency ?
(C) A polar or ionized group (D) All of the above
(A) Cork cells
(D) All of the above 36. Hornworts are represented by (B) Sieve tubes
28. Pinnate venation means that (A) Hepaticopsida (C) Meristems
(A) The branch veins all originate (B) Anthocerotopsida (D) Xylem vessels
at the point of attachment of (C) Bryopsida 46. Development of shoot and root in
the blade to the petiole (D) All of the above tissue culture is determined by
(B) The branch veins originate
37. Which of the following methods
(A) Plant nutrients
from points along the cen- (B) Enzymes
is employed for the isolation of
trally placed main vein (C) Temperature
cell organelles ?
(C) The veins all originate from (A) Differential centrifugation
(D) Cytokinin and auxin ratio
the petiole 47. Which
(B) Chemical analysis of the following occurs
(D) All of the above (C) X-ray diffraction both during cyclic and non-cyclic

(D) Autoradiography modes of photophosphorylation ?

29. Which of the following hormones
isconsidered to be the stress
(A) Formation of ATP
38. Which among the following is the
hormone ? (B) Release of 02
smallest angiosperm ?
(A) GA3 (B) ABA (C) Formation of NADPH
(A) Spirodella (B) Hydrilla
(D) Involvement of both PS-I and
(C) IAA (D) Ethylene (C) Wolffia (D) Lemna PS-II

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 116

Copyrighted materia
48. Which of the following physiolo- 7. Non-formatien of mesosomes concepts based on the conclu-
gical effects is caused in plants refers to non-elongation of proto- sions of experiments and obser-
by gibberellic acid ? plasm. Because protoplasm and vations.

(A) Rooting in stem cutting hence mesosomes to which the 26. Enzymes carry out both
(B) Yellowing of young leaves DNA attaches during cell division
condensation (building up) and
acts as spindle fibres and its
hydrolysis (breaking down) of
(C) Shortening of genetically tall
inactivity causes suspension of macromolecules.
plants
process of complete cell division.
(D) Elongation of genetically 28. Leaf veins are vascular bundles
dwarf plants 9. A bacterium photosynthesizes by within a leaf. Monocots exhibit
absorbing light of infra-red region parallel venation and dicot exhibit
49. The area of plant which receives
having wavelength ranging from netted venation which may be
the stimulus is ?
700 urn to 900 urn. either pinnate or palmate.
(A) Receptive region
(B) Reactive region 10. 'Yellow vein mosaic' is a viral 29. Abscisic acid (ABA) is sometimes
disease of bhindi that occurs in called the stress hormone
(C) Perceptive region
severe form during March to June because it initiates and maintains
(D) Responsive region when the temperature is high. seed and bud dormancy and
50. TMV genes are The virus is transmitted by white- brings about the closure of
flies (Bemisia tabaci). stomata.
(A) Proteinaceous
(B) Polyribonucleotides 12. The 'red rot' of sugarcane dis- 31. In angiosperms, free nuclear

(C) Single stranded RNA ease is caused by Colletotrichum divisions occur invariably during
falcatum. Once the fungus enters formation of embryo sac/female
(D) Double stranded RNA
the host, it grows rapidly pro- gametophyte and two types of
ANSWERS ducing septate mycelium. The endosperm (nuclear and
hyphae in ducts of fibrovascular helobial).
1.(C) 2.(C) 3.(D) 4. (A) 5.(C)
bundles or in any centre of
9. (C) 10. (B)
32. Cloning means the production of
6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (B)
infection grow rapidly.
exact genetic replicas of an
11. (D) 12. (C) 13. (B) 14. (B) 15. (C)
13. Polarity and non-polarity are individual. In other words, a
16. (A) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (C) 20. (D) clone can not be considered as.
important aspects of R-groups.
21. (D) 22. (B) 23. (B) 24. (A) 25. (A) There are twenty different amino an offspring, but simply the copy
26. (C) 27. (D) 28. (B) 29. (B) 30. (C) acids in cells that differ only in of a given individual.

31. (D) 32. (A) 33. (Bj 34. (B) 35. (A) possessing their R-groups. 34. Cannabis, Hibiscus and Gossy-
36. (B) 37. (A) 38. (C) 39. (B) 40. (D) 14. Certain bacteriophages, such as pium produce respectively hemp,
41. (C) 42. (D) 43. (B) 44. (B) 45. (C) lambda phages, have entirely deccan hemp and cotton (fibre)
different pattern of life cycle respectively.
46. (D) 47. (A) 48. (D) 49. (C) 50. (B)
which is called lysogeny and is
35. Peroxisome is associated with
HINTS characterised by lysis after phage photorespiration. Peroxisome is
infection. A virus with this capa- a kind of microbody. Peroxisome
1 . Psilophytes are whisk ferns. The
city is called temperate. contains typical enzyme involved
whisk ferns have no leaves or
6. Non-cyclic photophosphorylation in glycolate metabolism and
roots. A branched rhizome has 1

occurs twice and four water mole- photorespiration.

rhizoids and a mycorrhizallungus
helps gather nutrients. cules are photolyzed to evolve 36. The class-Anthocerotopsida
one molecule of oxygen during (Anthocerotae) embraces a small
2. A sleep movement is a nastic photosynthesis, in which one but very clearly defined groups of
response that occurs in response quanta of light is required. plant, (bryophytes) which differ in
to dark and light. Sleep move-
17. Green sulphur bacteria and many ways, especially in their
ment is also caused owing to
purple sulphur bacteria do not sporophytes from the liverworts
changes in pulvinus situated at
give off oxygen because they do to which they are often allied.
the base of leaf.
not use water as an electron Popularly the members of this
3. H.C. Gram (1884) discovered a class are called hornworts.
donor.
procedure for placing bacteria
a gram-positive or a
into either 23. Kingdom-plantae includes multi- 37. Differential centrifugation
gram-negative depending on cellular organisation with special- The separation of mixtures such

whether or not the organisms ized and complex cells. The rep- as cellular particles in a medium
retained crystal violet stain. resentative organisms are ferns, at various centrifugal forces to

mosses, woody, non-woody separate particles of different

4. W. H. 147 is a double dwarf
density, size and shape from
flowering plants.
wheat with excellent yielding
each other.
potency under natural conditions 24. The ultimate goal of science is to

and either free from rusts or with understand the natural world in
high degree of resistance to rusts. terms of theories which mean (Continued on Page 132 )

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 117

 a Best Fifteen Questions E

1. 'Seed rot' of chickpea is caused (C) Tropical soils will not support 11. Plants having feebly developed
by- agriculture for future root, soft-delicate stem and large
(A) Rhizoctonia solani (D) All of the above number of air cavities, are mostly
grouped under
(B) Pythium debaryanum 6. Hydrocarbons and nitrogen
(A) Xerophytes
(C) Claviceps purpurea oxides in the environment inte-
form (B) Mesophytes
(D) None of the above ract to

(A) Ozone and PAN (C) Hydrophytes

2. EUS stands for
(B) Aerosols (D) Helophytes
(A) European Union for Silvicul-
(C) Sulphur dioxide 12. Guttation, in the morning, occurs
ture
(D) None of the above when
(B) Eradication and Use of Soil
plants 7. Down's syndrome (A) The rate of water absorption

(A) more prevalent among and root pressure are higher

(C) Epizootic Ulcerative Syn- Is

drome children of elderly mothers (B) The rate of water absorption

after the age of forty or is higher and the rate of root
(D) Etiolation and Unity of Sym-
above pressure is lower
patic species
(B) Provides no overt abnor- (C) The rate of water absorption
3. J. E. Purkinje, who coined the
lower and the rate of root
malities is
term protoplasm to describe the
(C) Is always by non-disjunction pressure is higher
contents of cells, was a/an
of chromosome 21 (D) When both water absorption
(A) English biologist
(D) Is always caused by non-
and root pressure are lower
(B) American biologist
disjunction of chromosome 13. Strap-like ligulate corolla of
(C) Czech biologist 17 sunflower is represented by
(D) Dutch biologist
8. Continental drift causes (A) Immature florets
4. The branch of cytology which (A) Geological catastrophe like (B) Ray florets
deals with the chemical and earthquake (C) Disc florets
physio-chemical analysis of living
(B) Mass extinction (D) All of the above
matter is termed as
(C) Fossilization and distribution
(A) Cytotaxonomy 14. The ultimate branches of leaves
of fossils on the earth
(B) Cytogenetics are very small and terminate in
(D) All of the above bundle ends which bend into
(C) Cytoecology
Calicolous plants usually found minute specialized photosynthetic
(D) Cytochemistry 9. in

soil with pH areas known as

5. Tropical rain forest destruction is
(A) 8 (B) 7 (A) Mesophyll
considered to be extremely seri-
(C) 6-5 (D) 4 (B) Palisade
ous because
(C) Vein islets
(A) Mostly large tracts of forest 10. The soil which develops in situ
(D) Transition zone
absorb carbon dioxide, redu- above parent bedrock is known
cing the threat of global war- as 15. Industries, in air pollution, are

ming (A) Sedentary soil (A) Area sources

(B) It leads to the severe mas- (B) Embryonic soil (B) Line sources

sive destruction in biological (C) Secondary soil (C) Point sources

diversity (D) Eolinsoil (D) All of the above

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(A) 2.(C) 3.(C) 4.(D) 5.(D) is one of the important patho- 7. When members of a homologous
6. (A) 7. (C) 8. (D) 9. (C) 10. (A) gens in chickpea wilt complex. chromosome pair fail to separate

11. (C) 12. (A) 13. (B) 14. (C) 15. (C) 2. EUS (Epizootic Ulcerative Syn- during meiosis-l, is called non-
drome) is common bacterial disjunction. The most common
1. The fungus Rhizoctonia solani disease which appears as sites
causes 'seed rot' of chickpea. It of localized external infections. (Continued on Pane 132 )

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 118

un Reasoning in Physics
Q. Why the spring is made of face tension increases while for the are scattered least. So these rays
steel and not of copper ? impurity which is less soluble in liquid, reach the observer on the earth. That
the surface tension decreases. is why, the sun now appears red.
Ans. We know that the elasticity
of steel is more than that of copper. Q. Explain why a beaker filled Q. What is meant by the power
Therefore, for equal applied force, the with water at 4C over-flows if the of a lens ?
elongation of steel spring is less than temperature is decreased or in- Ans. The power of a lens is
that of copper for same initial length. creased. defined as its ability to deviate the
So the steel spring can bear a larger
Ans. The reason is theanoma- rays towards the axis. This is the reci-
tension before the elastic limit is procal of the focal length expressed
lous expansion of water. The maxi-
crossed. Moreover, steel recovers its metre. Hence,
mum density of water occurs at 4C. in
original state quicker than copper
So the water expands whether it is
P= diOp,er
after the deforming force is removed. ?0n^bre)
heated above 4C or cooled below
Q.Which one of the glass and The power of a convex lens is
4C.
rubber is more elastic and why ? positive while that of a concave lens
Ans. Glass is more elastic than Q. If an inflated tyre bursts, the is negative.
rubber because for a given applied air escaping out is cooled, why ?
Q. What are the main diffe-
force per unit area, the strain pro- Ans. When the tyre bursts, there
rences in the spectra of sodium
duced in glass is much smaller than is adiabatic expansion of air because
flame, the sun, incan-descent bulb
produced in rubber. the pressure of air inside is suffi-
filament and neon bulb ?
Q. During certain wind storm, ciently greater than atmospheric pre-
does Ans. The spectrum of sodium
light roofs are blown off, why ? ssure. In expansion, the air

some work against surroundings and flame consists of two yellow bright
Ans. During the storm, the velo-
so the internal energy decreases. lines.The suns spectrum conti- is
city of wind above the roof surface is
This causes a fall in temperature. nuous consisting of many dark lines
very high and hence pressure is low.
called Fraunhoffer lines. The spe-
The pressure below the roof is atmo- Q. Stainless steel and cooking
ctrum of incandescent bulb filament is
spheric which is higher than the pre- pans are preferred with extra
continuous having all colours from
ssure of upper surface. Due to this copper bottom, why ?
red to violet in order. These colours
pressure difference, the roof blows. Ans. We know that the condu-
are not clearly separated from each
Q. Why are the upper surface ctivity of copper is large as compared other. In neon bulb spectrum, there
of the wings of an aeroplane made to the conductivity of steel. Therefore,
are separate bright lines of all colours.
convex upwards and the lower, when a cooking pan, fitted with extra
concave downwards ? copper sheet is placed over a flame, Q. The diameter of the sun is
more heat passes. This causes early of the order of 10 9 metre, still it
Ans. This design of the wings
cooking of food. appears to be a small disc, why ?
makes the velocity of air larger at the
upper surface and smaller at the Q. Why does an air bubble in a
Ans. The distance of the sun
lower surface. So the pressure on the from the earth is of the order of
jar of water shine brightly ?
upper side is less than the pressure 10 11 metre. It subtends an angle
Ans. When the rays go from 10 9 ~2
on lower side. The pressure diffe- water into the air bubble, they suffer j^vT 1u radian (very small) at one
rence provides lift to the wing of the
total internal reflection. Now they are eye. The same angle is subtended by
plane.
reflected back as if from a mirror. a dise of cm
diameter placed at a
1
Q. Why does
a small quantity Hence the air bubble shines like a metre from our eye. So
distance of 1
of a liquid assume spherical form ? mirror.
the sun appears first like a small disc.
Ans. The small quantity of liquid Q. Why does the setting sun
assumes the spherical form due to Q. For what wavelength of light
look red ?
surface tension which tends to reduce is our eye most sensitive ? What is
Ans. This is due to the pheno-
value in lumen/watt corresponding
the surface area. A given mass will
menon of scattering of light. When to this wavelength ?
acquireminimum surface area if it
the rays of white light coming from
assumes a spherical shape. Ans. Our eye is most sensitive to
the sun near the horizon pass through 0
Q. How does the impurity affect the atmosphere, the blue rays are 5550 A wavelength corresponding to
the surface tension ? scattered transversely by air mole- thiswavelength the value of lumi-
Ans. If the impurity added is cules. These rays are unable to reach nous flux/radiant flux = 685 lumen/
highly soluble in the liquid, the sur- the earth. On the other hand, red rays watt.
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 119

Copyrighted material
 Reasoning in Chemistry
(Why and How)

Q. 1. Solution of fV(OH)4] + is practically colourless Reason C0 2 dissolves in water to form carbonic

whereas [V(OH)2] 2+ is blue. Why ? acid (H 2 C0 3 which dissociates as follows
)

Reason Solution of [V(OH) 4 ] + is colourless because C02 + H 2 0 - H2CO3 ^ 2H +

+ C0 32- . . . (i)

in + 5 oxidation state of vanadium there is no unpaired

The net reaction in the rusting of iron is represented
electron which can absorb light in the visible region.
as
Solution of [V(OH) 2 ] 2+ is blue as the oxidation state of
vanadium in this ion is + 4 and contains one unpaired
4Fe (s) + 30
2(g)
+ 12H + (aq) + H2 0 ^ 4F6 3* + 7H 2 0 ...(ii)

electron in its o*-orbital. This electron can be excited to According to Le Chatelier's principle, an increase in
higher d-level of the same shell by low energy photons the concentration of reactant would favour forward
+
which have frequency in the yellow region of the spec- reaction. In presence of C0 2 H ions concentration is ,

trum. Hence the light transmitted by the solution appears increased (equation 1) which appears as reactant in
blue. equation (2). Thus C0 2 increases the rate of rusting of
iron.
Q. 2. Why neutron is preferred most as a projectile
over others like proton, deuteron, triton, a-particles Q. 6. Why sodium metal is not deposited when
etc.? NaCI solution is electrolysed using Pt electrodes ?

ReasonCharged particles like proton, deuteron, Reason In aqueous solution of sodium chloride
triton, a-particle etc. reach the target (positively charged there are present Na + Cl~ +
and OH" ions and unioni-
, H
nucleus) with a great due to coulombic force of
difficulty
sed H 2 0. At the cathode either Na+ or is reduced. H^
repulsion (being positively charged these are repelled Na + (aq) + e-> Na (s) E = -2-71 V
back by the nucleus). To overcome this coulombic repul- 1
HjO + e -> H 2(g) + OH- (aq) E = - 0- 83V
sion highly energetic charged particles as projectile are g
needed. Howsoever neutron has no charge and, there-
Though E values for both the reactions are negative,
fore, experiences no coulombic repulsion.
one with small negative value takes place in preference
Q. 3. Why a new generation of reactors (breeder over the other. Hence water is reduced to liberate H 2 at
reactors) are coming up to replace traditional nuclear cathode and reduction of Na+ (aq) + e - Na (s) does , not
reactors ? occur.
Reason in breeder reactors more fuel element is
Q. 7. Molar conductivity of acetic acid ir
produced than what is consumed during the generation of
with dilution of the solution. Why ?
energy.New fuel element is produced from a non fissile
ReasonOn dilution the degree of ionisation of
nuclei.

92U 238 is bombarded with a fast neutron to produce

acetic acid increases (CH3COOH ^ CH 3 COO_ + H+)

94PU 239 a fissionable nuclei

,
and thereby number of anions and cations is increased,
which causes a sharp increase in molar conductivity of
92U238 + on1 - 92 U 239 -> 93NP 239 + acetic acid with dilution.
ggNp 239 - 94 Pu 239 + _ e 1
Q. 8. Metallic conductance decreases while
Inbreeder reactors the conditions are, so controlled trolytic conductance increases with increase in
that out of 3 neutrons emitted in fission of each 92U 235 perature. Why ?
only one is used to propagate the fission chain with Reason Increase in temperature increases the
92U 235 The other two are allowed to react with 92U 238 and
.
mobility of anions and cations of the molten electrolytes
not being absorbed by Cd steel (as occurs in traditional (or the ions in solution). Further, viscosity of the solvent is
nuclear reactors). Thus two fissible nuclei of 94PU 239 are also decreased with increase of temperature, thus the ion
formed for one 92U 235 nucleus is consumed. in solution experience less resistance, and conduct more
electricity at high temperature.
Q. 4. In general the rate of a reaction decreases
as time passes. Explain why ? On the other hand increase in temperature increases
ReasonThe rate of reaction is directly proportional
themovement of the Kernels in the metals which offers
to the product of molar concentration of reactants (Law of more resistance to the flow of electrons.
mass action). As the time passes the concentration of Q. 9. Why phenol is acidic ?
reactants is decreased and thereby the rate of reaction ReasonThe acidic nature of phenol is due to the
formation of phenoxide ion which is resonance stabilised
Q. 5. The carbon dioxide dissolved in water would
increase the rate of rusting. Why ?
C 6H 5OH + H 20 ^ CgHgO-Phenoxide
+ H 30
ion
+

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 120

Copyrighted material
 OH group in presence of NaHC0 3 which makes the
solution alkaline
O OH
I

Aq NaHC0 3 -N02
The negative charge is spread throughout the
I

benzene ring. Charge delocalisation is a stabilising factor

N0 2 N02
in phenoxide ion.
4 dinitro chloro benzene) 4 dinitro hydroxy benzene)
(2 : (2 :

Q. 10. HCI
a strong acid
is in water but weak acid
in glacial acetic acid. Why ?

Reason Strength of an acid depends on the 'ease' ICOMPETITION SCIENCE VISION

with which it can donate a proton in solution. HCI in water

donates proton very easily to yield CI" ion and, therefore,

FOR MORE INFORMATION,
it is a strong acid. PLEASE CONTACT OUR DEALERS
HCI + H 2 0 ^H0 3
+
+ Cl-
WEST BENGAL 2. M/s. Pinkeys Magazine
in glacial acetic acid there is a competition for
M/s. Om Prakash News Corner
donating proton between HCI and CH 3 COOH (both have
1 .

Agency, CALCUTTA NAGPUR (M.S.) Ph. 548978

proton donating tendency). HCI forceibly donates proton Ph. 2485624. 2104806 3. M/s. Magazine Centre
to acetic acid with difficulty. Hence HCI behaves as a MEGHALAYA 146-D.N. Road,
weak acid.
M/s. Dipak Enterprises Empire Building, MUMBAl
HCI + CH3COOH ^ CH COOH 3 2
+ + Cl-
1 .

Laitumkhrah, SHILLONG 4. M/s. Vishnu Bookseller

Q. 11. Bohr's atomic model violates the uncer- ASSAM AKOLA (M.S.) Ph. 439444
tainty principle. Why ? 1 . M/s. Durga News Agency 5. M/s.Aurangabad Book

Reason Uncertainty principle tells us that it is not

Railway Book Stall
GUWAHATI
Depot
AURANGABAD (M.S.)
possible to determine with accuracy both the position and
2. M/s. Sharma Book Stall Ph. 24448, 29696
momentum of an electron at the same moment. Bohr's
Thana Chariali, 6. M/s. Sai Book Centre
atomic orbit describes simultaneously both the location tinsukia (Assam) Nagar Road,
Sri
and momentum of electron (Recall an electron moving in 3. M/s. Surani Sahitya Kutir NANDED MS:
an orbit of definite energy states) and thus violates Thana Chariali,
DIBRUGARH (Assam)
ORISSA
Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.
1. M/s. A.K. Nayak
Q. 12. Why cresols are less acidic than phenol ? PUNJAB
BHUBANESHWAR
Reason Presence of electron releasing group 1 . M/s. Bhatia
PATHANKOT
Book Depot
Ph. 21916
Ph. 405102, 407810
(CH 3 ) (in cresols) on benzene ring decreases the acidic 2. M/s. Madhab Book Stores
nature of phenol as strengthens the negative charge on 2. M/s. Standard Book Depot
it CUTTACK Ph. 611043
PATHANKOT Ph. 21709
phenoxy oxygen and thus proton release becomes
.

3. M/s. T.L. Murty Patra

difficult. Hence cresols are less acidic than phenol.
M/s. Mohindra Bros.
Old Bus Stand,
LUDHIANA Ph. 740610
Q. 13. Aniline undergoes bromination in o-and p- BERHAMPUR
M/s. J. K. News Agency
position but in presence of strong acid it gives m- 4. M/s. Shivashakti
P ATI A LA Ph. 219045
bromo aniline. Why ? Pustakalaya
M/s.Chopra Book Shop
Sector-2, Bus Stand,
Reason NH 2 group is o-and p-directing. How- LUDHIANA Ph. 746731
ROURKELA (Sundergarh)
ever, in presence of strong acid aniline combines with 6. M/s. City Magazine
HOSHIARPUR MANIPUR
proton to form C 6 H 5 NH 3 and NH 3 group is m-directing.
Distributors,
Ph. 20968 1. M/s. P.C. Jain & Co.
Thus m-bromo product is formed in presence of strong
7. M/s. Sethi Enterprises Booksellers & N.P. Agent
acid. JALANDHAR Ph. 226189 IMPHAL Ph. 221756
Q. 14. Although benzene is highly unsaturated, it 8. M/s. Subhash News TAMILNADU
does not undergo addition reactions? Agency 1 . M/s. Live Media Agency
6, Outside Hall Gate,
Reason n electrons of benzene ring are delocalised 36, Halls Road, Igmore
AMRITSAR
CHENNAI
throughout the molecule. This makes the molecule very 9. Garg Book Centre
3097, Opp. Distt. Courts 2. M/s.Murugashan N.P
stable. The addition reactions would result in the breaking
Near Rajendra Govt. Agency
of this delocalisation, i.e., the stability of the molecule
College, BHATINDA 95-Pillaimar Street,
which is resisted. Arappalayam, MADURAI
MAHARASHTRA
Q. 15. In the preparation of 2
4 dinitro chloroben- :
3. M/s. Malaragam News
zene from chlorobenzene, by nitration, the reaction 1 . M/s.Chandra Kanta News
Centre,
Agency
product should not be washed with aqueous solution Reader's Paradise,
Santaram Damodarvani
of NaHC0 3 to remove the unused acid. Why ? Ganga Ram 1-B, Sivankoli,
Reason 2 : 4 dinitro chlorobenzene shows nucleo- Plot Near Hanuman Mandir, North Street, Kokkirakulam,
philic substitution reaction, i.e., CI can be replaced by BHUSAWAL (Jalgaon) TIRUNELVELI

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 121

 14. Conversion of heat into work is not possible without a
Physics
sink at lower temperature.
"~T/F
1 . An empty vessel produces louder sound than a filled

one of the same shape and size when struck in the 15. Stainless steel cooking pans are preferred with extra
same way. copper bottom.
T/F T7F
2. When a silicon semiconductors doped with a boron
atom it behaves as p-type semiconductor. Chemistry
T/F
3. The ratio of de Broglie wavelength of an electron and 16. Water gas is a mixture of CO and H 2 .

a proton moving with same kinetic energy is V 1840. _j/F

T/F 17. Carbon dioxide is absorbed by plants in the presence

4. By applying magnetic field nays can be deviated. 0* sunlight to form glucose and higher carbohydrates.

-T/F -T/F
1 At ordinarv temperature all oxides of nitrogen are in
5: Coloured glass appears white after being crushed into -

the gaseous state.

fine powder
-T/F -T/F
6. Ifan ideal gas expands adiabatically, it does positive 19 - Aniline dissolves in aqueous HCI to form anilinium
chloride.
work and its internal energy decreases.
-T/F T/F

7. In an SHM when the displacement in one half the 20 -

Formic and acetic acids are botn P<> werful reducing

amplitude, the kinetic energy is three-fourth of the agents.

total energy. T/F

T/F 21. Ethylmethyl ketone can have only following tauto-

8. In an SHM, kinetic and potential energies become meric ,orms -

0 H
equal when the displacement is -p times the ^
amplitude.
CH 3 CH 2 CCH 3 ^ CH CH -C = CH
3 2 2

T/F -T/F

9. Bridges are declared unsafe after a long use. 2Z Tne P int of propionic acid is less than that of
Doilin 9
n-butyl alcohol, an alcohol of comparable molecular
T/F weight.
10. A balloon filled with helium does not rise in air inde- _T/F
finitely but haults after a certain height (neglecting
winds). 23. Reaction of phenol with benzoyl chloride in alkaline

_T/p solution, is known as Schotten-Baumann reaction.

T,F
1 1 . Absolute zero degree temperature is not zero energy
temperature. 24. Ammonium chloride can be replaced by ammonium
_T/p sulphate in the precipitation of group III radicals!

T/F
12. Solids can support both longitudinal and transverse
waves but only longitudinal waves can propagate in 25. Argon is most abundant noble gas in atmosphere,
gases. T/F
T/F 26. The number of monodentate ligands attached to the

The principle of superposition is applicable to LASER central atom is the coordination number of the central
1 3.
atom.
waves.
-T/F T/F

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 122

Copyrighted material
27. Molecularity of a reaction can be zero but the orderjof 43. Freshwater bony fishes maintain water balance by
a reaction can never be so. excreting a hypotonic urine.

T/F T/F
28. Milk is an example of emulsion. 44. The limbic system involves both the unconscious and
T/F conscious brain.

29. If the pressure is increased, the equilibrium reaction -T/F

will take place in a direction which will bring about
45. Transmission of the nerve impulse across a synapse
lowering of pressure.
is accomplished by the movement of Na + and K + .

-T/F
-T/F
30. Expansion work is given by the expression PAV.

-T/F
Botany

46. The skeleton of the shoot is formed by the stem.

Zoology
-T/F
47. Flower buds are also buds but they are modified to
31. Synovial joints have fluid-filled capsules of fibrous
carry on the special function of reproduction.
connective tissue.
-T/F
-T/F
48. While the stem is growing, lateral buds grow at every
32. Hybridization based techniques use probes to detect
leaf axil in basipetal order.
nucleic acid sequences.
T/F
T/F
49. The genetic material must be able to store infor-
33. Heartbeat or cardiac cycle consists of a contraction
mation, be replicated, and do not undergo mutations.
and relaxation.

T/F -T/F
34. Genotoxicity refers .to the detection of agents that 50. Enzymatic digestion of the transforming substance
damage protein. withDNase, an enzyme that digest DNA, does not
T/F prevent transformation.

35. Thymus is a lymphatic organ located in the upper -T/F

chest region near the neck.
51. Complementary of base pairing and joining, during
T/F replication of DNA, are carried out by a complex
36. Cancerous tumours arising from epithelial tissues are called DNA polymerase.
called sarcomas.
-T/F
T/F
52. The genetic code is a triplet code but each codon
37. The pacemaker or sinoatrial node is a collection of consists of four bases.
specialized cardiac muscle cells in the right atrium,
which sets the heart beat. T/F
T/F 53. Most common method of asexual reproduction in

chlorophyta is by the formation of zoospores.

38. Synthesis of pyruvic acid, glucose or glycogen from
amino acids is called glycogenosis. T/F
T/F 54. The whole enzyme molecule called holoenzyme is
39. Urine formation begins within the nephron as fluid made up of a proteinous part and a cofactor, the
and small molecules filter through the glomerulus into prokinaceous part is called prosthetic group.
the glomerular capsule.
T/F
T/F
55. IAA is not a common naturally occurring auxin.
40. The cavity of medulla oblongata is called third
ventricle. T/F
T/F 56. The reduction of C0 2 takes place in the stroma of

41 . The ampullae of lorenzini is a photosensitive organ in

chloroplast by means of a series of reactions called
Calvin cycle.
Scoliodon.

T/F -T/F
42. Galactosemia is the inability to metabolize starch. 57. Transposons are also called jumping genes.

-T/F -T/F
C.S.V./March/2000/123
58. Trophic levels are formed by organisms associated 4. y-radiations are electromagnetic radiations which are
with food chains. chargeless. So they are not deviated by electric or

T/F magnetic fields.

59. Nitrite reductase is the enzyme, responsible for the 5. When the glass is crushed into fine powder the light

incident is totally scattered without the absorption so

reduction of molecular nitrogen to the level of
ammonia in the leguminous root nodules. due to the composite light crushed glass appears
white.
T/F
6. When an idealgas expands adiabatically, its internal
60. If a homozygous recessive white-flowered plant is energy is consumed, so its temperature decreases.
crossed with a homozygous dominant red-flowered
The heat energy from the environment is not flowing
plant, the offspring will be all red-flowered.
to the system to increase its internal energy and
T/F bring it to the initial stage. Hence, internal energy
decreases. Since, work is done by the system, work
ANSWERS done is positive.

I.True 2. True 3. True 4. False For adiabatic change

5. True 6. True 7. True 8. True AQ = 0
9. True 10. True 11. True 12. True
.-. From first law of thermodynamics
13. False 14. True 15. True 16. True
17. True 18. False 19. True 20. False
0 = AW+8U
21. False 22. False 23. True 24. False or, AW = -5U
25. True 26. True 27. False 28. True Thus, the system does a positive work and the
29. True 30. True 31. True 32. True internal energy of the gas decreases.

33. True 34. False 35. True 36. False 9. A bridge during long use undergoes continuous
its

37. True 38. False 39. True 40. False alternating strainsa very large number of times each
41 False
. 42. False 43. True 44. True day and after a long period due to loss of strength,
the amount of strain in the bridge for a given stress
45. False 46. False 47. True 48. False
will be large and many ultimately lead to the collapse
49. False 50. True 51 True
. 52. False
of the bridge.
53. True 54. False 55. False 56. True
12. The gases possess only volume elasticity. As such in
57. True 58. True 59. False 60. True
gases, only longitudinal waves can be transmitted.
On the other hand, the solids possess both volume
HINTS and shear elasticity and likewise both the longitudinal
When an empty vessel is struck, the air volume inside and transverse waves can be transmitted through
the vessel vibrates with sufficiently large amplitude. them.
As the loudness of sound depends on the amplitude 16. Water gas is obtained by passing superheated steam
of the wave, it produces a large sound. over red hot coke at 450 - 600C.
In a fully filled vessel, liquid inside can not be set into
C + H 20 -> CO + H2
vibration with a large amplitude. This is mainly due to
damping of the vibration in presence of the liquid. Red hot coke Steam Water gas

Boron is an element belonging to third group of the

known as photosynthesis
17. This process is
periodic table having three valence electrons. When Sun '' 9ht
boron doped as impurity in a pure crystal of
is
6C0 2 + 6H 2 0 ) C 6 H 120 6 + 60 2
germanium or silicon, the valence electrons of the 18. N 20 5 is white crystalline solid (m.p. 30C).
impurity atom form covalent bonds with the nearby
19. The solubility of Aniline in dil. HCI is due to the
crystal atoms and in bonding one bond remains
formation of water soluble salt.
vacant. The vacant bond can accept one electron and
C 6H5NH 2 H 30 + +
CI" Q5H 5NH 3 + CI- HjO
is equivalent to a positive charge. The extrinsic + +
semiconductor thus formed is a p-type semicon- Anilinium Chloride
ductor. 20. Only formic acid is a reducing agent.
We know that the wavelength associated with a
21. It has two enolic forms and II. II is more stable I

h
particle is X = , For an electron Xg = because has a more substituted double bond.
it

V 2m E V2me E OH OH
Xp =
I
and for proton
I

V2m~E CH3CH 2 C CH 2 CH3CH C CH3

(I) (ID
= V? = Vl840 (Continued on Fage 135 )

C.S.V. / March / 2000/ 124

 the quantity of electricity passed through the electro-
Physics lyte.

20. Amino group the benzene ring towards

1 . The path of a projectile fired horizontally is electrophilic substitution.

2. According to Laplace, the propagation of sound 21. Benzyl alcohol and phenol can be distinguished by
through air is an process. using solution.

3. Magnetic flux linked with a surface is maximum when 22. The sp hybridisation in a molecule leads to
area is held to the direction of field. structure.

4. Einstein's photoelectric equation is

^ mvZ =
23. A carbon atom having groups attached to

itself is known as asymmetric carbon atom.

(v - Vq).
235
24. Electrophiles attack the benzene ring where the
5. 0n
1
+ 92 U > 56
141
+ aeKr92 + 3 0 " 1 + Q.
electron density is

6. Units of mutual conductance in a triode valve

25. Colour of nickel sulphide is black and that of zinc
7. The position of a body with respect to time is given sulphide is
below
26. The IUPAC name of [Co (NH 3 ) 6 ] Cl 3 is
x= 2r 3 -6/ 2 + 12f +6
If f = 0, the acceleration is
27. Chemical composition of rust is

8. The working of a rocket is based on 28. Alloys of Hg with other metals are called

9. The relative velocity of two particles in a head-on 29. Arsenic sulphide sol carries a charge.
collision remains unchanged both in and
> 30. The ideal solution is one that obeys law.

10. The relation in rotatory motion analogous to P =m v

uniform circular motion
in is
Zoology
1 1 . According to Kepler's second law, the radius vector to
a planet from the sun sweeps out equal area in equal
31. A gene pool consists of all . at all gene loci in
intervals of time. The law is a consequence of con-
all of the population.
servation of
32. Genetic drift in a new colony is known as the
12. Excess pressure inside a liquid drop of radius rand
effect.
surface tension T is
33. A change in the gene pool of a small population due
13. The pressure at all points lying at the same depth in a
to chance is called
liquid is
34. Recombinant DNA is a DNA molecule carrying a new
14. A mixture of gases can be separated by using
combination of
15. Sound wave is a wave while light wave is an 35. A person with sickle-cell anemia is for the
wave. alleles at that locus.

36. The ultimate source of all genetic variation is

Chemistry as they yield new alleles.

37. Heterozygosity protects from natural

16. The vapour density of a diatomic gas is 25, its atomic selection.

weight is 38. An X-linked, recessive allele is much more likely to be

17. A face centered unit cell of X atoms (or ions) will expressed in than in

always contain net X atoms (or ions) within 39. A viral genome incorporated into the DNA molecule
the cell. of a bacterium is called a
18. Entropy of a perfectly crystalline solid is at 40. Exchange of genetic material by direct cell-to-cell

absolute zero. contact in bacteria is known as

19. Mass of a substance produced or consumed at an 41. A promoter in the DNA controls the rate at which
electrode in the electrolysis is proportional to constitutive genes are

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 125

Co
\
42. The enzyme that facilitates synthesis of copy of DNA 51. When the anthers mature before stigma, the condi-
is , made naturally by tion is termed as
43. During glycolysis and are removed 52. Nepenthes usually grows in deficient soil.
from the substrate and picked up by
53. Fungi having no cross walls in their hyphae are
44. Genes that code for polypeptides are called termed as
genes, whereas genes that activate or inactivate
54. Auxin brings about the positive gravitropism of
other genes are called genes.
and the negative gravitropism of
45. Plasmids that can integrate into the bacterial DNA are
55. Fusion of protoplast along with its nucleus is termed
called

56. Those plants which grow and live on and

Botany
organic matter of animals and plants are
referred to as saprophytic plants.
46. Chromosome puffs or Balbiani rings are present on
57. Crossing over of alleles between homologous chro-
the swellings of bands of the chromo-
mosomes occurs during chiasmata formation in
some.
of
47. Enzyme complex involved in alcoholic fermentation
is
58. A parenchymatous cell with developed intercellular
spaces which forms a connected system throughout
48. The study of development of an organism from the
the entire plant is known as
egg to the adult stage is termed as

49. Nucleic acids were discovered by 59. Anaerobic respiration after glycolysis is called

50. The particles of basic blocks of the pigments 60. Tropic movement occurring in response to contact
containing membranes of the grana are called stimulus is called movement.

ANSWERS
1. Parabolic 27. Fe 2 03 xHp 53. Non-septate
2. Adiabatic 28. Amalgams 54. Roots, stems
3. Perpendicular 29. Negative 55. Plasmogamy
4. h 30. Raoult's 56. Dead, Decaying
5. Ba 31. Alleles, individuals 57. Prophase-I, Meiosis
6. Mho, Siemen 32. Founder 58. Aerenchyma
7. -12 units 59. Fermentation
33. Genetic drift
8. Newton's third law of motion 60. Thigmotropic
34. Genes
9. Magnitude, direction
35. Homozygous HINTS
10. J-lco
36. Mutations
11. Angular momentum 3. <)> = B n ds where n is the unit
37. Recessive alleles
vector normal to the area. When
38. Males, females the area is held normally to the
39. Prophage direction of flux density then
13. Equal
40. Conjugation
14. Graham's law of diffusion B n = B
41. Transcribed
15. Mechanical, electromagnetic
42. Reverse transcriptase, retrovi- 0 = Bds.
16. 25 ruses 7. x = 2r 3 -6r 2 + 12f + 6
17. Four 43. Hydrogen atoms, electrons, NAD* dx
= 6f 2 -12r+12
18. Zero dt
44. Structural, regulatory
(fix
19. Directly 45. Episomes = 12/- 12
dt 1
20. Activates 46. Polytene (salivary gland)
21. Neutral ferric chloride 47. Zymase = -12
(),. :0
22. Linear * 48. Embryology
9. (v2 -v<) -(f2-t>i)
23. Four different 49. Miescher
16. Y Molecular weight = 2 x V.D.
24. High 50.
Gas is diatomic, hence atomic
25. White 51. Protandry
weight = 25.
26. Hexamminecobalt (III) chloride 52. Nitrogen

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 126

Copyrighted material
*
 In each of the following ques- Reason (R) : Focal length of Reason (R) : This geometry
tions, astatement of assertion (A) convex lens in water increases. gives a very broad spread of light

isgiven and a corresponding state- (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) in the forward direction.
ment of reason (R) is given just (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
below it. Of the statements, mark 5. Assertion (A) : 'Light year' is a
the correct answer as
measure of time. 10. Assertion (A) In resonance :

Reason (R) has dimension of column, the closed end is a

(A) If both A and R are true : It

pressure antinode.
time.
and R is the correct expla-
Reason (R) A compression is
nation of A (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
:

reflected as a compression and a

(B) Ifboth A and R are true but 6. Assertion (A) Suppose a is reflected as a rare-
:
rarefaction
R is not the correct expla- tunnel, which does not nece- faction from a denser medium.
nation of A ssarilypass through the centre of
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(C) If A is R is false
true but the earth, connects two cities. If
(D) both A and Rare false a coin is dropped in it, it will
If

perform S.H.M. with a time

CHEMISTRY
(E) If A is false but R is true
period of T = 2n V HJg, where
1 1 Assertion (A) Cooks know that
PHYSICS R e is the radius of the earth.
.

the food has to be heated at a bit

:

Reason (R) : The restoring force longer in the Salt Lake city to
1 . Assertion (A) When one mole : acting on the coin is proportional achieve same effect as in New
of an ideal gas expands under to the displacement and acts York at sea level.
adiabatic conditions so that it opposite to it.

changes from (P,, V 1f T,) to (P2

Reason (R) : When you live at
,
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) higher altitudes, where the baro-
V 2 T2), the work done by the gas
,

7. Assertion (A) Two persons A :

metric pressure is less than 1
is given by
and B each carrying a source of atm, water will boil at lower tem-
AW = Cyf^-Tg) sound of frequency 400 Hz are perature.

Reason (R) : During adiabatic standing a few metres apart. (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

expansion A Q = 0 and When A moves towards B, both

12. Assertion The compound,
:

persons hear the same number

CCI3F is widely used as a fluid in
A U = Cv (T2 - J-i) in the expre- of beat per second.
air conditioners and refrigerators.
ssion
Reason (R) Doppler shift in
:
Reason (R) : The compound
AQ = AU + AW frequency of sound is same CCI3F has critical temperature of
whether the observer appro-
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 198C and critical pressure of
aches the source or the source
43-5 atm. It means CCI F vapour
3
2. Assertion (A) : Sound waves approaches the observer with the
can be converted to liquid by
can not propagate through same speed.
applying modest pressure at arty
vacuum waves can.
but light (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
temperature below 198C.
Reason Sound waves can
(R) :
8. Assertion (A) Intensity of :
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
not be polarised but light waves
transmitted sound wave is
can be. 13. Assertion (A) Food companies
always less than the intensity of :

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) the incident wave, but its
are using supercritical carbon
amplitude may be greater.
dioxide (C0 2 ) to extract flavour-
3. Assertion (A) : When a body is
ing or odour causing compounds
projected at an angle 45, its Reason (R) : Intensity also
from natural food materials.
range is maximum. depends on the density of the
medium and the wave velocity in
Reason (R) : The supercritical
Reason (R) : For maximum carbon dioxide dissolve polar
range the value of sin 29 should it. these are small for the
If
compounds such as sugar, but it
be equal to one.
second medium, the amplitude
does not dissolve non-polar
can be greater.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) substances.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
4. Assertion (A) If a convex lens :
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
is kept in water its convergent
9. Assertion (A) Car headlights :
14. Assertion (A) : It is the surface
use parabolic reflectors. tension that causes water drops

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 127

Copyrighted material
 to be spheres and not the little 20. Assertion (A) In most of the : are processed by the Krebs cycle
cubes.
reactions hydrogen peroxide acts and the electron transport system
Reason The sphere has a
(R) : as a strong oxidising agent generates energy.
smaller surface area than any Reason (R) With stronger
: Reason (R) : Energy is released
other shape of the same volume. oxidising agents, hydrogen from the electrons as they pass
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) peroxide is oxidised and oxygen along a series of chemical reac-
is evolved. tions.
15. Assertion (A) Mercury does not :

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A)

climb the walls of a glass (B) (C) (D) (E)
capillary and when it is placed in 27. Assertion (A) The
a tube it will have convex or ZOOLOGY RBC production is accomplished
: legulation of

upward-curving miniscus. by the hormone follicle stimulating

Reason (R)
For a liquid like 21 . Assertion (A) : Synaptic vesicles hormone.
:

mercury cohesive force i.e., the fuse with membrane and release Reason (R) This hormone cir-
:

surface tension is much greater neurotransmitter molecules.

culates to the red bone marrow,
than the adhesive forces towards Reason (R) : Attachment of where it increase stem cell mito-
glass. neurotransmitter to receptor sis and speed the development

(A) (B)
opens Na + channels and Na+ of RBCs.
(C) (D) (E)
flows into post synaptic cell (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
16. Assertion (A) : The process of causing depolarization.
condensation is always exother- 28. Assertion (A) : Erythroblastosis
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
mic in nature. foetalis isa disease connected
22. Assertion (A) Pain receptors with Rh-factor and causes foetal
Reason (R) The heat released :
:

are scattered throughout the skin death in the womb or soon after
during the condensation is equal
and internal tissues. birth.
in magnitude but opposite in sign
to the enthalpy of vaporization. Reason (R) : Stretch receptors Reason (R) : Erythroblastosis
wrap around specialized muscle foetalis results in
massive destru-
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
cells and inform us of skeletal ction of foetal red blood cells,
17. Assertion (A) : The energy of muscle stretching and tension. leading to foetal anaemia and
hydration of Na + is somewhat (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) severe tissue damage.
larger than that of Cs + while that (A) (B)
23. Assertion (C) (D) (E)
of Mg 2+ is much larger.
(A) : Sebaceous
glands release their product into 29. Assertion (A) Prostaglandins
Reason (R) : The distances a hair follicle through a short duct
:

are hormone like molecules

between the ions and the water
and cause hair lubrication. produced by many body cells in
molecule are in the order.
Reason (R) : The product of the mammals.
Mg2+ > Na + > Cs + gland an
is oily material called Reason (R) : Prostaglandins
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) sebum which lubricates hairs, promote contractions of smooth
and preventing brittleness. muscles, platelet aggregation,
18. Assertion (A) To explore the :

floor of the oceans, scientists, (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) inflammation and secretion.
have built diving ships to operate 24. Assertion (A) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
Homeostasis is :

at great depth. These ships the maintenance of a stable 30. Assertion (A) : Phagocyte cells
are filled with an atmosphere internal environment. digest microbes and debris.
of oxygen and helium at high
Reason (R) This involves the
: Reason (R) Natural Killer cells
:

pressure.
coordinating activity of different destroy virus-infected cells and
Reason (R) : Nitrogen of normal cells, tissues, and organ systems. turner cells.
air is replaced by helium as
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
nitrogen becomes more soluble
25. Assertion
in blood at high pressure and
permits a nerve
(A) : Acetylcholine BOTANY
leads to nitrogen narcosis. cell to commu-
nicate chemically with a muscle
(A) (B) (C) Assertion (A)
(D) (E)
cell at a site called the
31. Xenogamy is
:

neuro-
19. Assertion (A) If we have one defined as the pollen grain trans-
:
muscular junction.
mole of hydrogen atoms, the ferred to stigma of same flower.
Reason (R) Upon its release,
:

ideal gas law tells, that the gas Reason (R) : In Xenogamy, the
acetylcholine diffuses across the
should occupy a volume of 22-4 pollen grains of a flower trans-
junction and binds to specific
litre at S.T.P. ferred to stigma of a different
receptors on the plasma mem-
Reason flower of a different plant of
(R) One mole of hydro-
: brane of the muscle cell.
different species.
gen atoms contain 6 02 x 10 23 (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
molecules of hydrogen.
26. Assertion (A) During fat cata- 32. Assertion (A)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
:
: Aerenchyma is
(E) bolism, fatty acids and glycerol characteristics of lithophyte.

C.S.V. / March / 2000/ 128

Copyrighted material
 Reason (R) : It is specialized secreting^-glandular epithelial Reason (R) : Development of
tissue in vascular bundle among layer. prothallus occurs from the club-
lithophytes. (A) (fi) (C) (D) (E) shaped zoosporangia.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 36. Assertion (A) There : is maxi- (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

33. Assertion (A) : Kornberg and mum occurrence of genetic

39. Assertion (A) : In Selaginella,
Ochoa were awarded Nobel diversity of crop plants where
reduction division occurs in
agriculture is primitive.
Prize. megaspores only.

Reason (R) Because they Reason (R) :-ln such primitive

:
Reason (R) In Selaginella,
provided mutation theory. type maximum fauna and flora
:

reduction division occurs during

will survive without the undesi-
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) formation of both microspores
rable interference of human
and megaspores.
34. Assertion (A) Neottia : is sapro- being.
phytic angiosperm. (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
Reason (R) An association bet-
:
37. Assertion (A) : Vectors carry 40. Assertion (A) 'Copy choice :

ween a higher plant and ajungus only the foreign gene into the theory' of crossing over was
is represented by mycorrhiza. host cell. proposed by J. Belling.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Reason (R) Plasmids can carry
:
Reason (R) This theory explains
:

35. Assertion (A) Resin canals are :

recombinant DNA but viruses that the paired chromosomes in

found in Pinus. can not. meiotic phase duplicate their

first

Reason (R) : These canals, (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) genes before the fibres that join
present in cortex, are bounded 38. Assertion (A) : The prothallus of them in tandem are developed.
externally by a layer of resin fern is mostly club-shaped. (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(A) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (A) 5.(D) 3. The expression for horizontal sion of length and not of time.
6. (A) 7. (D) 8. (A) 9. (C) 10. (A) range of a projectile is Thus both statements are wrong.
u2
11. (A) 12. (A) 13. (C) 14. (B) 15. (A)
16. (B) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (D) 20. (B)
R = 5- sin 29 6.

21. (B) 22. (B) 23. (A) 24. (B) 25. (A) clearly R is maximum when
26. (A) 27. (D) 28. (A) 29. (B) 30. (B) sin 29 is maximum i.e., sin 29 = 1
31. (D) 32. (D) 33. (C) 34. (B) 35. (A)
or 29 = 90. Hence 9 = 45. Also
36. (A) 37. (D) 38. (D) 39. (E) 40. (B)
Rmax -
9
1 . The first law of thermodynamics
is 1
A Q = AU + AW
In

.-.
adiabatic expansion

AW = - AU
A Q=0
-(H(H)
= g k where k is constant.
= -C V <J2 -TJ Acceleration

= C^-Tj;) Similarly, AC
2. Sound waves are mechanical 1 Um p -i)a where AC is displacement of the
waves. For their propagation a ball. Hence,
medium
material
Hence they can not propagate
through vacuum. On the other
hand light waves are electro-
is essential.

OH Acceleration
ment
where o>
2 = g/R g
=- co
2 x Displace-

5* Hence the coin executes S.H.M.

magnetic waves and do not need
a material medium for their L = of time period.

propagation. Hence they can The increase in focal length

propagate through vacuum. 2
results in proportionate decrease 00
Polarisation is the characteristics
in power as P = y. 7. approaching the
of transverse waves only. Sound source
waves being longitudinal can not 5. A 'light year' is equal to the
case
In this
be polarised. Light waves are distance which light travels in
Observer Sound Source
transverse waves. Hence they vacuum in one ^year. Thus it > <

can be polarised. measures distance. It has dimen- v0 v vs = 0

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 129

Copyrii
 rt = xn 32. Aerenchyma is
tissue found in certain hydro-
a specialized 6. The
(A)
physical basis of
Endoplasm
life is

Source approaching the observer phytes, characterized by thin-

walled cells and
(B) Protoplasm
In this case large inter-
spaces.
cellular (C) Nucleoplasm
Observer Sound Source (D) Ectoplasm
< <
33. Ochoa and Kornberg were
v0 = 0 V vs awarded Nobel Prize for artificial 7. Which of the following are linked
synthesis ofDNA and RNA. together in long chains to form
n" = xn
v-v, 37. Both viruses and plasmids can proteins ?
serve as vectors. (A)
Clearly (n' - n) is not the same Pyrimidines
m
as (n - n).
38. The prothallus of fern is heart- (B) Purines
shaped.
In view of this both statements (C) Amino acids
(assertion and reason) are (Continued from Page ]]l ) (D) Sugars
wrong. 8. The term protoplasm was
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS given by
first

8. If a simple harmonic progressive

1. Which of the following theories
wave is travelling with velocity v (A) Watson (B) Nirenberg
explains that protoplasm is a
in a medium of density p, its collection of minute droplets of
(C) Hertwig (D) Purkinje
a
intensity is given by, liquid distributed in another liquid 9. Among the following elements in
I = 2n2 n2 a2 pv as an emulsion ? protoplasm, the highest percen-
where a amplitude and n (A) Reticular theory tage is of
is is the
frequency of the wave. (B) Granular theory (A) Oxygen (B) Carbon
In case of transmitted wave (C) Fibrillar theory (C) Nitrogen (D) Hydrogen
intensity is always less than the (D) Alveolar theory 10. Who among the following descri-
intensity of the incident wave bed protoplasm as 'a system
due to absorption of energy in
2. The most important physical in
dynamic equilibrium' ?
the medium. As intensity also character of protoplasm, as
depends on p and v, a may be known today, is that it is a/an
(A) Thomson (B) Sharp
(C) Altman (D) Purkinje
larger in the second medium if (A) Complex colloidal system
p
and v are smaller in it. (B) Emulsion system without ANSWERS
9. Car head lights use parabolic protein
1.(D) 2. (A) 3.(C) 4.(B) 5.(D)
reflectors. The reason is that (C) Inorganic compound
6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (D) 9. (A)
when the source is placed at or 10. (B)
(D) Organic compound
near its focus, we get a long
distance parallel beam of light 3. Which of the following inorganic
(and not a very broad beam of and organic compounds is,
( Continued from Page 1 14 )
light). present in larger percentage in

10. Inresonance column water sur- protoplasm ?

face acts as closed end. A node (A) Oxygen and carbondioxide 46. The transition reaction is so
is always formed here. At the gases called because
it connects glyco-

node and
variation of pressure (B) True lipids
lysis to the krebs cycle. In this
density is maximum. Hence it reaction pyruvate is converted in
(C) Water to a two-carbon acetyl group
acts as antinode (maximum
variation) of pressure. The given (D) Inorganic salts attached to coenzyme-A, and
reason explains this variation of C02 is given off. This is an
4. The protoplasm which is filled in
pressure at a node. oxidation reaction in which hydro-
the nucleus is called -
27. The regulation of RBC gen atoms (e + H ) are +
pro- (A) Cytoplasm
duction accomplished by the
is
removed from pyruvate by dehy-
(B) Nucleoplasm drogenase that uses NAD +
hormone erythropoietin which is .

secreted by the kidney. This

(C) Nucleosome
49. The initial (first) community to
hormone circulated to the red (D) All of the above inhabit an area is referred to as
bone marrow, where it increases 5. The protoplasm which exists pioneer community.
stem cell mitosis and speeds the between the nucleus and the
50. Seres on primary area are known
development of red blood cells. plasma membrane is called
as priseres and on secondary
31. In xenogamy condition, pollen (A) Nucleoplasm areas as subseres. The sequ-
grains of a flower transferred to
(B) Spherosome ence of developmental stages
a stigma of a different flower on a from pioneers to the climax co-
different plant of the same spe-
(C) Nucleosome
mmunity is known is sere.
cies. (D) Cytoplasm

C.S.V. / March / 2000 / 130

Cop
 monly used medicines when he noted * Five amino acids are conver-
that the bark of the English Willow ted into a-ketoglutarate. The carbon
Do You was an effective treatment for patient
suffering from fever.
skeletons of five amino acids (pro-
glutamine, histidine, arginine and
Know? It took 50 years before the active
line,

glutamine) enter citric acid cycle via

ingredient of Willow bark was isolated a-ketoglutarate. The cyclic structure
and named salicin, from the latin of proline is opened by oxidation of
Q. What is neurotransmitter ? name for the Willow Ano-
(salix alba). the carbon most distant from the car-
Neurotransmitter is a chemical ther 50 years elapsed before a large- boxyl group to create a Schiff base
that helps brain cells, neurons, scale synthesis of this compound was and hydrolysis of schiff base to a
communicate one another.
with available.By that time the compound linearsemialdehyde. This is further
These chemical messengers act on was known as salicylic acid. Many oxidized at the same carbon to pro-
highly specific receptor protein mole- patients treated with this drug com- duce glutamate. Transamination or
cules. Any interference, with trans- plained of chronic stomach irritation deamination of glutamate produces
mitters of the receptor proteins, because of high acidity. Felix the citric acid cycle intermediate a-
causes changes in the way the brain Hoffman searched the chemical lite-
ketoglutarate. The catabolic conver-
functions. Drugs of abuse, i.e., nico- rature for a less acidic derivative of sion of arginine and histidine to gluta-
tine, ecstasy, morphine or heroin, salicylic acid. In 1898, Hoffman repor- mate is slightly more complex than
alter the way in which natural trans- ted that the acetyl ester of salicylic the path from proline or glutamine to
mitter-receptor transaction takes acid was more and easier to
effective
glutamate.
place, resulting in drastic changes in tolerate than the parent compound.
human behaviour. By modifying how He named this compound aspirin Q. What is the chemistry of
these transmitters are made in brain, taking prefix a-from the name of
human hair ?

their abundance, and their targets, acetyl group and spirin from the Ger- Human hair contains proteins
therapeutic drugs can also be made man name of the parent compound that are about 14% cysteine. Hair
to combat a range of mental dis- spirsaure. curls as it grows because of the
orders. Neurotransmitters are mostly
What Mela-
disulphide ( S S) links between
Q. is Industrial
found on the junctions between nerve cystein residues on adjacent protein
nism ?
cells and muscles. There are about molecules. The first step in changing
r Industrial melanism is a
50 different neurotransmitters, the the ways hair curls involves shaping
most common being acetylcholine common occurrence in insects of high the hair to our satisfaction and then
and norepinephrine. Acetylcholine is frequency of dark (melanic) forms of locking it into place with curlers. The
important in cognitive and learning species in regions with high industrial hair is then treated with mild reducing
processes. pollution, where surfaces on which to agent that reduces the S S
Q. What is second messen-
rest are darkened by soot and where bonds to pairs of SH groups. This
atmospheric S0 2 levels are high relaxes the structure of the protein
ger ? in

* Second messengers are orga- enough to prevent crustose lichen the hair, allowing them to pick up the
growth. A mutation darkening an indi- structure dictated by the curlers. The
nic molecules and sometimes metal
ions, acting as intracellular signals,
vidual will tend to be selected for in SH side chains on cystein residues,
polluted regions since it will decrease that arenow adjacent to each other,
whose production or release usually
the bearer's risk of falling prey to a are then oxidised by 0 2 in the air.
amplifies a signal such as a hormone,
received at the cell surface. Some
visual predator; but in non-polluted New S S linkages form, locking
parts of the species range the non- the hair permanently in place.
hormones bind to the cell membrane
melanic form will be advantageous
and activate an enzyme there to Q. What are kidney stones ?
and occur with higher frequency.
generate the second messenger. Kidney stones, or renal calculi,
Alternatively, the ligand may be a Before the Industrial Revolution
formed from calcium oxalate, uric
non-hormone which opens or closes in England, peppered moth {Biston
acid, and calcium phosphate. They
a Gated Channel affecting membrane betularia) were light coloured. Several
are formed in the renal pelvis when
permeability to an ion Calcium ion decades after the Industrial Revolu-
these solutes become so concentra-
(Ca ++ ) concentration is extremely tion, however, black moths made up
ted that they form solids (stones).
important in control of many cell func- of 99% of the moth population in air-
When these stones pass through the
tions. First organic molecule hailed as polluted areas. This provides evi-
ureters or urethra, they may obstruct
a second messenger was cyclic AMP, dence in support of the theory that
urine flow and their sharp points may
but others have also been dis- dominance is an evolving property of
cause pain and bleeding. The forma-
covered, such as Inositol 1 4, 5-Tri- characters in populations of species.
,
tion of kidney stones is more common
phosphate (lnsP 3 ). Thus melanism provides
industrial
in warm climates where sweating
Q. What is the history of
one of the best examples of evolution
increases. Kidney reabsorption of
within species and of selection resu-
discovery of aspirin ? water, producing a concentrated urine
lting in polymorphism.
ra" In 1763, the reverend Edmund in the renal pelvis. Individuals con-
Stone took the first step towards the Q. How many amino acids are fined to a bed or a wheelchair may
discovery of one of the most com- converted into a-ketoglutarate ? suffer a higher frequency of kidney

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 131

Copyrighted material
 stones because of the demine raliza-
Q. What do you mean by fila- Cellular totipotency is the ability
tion ofbone associated with reduced mentous water molds ? of a somatic cell to produce the
physical activity. *" The water molds
belong to complete organism. This property
Q. What do you mean by Stem- phylum-oomycota live in the water, is present in meristem.

succulent deserts ? where they parasitize fishes. Most 46. Tissue culture is a technique of
*" These striking formations are water molds are saprophytic and live
maintaining and growing cells,
of rather limited extent
and consist of offdead organic matter. Water molds tissues etc., and their differentia-
only the Sonoran Desert (Gran have a filamentous body as do fungi; tion on artificial medium under
Desierto) of Arizona and Northwes- but their cell walls are largely com- aseptic conditions inside suitable
tern Mexico. Their special appea- posed of cellulose whereas fungi containers.
rance rest on the geographical availa- have cell walls of chitin. The life cycle
48. Genetically dwarf plants like pea
bility of certain plant groups absent of water molds differ from that of
from many of the deserts. For exa- fungi. During asexual reproduction (Pisum sativum ) and maize (zea
mple, the cactus family (Cactaceae) water molds produce motile spores mays ) show normal size in the
and the arborescent members of (2n zoospores), which are flagellated. presence of gibberellins due to
family Euphorbiaceae mainly found. The adult stimulation of internodal growth.
is diploid (not haploid as in
These plants have adopted a special fungi),and meiosis produces the 50. Genes are segments of nucleic
growth habit that provides one alter- gametes. Their phylum name refers acidand not the complete ones.
native solution to the problem of sur- to the enlarged oogonia)
tips (called Genes of tobacco mosaic virus
vival in drought.. where eggs are produced. A water (TMV) are, therefore, polyribonu-
Q. What do you mean by asso- mold was responsible for 1840s cleotides but not the complete

ciation of protein subunits ? potato famine. RNA.

" The subunits, which are called
monomers or protomers, usually are
present as an even number. Less
than 1 0% of the polymers have been
( Continued from Page 117
found to have an odd number of
monomers. The arrangement of sub-
unit is thought to be regular and may 38. Wolffia is a free-floating hydro-
be cyclic, cubic or tetrahedral. Some phyte.
of the small proteins also contain 40. Each of the small organic mole-
subunits. For example, insuline, with cule can be a
unit of
a molecular weight of 6000, consists organic molecule called macro-
of two peptide chains linked to each molecule which in turn is known
other by disulphide ( S S as polymer. Polymers
are
bridges. In other proteins, hydrogen broken down by hydrolysis,
bonds and hydrophobic bonds cause which is essentially a reverse of
the formation of aggregates of the condensation.
subunits. The subunits of some pro-
teins are identical; those of others 41. Sucrose a disaccharide that
is
(Continued from Page 118)
)
autosomal trisomy seen among
humans is trisomy 21 (Down's
syndrome), which occurs in one
out of several hundred live births.
10. The soil which develops in situ
a large
above parent bedrock is known
as Sedentary or residual soil.
The
'14. petiole may continue into the
midrib which bears branches and
sub-branches ultimately rami-
fying in the leaf lamina in both
reticulate and parallel type of

contains glucose and fructose.

venation. The ultimate branches
differ.
are very small and terminate
Sugar is transported within the in
Q. What is Chargaff's Rule ? plant's body in the form of
bundle ends. Often these ends
" Within each species, sucrose, and this the sugar we
bend into minute specialized
DNA has
use at the table to sweeten our photosynthetic areas known as
the constancy required of the genetic
vein islets.
material. Further, the percentage of food.
A(adenine) equals the percentage of 42. The most common polysaccha-
T(thymine) and the percentage of G rides in living beings are starch,

equals the percentage of C (cytosine). glycogen and cellulose. Each of

The percentage of A + G equals 50%
and the percentage of T + C equals
50%. These relationships are called
chargaff's rules. Thus,
these is a polymer of glucose.
44. The C0 2 is accepted by ribulose GOVT. APPROVED, RECOGNISED,
JOB ORIENTED, SELF EMPLOYMENT
1,5-diphosphate (RuBP) already
Chargaff's present in the cell and a 6-carbon

rules are as follows addition compound is formed

1 The amount of A.T.G. and C in

.
which is unstable. It soon gets
DNA varies from species to species. converted into 2 mol. of 3-PGA.
Both these reactions occur in the
2. In each species, the amount of
presence of carboxydismutase ~ Hmw a MijH 40/- fa jj jw jj ffi^ I
A = T and the amount of G = C. ffrfl/anfcft
enzyme.
Chargaff's data suggest that A is rammnan ml BEi
always paired with T and G is always 45. Steward (1964) gave the con- n 29/218 F- (LI.C.Road)aiTT<I-2

paired with C. cept of cellular

33. 0562)352105 ,351205 tfofl 351205 HM gjjgwjgMi
totipotency.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 132

 (B) Mahatma Gandhi
(C) Subhash Chandra Bose
GENERAL KNOWLEDGE (D) Bal Gangadhar Tilak

19. 'Chittaranjan' is famous for which

of the following industries ?

1. Who was the political guru of 10. Diabetes can be controlled by (A) Oil refinery

Subhash Chandra Bose ? the injection of (B) Coal mines

(A) Rabindra Nath Tagore (A) Thyroxion (C) Locomotives

(B) Aurbindo (B) Tetracyclin (D) Aluminium

(C) C. R. Das (C) Streptomycin
20. The 'Gate way of India' is situa-
(D) Insulin
(D) B.G.Tilak ted in

2. 'Prince of Wales Cup' is related 1 1 . Sanchi-Stupa is situated in which (A) Delhi (B) Mumbai
of the following states ?
with (C) Calcutta (D) Chennai
(A) Bihar
(A) Golf (B) Hockey 21. Vitamin 'A' is necessary in our
(B) Andhra Pradesh
(C) Foot ball (D) Cricket body for
(C) Madhya Pradesh
3. The first speaker of Lok Sabha
(D) Maharashtra
(A) Prevention of blood clotting
was (B) Haemoglobin synthesis
(A) Sardar Hukum Singh 12. Who among the following can be
(C) Proper vision
removed from the office without
(B) G. V. Mavalankar (D) Proper digestion
impeachment ?
(C) A. S. Aiynger
(A) President of India 22. Myopia is a defect of vision of not
(D) Nilam Sanjiva Reddy (B) Chief Justice of India clearly seeing
4. The place which experiences (C) Governor of a state (A) Near objects
minimum temperature in winter (D) Chief Election Commissioner (B) Distant objects
is (C) Coloured objects
13. Which of the following rivers
(A) Srinagar (B) Leh flows from east to west to join the (D) Small objects
(C) Shimla (D) Manali Arabian sea ?
23. Which of the following is an anti-
5. The capital of Lakshadweep is (A) Mahanadi (B) Krishna
tank missile developed in India ?
(A) Port Blair (B) Silvasa (C) Narmada (D) Cauvery
(A) Agni (B) Trishul
(C) Kavarati (D) Kohima 14. 'Anand Math' was written by (C) Nag (D) Akash
6. 'Kozhikode' is the new name of (A) Rabindra Nath Tagore in
24. 'Lakshadweep' is situated
(A) Cochin (B) Bankim Chandra Chatterjee (A) Arabian sea
(B) Calicut (C) Raja Ram Mohan Roy (B) Bay of Bengal
(C) Quilon (D) None of these
(C) Indian ocean
(D) None of these 15. Which of the following states (D) None of these

7. 'Panchayat' is the parliament does not have common boun-

25. Which article of the Constitution
of dary with Bangladesh ?
of India empowers the Parlia-
(A) Assam (B) Meghalaya
(A) Bangladesh ment to amend the constitution ?
(C) Nagaland (D) Tripura
(B) Iran (A) 370 (B) 358
(C) Nepal 16. James Bond is a character crea- (C) 368 (D) 356
(D) Spain
ted by
26. How many languages are recog-
(A) Johnson
8. Which of the official document is nised by the Constitution of India
(B) Wordsworth
related with India ? in the 8th schedule ?
(C) Ian Fleming
(A) White paper (A) 15 (B) 18
(D) Shakespeare (C) 14 (D) 16
(B) Blue book
(C) Green paper 17. E-mail is
27. 'National Defence Academy' is

(D) Yellow book (A) Electronic mailing situated at

9. The supreme commander of (B) Computer software (A) Dehradun (B) Khadagvasla
India's defence is (C) Local area network (C) Delhi (D) Chennai
(A) Chief of the army (D) Wide area network 28. 'Central Building Research Insti-

(B) Prime Minister of India 18. The salutation of 'Jai Hind' was tute' is located at
(C) President of India given by (A) Lucknow (B) Roorkee
(D) Defence Minister (A) Jawahar Lai Nehru (C) Varanasi (D) Pune

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 133

Copyrighted material
29. Hirakud dam is constructed on (C) Madurai (D) Ujjain (A) Silver Bromide
(A) Sutlej (B) Tungbhadra 34. 'Kuchipudi' dance is associated (B) Ammonium Nitrate

(C) Chambal (D) Mahanadi with (C) Silver Iodide

(A) Kerala (D) All of these
30. Which of the following trains has
the longest route length ?
(B) Madhya Pradesh
39. Nisha Mohota is associated
(C) Andhra Pradesh with
(A) Himsagar Express
(D) W. Bengal (A) Cricket (B) Badminton
(B) Himgiri Express
35. 'Kanha National Park' is situated (C) Chess (D) Swimming
(C) G. T. Express
in
(D) Guwahati Trivendrum (A) Uttar Pradesh
40. Who has written the book
Express 'Fasting and Feasting' ?
(B) Andhra Pradesh (A) Salman Rushdie
31 . 'Kadambari' was written by (C) Madhya Pradesh (B) Anita Desai
(A) Kalidas (D) Himachal Pradesh
(C) Khushwant Singh
(B) Banbhat 36. 'Abyssinia' was the old name (D) None of these
(C) Kalhan
of
(A) Ethiopia ANSWERS
(D) Jai Shankar Prasad
(B) Taiwan 1.(C) 2. (A) 3.(B) 4.(B) 5.(C)
32. 'Jalianwala Bagh tragedy' occu- (C) Myanmar 6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (A) 9. (C) 10. (D)
rred in (D) None of these 11. (C) 12. (C) 13. (C) 14. (B) 15. (C)

(A) 1911 (B) 1919 16. (C) 17. (A) 18. (C) 19. (C) 20. (B)
37. The currency of spain is
1924 (D) 1929 21. (C) 22. (B) 23. (C) 24. (A) 25. (C)
(C)
(A) Peseta (B) Lira
26. (B) 27, (B) 28. (B) 29. (D) 30. (A)
33. 'Mahakaleshwar temple' is situa- (C) Rial (D) Rouble 31. (B) 32. (B) 33. (D) 34. (C) 35. (C)
ted at 38. Which of the following is used for 36. (A) 37. (A) 38. (C) 39. (C) 40. (B)
(A) Ayodhya (B) Mathura artificial rain ?

CSV Crossword-18
ANSWERS
J\Jew Release
Across : (1) BARN (3) PARTICLE (9) CADMIUM UPKAR'S
(10) TUNED (11) NORTH (12) TUNNEL (14) EMPTY
ORBITALS
(23)NOT GATE.
(17) FRENCH (19) EIGHT (22) LOGIC
Assertion and Reason
Down (1) BICONVEX (2) RADAR (4) AMMETER
SHUNTS (5) TITAN (6) CANDELA
:

(7) EDDY
in Science
(8) EIGHTY (13) ISOTHERM (15) PERIGEE (Unique for PMT, PET and 10 + 2 students
(16) INERTIA (18) NICHE (20) GRAIN (21) SLIP. for General Awareness)
2 3 4 ; 6 Edited by Price
'b A R N P A R T I' c L E
8
The Board of Competition Science Vision Rs. 35 00
A E M I A
9 In many competitive examinations,
c A D M I U M U N E D specially inAIIMS and others Assertion and
o Reason type of questions are asked.
A G E A D Y
11
These are not quite easy questions. They
N O R T H U N N E L require deep understanding of the topics and
13 a clear ability of analysing problems. At the
V T E L 1

persistent and pressing demand of the medical

M
E M ^P T Y O R B T A L S aspirants and other students this unique book
has been prepared and published. It will cater
X E S N 0 to all your needs in this respect.
17
F R E
In c H I H T Purchase from nearest bookseller or get the copy byV.P.P. sending
21 M. 0. of Rs. 30/- on the following address
s U R R H
UPKAR PRAKASHAN
I i

22
L O G I c O T G A T E
2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-282 002
- H T I I R Phone 351238, 351002, 322930; Fax (0562) 351251
: :

2J 25 e-mail upkar@nde.vsnl.net. in
:

P R E C E s S A L N M

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 134

Cop
 8. The decimal equivalent of binary 1001 (4).

CSV Crossword-1 12. For a curve, the locus of the centres of curvatures of
different points (7).

13. A famous mathematical analyst (7).

14. When eyes are not dry, we see around point

sources of light (6).

17. You take a when you divide two numbers (5).

19. To get the resultant velocity, you the velocity

vectors (3).

Note Its solution will be published in the next issue.

(Continued from Page 124 )

22. Hydrogen bonding in propionic acid is stronger than

that in butanol.

23. Schotten-Baumann reaction

aq NaOH
C 6 H 5OH + CICOC 6 H 5 ) C 6 H 5OCOC 6 H 5 + HCI
Phenol Benzoyl chloride Phenyl benzoate

24. Addition of (NH 4 ) 2 S0 4 will precipitate out group V

radicals (Ba 2+ , Ca 2+ , Sr 2+ ) as sulphates along with
group III radicals.

27. Molecularity of a reaction can never be zero.-

Across :
34. Genotoxicity refers to the detection of agents that
damages DNA and hence, cause mutations.
1. The name of a satellite of Mars (6).

4. A very famous mathematician of incredible talent 36. Cancerous tumours arising from epithelial tissues are
(5).
called carcinomas.
6. Self evident truths, used as basis for the development
of a theory (6).
38. Synthesis of pyruvic acid, glucose or glycogen from
amino acids is called gluconeogenesis.
7. The e-neutrino, the electron, the muon; all are essen-
tially a (6)-. 40. The cavity of medulla oblongata is called fourth
ventricle.
9. The resistor colour code for number 8 (4).

10. The symmetry of of space has as a con- 41 . The ampullae of lorenzini is a thermoreceptor organ.
sequence, the law of conservation of angular momen- 42. Galactosemia is the inability to convert galactose to
tum [The property that the laws of physics are glucose.
invariant under ] (8).
45. Transmission of the nerve impulse across a synapse
feeling of challenge you get when you
The impulsive is accomplished by the movement of
++ As an
1 1 .
Ca .

encounter some tough problems, and you say to impulse arrives at a synaptic knob, calcium ions
yourself : (3, 2, 2, 4). (Ca ++ ) diffuse into the knobs from surrounding tissue
fluid.
15. The perfume spray working on Bernoulli's theorem is

also known as an (8). 46. The skeleton of the plant shoot is formed by the root.
16. Not a common element, but (4). 48. While the stem is growing, the lateral buds develop at

18. Pertaining to the eye every leaf axil in acropetal succession.

(6).

20. A line is a collection of infinite

49. The genetic material must be able to store infor-
(6).
mation, be replicated, and undergo mutations.
21. Magnitude of velocity is (5).
52. The genetic code is a triplet code, and each codon
22. Heavier than the proton (7).
(code word) consists of three bases.
Down :
54. The proteinaceous part of the enzyme is called
1 . Pertaining to the Right side (7). apoenzymes.
2. Line on a map joining points of equal rainfall (7). 55. Indol acetic acid (IAA) is the most naturally occurring
3. Experimentalists are essentially of physical auxin.
phenomena (9). 57. Transposons are movable genetic elements similar to
4. Optical instrument, the oldest and natural (3). jumping genes reported in bacteria.
5. The 3-d pattern of atomic sites in a crystal is known 59. The enzyme responsible for the reduction of
as a (7). molecular nitrogen to the level of ammonia in the
7. The art of painting figures on stone surfaces (11). leguminous root nodule.
C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 135
 Which of the following metals is

strongest reducing agent ?

(A) Cr (B) Mn
(C) Co (D) Ni

10. In which of the following process

1 . Two particles are simultaneously (C) 2-1 x lO^m/s is AS r
positive ?
thrown from roofs of two high (A) 2NO (g)+ Cl 2(g) 2NOCI
(D) None of these (9)
buildings as shown in figure.
(B) NaCI (s) NaCI 0
Their velocities of projection are 4. An electron moves in a circle of

2ms _1 and 14ms~ 1

respectively. radius 10 cm with a constant (C) 30 2(g) . 20 3(9)
Horizontal and vertical separa-
tion between points A and B is
speed of 4 0 x1 6 ms -1 . Find the (D) C 2H 4( g) + H^g) ^CH 2 6 (g)
current at a point on the circle
22m and 9m respectively. The 1 1 . When a substrate for an enzyme
(A) 1-0 x 10" 11 uA stimulates synthesis of that
minimum separation between
(B) 1-5nuA enzyme, it is called a gene
the particles in the process of
(A) Repressor (B) Inducer
their motion is (C) 2 0 x 10" 12 A
(C) Activator (D) Excitant
2 ms (D) 1-0x10- 12A
12. A polypeptide is assembled on
45
5. A proton, a deuteron and an a a
particle moving with equal kinetic (A) DNA molecule
9m energies enter perpendicularly
45 (B) Nuclear membrane
into a magnetic field. If r
p rd and ,

(C) Nuclear pore

r a are the respective radii of the

rD r (D) Ribosomes
circular paths.the ratios -~ and
'd
f
'a 13. The first true hominids in the
-22m-
respectively are fossil record have been placed in

the genus
(A) -p and 1
(A) 3 0m (B) 6 0 m \2 (A) Australopithecus
(C) 90 m (D) 12 0 m (B) Homo
(B) 1 and -J=
A block of mass M is placed on a (C) Dryopithecus
V2
smooth horizontal floor. The (D) Aegyptopithecus
block has a massless rod of (C) ^andl
14. Which of the following helps an
length / pivoted in it at point O.
(D) None of these animal get rid of body heat ?
The rod has a point mass m
The whole (A) Long ears
attached at its end. 6. Which of the following species
system is released from the has lowest oxidation number for (B) Light-coloured hair or fea-
position shown. The velocity of nitrogen ? thers
M when the rod becomes vertical (A) NH4 + (B) NaN 3 (C) Subcutaneous fat
is
M
(C) NH 2 OH (D) N2 (D) Large body
m
7. Which is the incorrect state- 15. Which part of brain has greatest
-
o" influence over the endocrine
Smooth ment ?
///////// system ?
(A) N = N triple bond is much
weaker than P= P triple bond (A) Amygdala
(A) M
V m(M + m) (B) P-P bond is stronger
single (B) Cerebral cortex

than N-N single bond (C) Hypothalamus

(B) M (C) Phosphorus is much less (D) Medulla oblongata
electronegative than nitrogen
16. Which of the following bypro-
(C) m a/ & 2
(D) Phosphorus can expand its ducts of glycolysis is known as
y M (M + m) valence shell to hold more Newberg's ester ?
than eight electrons.
(D) M (A) Glucose-6-phosphate
m 8. Which of the following pairs of (B) Fructose-6-phosphate
3. A current of 2 0 A exists in a wire ions cannot coexist in the aque- (C) Fructose 1 , 6-diphosphate
of cross sectional area 1 0 mm 2 . ous solution ?
(D) All of the above
If each cubic metre of the wire (A) Cr^andMnO;
contains 6 0 x 1028 free elec- 17. Conidiospores are formed
(B) Fe 3+ and Cr 2 C^f
trons, find the drift speed (A) By sac, club and imperfect
~
(A) 2-1 xlO-^m/s" 1 (C) Cr^andl fungi only

1-2x 10-5 m/s- 1 (D) Mn 2+ andCI" (B) During sexual reproduction

(B)

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 136

 (C) By sporangia
(D) When nutrients are available in lesser amount

18. In which of the following phyllotaxy the ninth leaf is

found above the first leaf and the genetic spiral

completes three circles ?

(A) Distichous phyllotaxy
(B) Tristichous phyllotaxy

(C) Pentastichous phyllotaxy

(D) Octastichous phyllotaxy

1 9. CAM plants use PEP carboxylase to fix some C0 2 at /

Solution to Quiz No. 22
during
(A) Light or day Competition Science Vision
(B) Night or dark
Last date for sending 28th March, 2000
(C) Both A and B
(D) None of the above Name Mr./Miss/Mrs.

20. Which of the following is broken down completely to Full Address

C02 and water during aerobic respiration ?
(A) Pyruvate from glycolysis
(B) Malate from glycolysis

(C) Acetyl-Co-A from Krebs cycle State Pin Code No.

(D) None of the above
Age Academic Qualification

Competition examination for which preparing

I have read and understood the rules of quiz con-

test of Competition Science Vision issued by Pratiyogita

Rules for taking part in Quiz Contest Darpan and agree to abide by them.

of Competition Science Vision

(Signature)
1. All students or those appearing in competitive
examinations can take part in this contest. RESULT
2. Candidates taking part in quiz contest will necessarily
No. of questions attempted
have to send their entries by a fixed date. Entries are
to be sent by ordinary post. Please mark your No. of correct answers
envelope 'Quiz-Competition Science Vision' on
No. of wrong answers
the top left hand side.

3. Answers given only on the form of the magazine will Marks obtained
be admissible.
4. In the form there are four squares against each ANSWER FORM
question number. Contestants should put a cross (x)
Q. No. A B C D Q. No. A B C D
in the square for the answer they think is correct.

Giving more than one answer to a question will 1. 11.

disqualify it.

2. 12.
5. Contestants should essentially write the number of
questions they have solved. 3. 13.

6. Marks be deducted for wrong answers.

will
4. 14.
7. The candidate sending the maximum number of
correct answers will be given Rs. 400 as first prize. 5. 15.

Next two candidates after that will get Rs. 300 and 6. 16.
Rs. 200 as second and third prize respectively. If
there are more than one candidate eligible for a 7. 17.

prize, the amount will be equally distributed among

8. 18.
them.
8. The decision of the editor will be final and binding in 9. 19.

all cases, and will not be a matter for consideration

10. 20.
of any court.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 137

 4fBm UPKAR'S CAREER BOOKS dCSSjfc
*33SESB^ INDIA'S LARGEST SELLING COMPETITION BOOKS ^SfflEEEF
RECENT RELEASE 450 Sainik School Entrance Exam. 393 Polytechnic Entrance Exam iUP.i 150(H)

Code No. Books Price (Combined) IX Class I45.(H) 4.S4 Practice Work- Book
379 Military School Exam 7().(H) (For I '.P. Polytechnic Pharmacy 75(H)
314 True or False and Fill in the
i

301 Navoduya School Entrance Exam. 70(H) 477 Bihar Polytechnic Combined
Blanks in Science 85.00
302 Navodava School Entrance Digest Entrance Test 140(H)
312 The Marching Road ol Hinduism 100.00
flv / .V. Shiirmi A T S. Jam 80(H)
499 Tips in Science .

385 Direct Entry for Sailors! Indian Navv 75.IH)

NTSE/STSE
(MedL Engi.. Pharmacy) 5().<X)

338 National Talent Search Exam. (Class X 120 (H)

382 Clerk's Exam. (Storekeeper A:
i

498 Assertion and Reason in Science 439 Science Talent Search Exam (Class Villi 56.00
(Medi Engi Pharmacy) (ieneral Dul\ 44(H)
. . 35.00 l

497 N.D.A./C.D.S. Mathematics 115.00 381 N. E. R. Exam. 34(H) SYLLABUS

380 M. R. Exam. (Technical) 55.00
496 M P. Eligibility Test for
327 M.
I!.

E. R. Nursing Exam. 50(H)

311 Svllabus for Civil Services Exam. 20.0(1

Lectureship (SLET) 115.00 339 PCS. (L P.) Syllabus 18.00

438 Artificer Apprentice Recruitment 340 P.SC (M.P.) Syllabus 15.00
37 1 Practice Sets MedicaiEmruncc Test 78.00
Test (Indian Navv) 50.00
370 MCA Mathematics 340.00
GENERAL KNOWLEDGE
345 Quicker Numerical Physics STATE ENGG. EXAM. (UPSEAT) 349 (ieneral Know ledge. Current Affairs 1 2 (H)
(Medical* Engineering) 150.00
462 LIP Engineering Adm. Test Math 140 (H) 350 Objective General Knowledge 14.00
326 ESIC Insurance Inspector 100.00
461 LP Engineering Adm. Test Physics 1*15.00
351 Ever Latest General Knowledge 60.00
495 Life Science Qui/. 45.00
460 UP Engineering Adm. Test Ch'cm 0 (H)
I 1
485 I'ttar Pradesh General Knowledge 60.00
494 Kendriya Vidyalaya Sangathan
344 LP Engineering Adm. Test
Teachers Recruitment Test 5.00
491 LPFO Data Entrv Operators
1 1

(Combined Guide) 335.00 GENERAL ENGLISH

353 NPTOE New Pattern Test of Objective
Grade "A" 7().<X) PMT/PET
488 CP. MCA Test 180.00 English 82.00
483 Practice Work Book 354 A Fresh Approach to General English
479 BBA/BBM Entrance Exam. 180.00 55.(H)
(For Medical Entrance Test) 1 1 5.00 355 The Technique ot Comprehension &
478 M.P. General Nursing Training
403 CPMT. Botanv -AT A GLANCE 60 (H) Precis Writing 50.00
Selection Test 280 (H)
402 C.P.M.T. Zoology-AT A GLANCE 50 (H) 394 Learn to Write Correct English 125.00
471 Fund
Assistant Provident
401 C.P.M.T. Phvsics-AT A GLANCE 50 (H)
448 Correct English How to Write it 105.00
Commissioners Exam. 85.00
400 C.P.M.T. Chemistrv-AT A GLANCE 56 (H)
481 Learn to Write Correct English
470 E. P. F. O. Lower Division Clerk
419 C.P.M.T. Combined l-AT A GLANCE
( 225 (H)
Exam. 62.00 (English-Bengali) fly : ftfl. Jain 125.00
406 CBSE Biologv-AT A GLANCE 60.00
466 Tourism & Travel Management
(Diploma Exam.) 115.00 407 CBSE Cbemistry-AT A glance 70.00 ARITHMETIC
465 Junior Intelligence Officer (Gd.II) 65.00
40K CBSE Physks-AT A GLANCE 72.00 357 Arithmetic for Competitive Exams 50.00
422 CBSE (Combined I AT A GLANCE 190 (X)
358 O A R. Objective Arithmetic Review 45.00
BANK CLERK/P.O. 409 M P. P.MT Phv sics-A f A GLANCE 85.00 447 Quicker Objective Arithmetic 10.00 1

313 Bank's Recruitment Tests 70.00 410 M P PMT Chemisirv-AT a glance 70(xi 469 RAS/RTS Objective Mathematics 285.IX)
3 5 Bank Competitions fly : T.S. Jain
1 92.00
411 M P PMT Zootog} -AT A GLANCE 70.00 468 M.P.P.S.C. Objective Mathematics 295.00
316 New Bank Recruitment Tests 80.00 412 M P. PMT Bolanv'-A) A GLANCE 66(H) 467 CP.P.C.S. Objective Mathematics 285.00
321 A Practical Book of Obj. English 4().(X)
436 M.P. PMT (Combined KAT A GLANCE 280.00 464 I.A.S. Objective Math 295.00
404 Objective English Language 430 M.P. PET Chemistry 70.00
(For Clerical) (Question Papers) 30<X) 429 M.P PIT Phvsies 85 (H) INTELLIGENCE TEST
475 Quicker Reasoning Test 428 M.P. PET Mathematics 70 (H)
427 M.P. PET (Combined).Guide 210 (H)
360 Intelligence & Psychological Tests 20.00
(For Clerical Cadre) 60.IK)
455 Raj. PMT Chemisirv -at a glance 40 (H) 373 A Fresh Approach to Reasoning Tests 48.00
4S6 Quicker Numerical Test
454 Raj. PMT Zoology-AT A GLANCE 50 (H)
iForjClerical Cadre) 115.00
453 Raj PMT Botanv-AT A GLANCil 62 (H)
ESSAY/LETTERS
124 State Bank Probationary Officers
70(H) 452 Raj. PMT Phvsics- AT A GLANCE 52 (H) 3 Hindi- English Essays & Letter Writing 40.IX)
Exam. 1

476 Raj. PMT (Combined) AT A GLANCE 190(H) 4 Hindi-English Essays 36.00

325 Banks Probationary Officers Exam. 1 35 (H)
CBSE 170 387 Modern Essays 55.00
443 R.B.I. Officers Grade B' Exam. 165 00 399 Pioneer Series Medical Bioloev (H)

413 Pioneer Series CBSE 364 Top Letters' 45(H)

307 O' Level Test of Reasoning 55 (H) Medical
37 (H) 365 Business Letters 42.00
308 O' Level Numerical Aptitude Test Chcmistrv 260.00
309 O' Level Obj. General English 40.00 414 Pioneer Scries CBSF. Medical Phvsies 210 (H)
INTERVIEW
405 Objective English Language 415 Pioneer Scries CPMT Botan> 150.00
366 Selected Bank Interview 28.00
(For P.O.) (Question Papers) 35.00 416 Pioneer Series CPMT Zoology 150.00
367 LPKAR'S Bank Interview 30.00
482 Reasoning Test (For Bank P.O.) 70.00 417 Pioneer Series CPMT Chemistry 240.00
368 Interv iew & Group Discussions 40(H)
Series CPMT Phssics
'
480 Quantitative Aptitude Tesi (P.O.) 55.00 418 Pioneer 175 (H)

AIR FORCE /LIC /RAILWAY SSC EXAM. TEACHERS APTITUDE /B.Ed.

372 Air Force Recruitment Test 446 Raj. B.Ed. Teacher's Aptitude Test 25.00
493 S.S.C. Combined Preliminary Exam.
(Technical Trade) 102.00
(For Metric Level) B) Dr ImI 4 Jam 58 00
445 U P. B.Ed. Teacher Attitude &
328 Air Force Recruitment Test 60 (H) Aptitude Test 24.00
492 S SC. Combined Preliminary Exam
329 Air Force Recruitment Test 426 M.P. B.Ed. Teaching Aptitude 30.00
For Metric Level Si Dr Smith & Shunm
( ) 1 08.00
Jain
flv : T.S. 75 (H) 487 M.P. Pre. B.Ed. Entrance Exam. 1 12.00
377 Railway Recruitment Board Exam. 4911 S C. Combined Preliminary
S. Exam
flv Dr ImI A Jain
.
80.0ft (20x30/8) Ih : Ih ImI A lain 155.00 GENERAL BOOKS
333 Railway Recruitment Board Exam. 70 (H) 4X9 S S C. Combined I'rcliminarv Exam. 303 General Science 55.00
396 Railway Commercial Vocational 20x30/8 B\ : Shurma A Smith
. 1
95.1H) 304 QUIZ INDIA 55 00
Course Entrance Exam. 62.00 395 The Art of Public Speaking 25.00
435 Railway Recruitment Board (Tech.) 10.00
CAT/MBA/NDA/CDS/UGC/H.M.
1
425 Create Super Intelligence 35.00
459 SCR. A. Exam. 215.00 458 CAT Combined Admission Exam. I60.(H) 444 TIRANGA Our National Flag 90.00
SAINIK/NAVODAYA/ 424 M.B.A. Admission Tests 225.00 442 The World of Idioms and Phrases 38.00
420 L'.G.C. Junior Research Fellowship
MILITARY EXAM. and Lectureship Exam 115.00
441 The Woild of Synonyms and Antonyms 38.00

330 Sainik School Entrance Exam. 440 The World of Proverbs 30.00
46.3U.G.C. Chemistry 50.00
flv Dr. Lai A Jam
; 78.00 449 The World of Inspiring Quotations 42.00
378 J. E E. Hotel Management Exam. 150.00
33 1 Sainik School Digest flv J. N. Sharmu 92.00
.
472 The World of Idioms and Phrases
305 Combined Defence Sen ices Exam. 130.00
434 Sainik School (General Science) (Eng.-Eng.) 35.00
306 N.D.A. Exam. l6\(Hi
IX Class 30.00 45<, Speak English Fluently 48.00
433 Sainik School (Math) IX Class 38.00 POLYTECHNIC 451 Secrets of Life 35.00
432 Sainik School G. K. (IX Class) 65.00 392 Pre-Polytechnic Test (PIT. M.P.i 130.01) 457 Panacea Computer Course 1 15.00

While ordering direct send Rs. 40/- by MX). Ask free detailed catalogue.
UPKAR PRAKASHAN 2/1 IA. Swadeshi Bima Nazar. AGRA-282 002. Phone : 351238. 351002. 32293il; Fax : (0562) 351251 e-mail : upkar@nde.vsnl.net in

March/ 2000/ 138

C.S.V./

Cop
 Upkar Presents

uicker Numerical

hysics
A unique approach to gain authority over the
subject. It supplements what you have read

till now and is a true companion as it offers

quick techniques to solve problems.

It caters to all your needs and equips you with

fast problem solving skill which gives you total

control over the subject.

Definitions, equations, glossary, formulae,

diagrams along with some important facts
\ make Physics easy to understand as you
have not found before.

?t\ce

The Essential Reference Book For Medical, Engineering & 10+2 Exams.
Available at your nearest Book-Stall or for ordering direct, send Rs. 50/- as advance for delivery by V.P.P.
UPKAR PRAKASHAN 2/ff A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, Agra - 282002 Phone 351002, 351238, 322930, Fax (0562) 351251
: :

e-mail - upkar@nde.vsnl.net.in

Copyr
 Postal Rcgd. No. LAG 499 Regd. No. R. N. 68888/98

India's Most Trusted Name for Medical

AHMS - 3rd Rank, CBSE PMT - 7th Rank

BRILLS EDUCATION
To, Proudly Introduces
The Director
BRILLS EDUCATION INDIA
E-568, Greater Kailash
NEW DELHI - 110 048.
- II
(P) LTD
CLASSROOM
Sir,

Iam pleased to inform about my selection in the various

CRASH COURSE
Medical Colleges. Following are my Ranks. FOR XII and XII (pass) Students
AIIMS - 3rd Rank
Punjab PMT
CMC (Ludhiana)
CBSE PMT
-

-
1stRank
st Rank
1

- 7th Rank
MEDICAL 2000
AFMC - 12th Rank O Starting 25th March, 1st April and
I am greatful for the top guidance/schoarship provided by your 10th April (45 Days)
institution.

Your Sincerely,
Sunny Sandhu
V Reserve Your Seat Immediately.
TOP RANKER AIIMS - 9th Rank
Rajasthan PMT (G) - 1st Rank MEDICAL No. 1
AFMC 1st Rank
CMC (Ludhiana) 1st Rank
To, Punjab PMT 1st Rank
The Director
Rajasthan PMT (G) 1st Rank
BRILLS EDUCATION INDIA (P) LTD
E-568, Greater Kailash - II
Punjab PMT 2nd Rank
NEW DELHI - 110 048.
CMC (Ludhiana) 2nd Rank
AIIMS 3rd Rank
Sir, AIIMS 9th Rank
I am happy inform you that
to I have been selected in AIIMS - CBSE PMT 7th Rank
9th Rank, Rajasthan PMT (G) - 1st Rank and CBSE PMT - 202 CBSE PMT 19th Rank
Rank. DPMT 19th Rank
Your Classroom course and Test Series has helped me in DPMT (SC) 20th Rank
getting the above Ranks.
BHU 10th Rank
I advice other students to join your Medical Courses. CPMT (UP) 2nd Rank
MP PMT 1st Rank
Thanking you, MP PMT 5th Rank
ICrati Chauhan
Manipal PMT 13th Rank
Manipal PMT 19th Rank
TOP RANKER AFMC- 1st Rank

To,
J2 OP e0
The Director
E-568, Greater Kailash - II,
BRILLS EDUCATION INDIA (P) LTD
E-568, Greater Kailash
NEW
Sir,
DELHI -
- II

110 048.
BRILLS NEW DELHI- 48. C/oIBC
Tel: 6477659, 6474497,
6481228, 6417833,

I am pleased to inform you that I have been selected and got 1 st EDUCATION INDIA (P) LTD 6219378
Rank Pune 1999. Delhi - Chennai Mumbai Calcutta Fax : 6465051
I am thankful to your professors for helping me in Classroom
Course / Test Series due to their efforts today Iam in AFMC Medical Postal Test Series - 2000
(Pune).. Available at the above address.

Thanking you,
Free for NTSE Scholars
> from 1097-98-99 AH dispute* subject to the furtsdtctwn of Delhi Court* only.

Yours Sincerely,
Virender Malik
HOSTEL AVAILABLE ONLY AT SOUTH DELHI